<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Nebraska Digital &#187; Smashing Magazine</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com/category/smashing/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://www.nebraskadigital.com</link>
	<description>Your Source for Web Design in Lincoln, Nebraska</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 20 May 2013 09:34:00 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.5.1</generator>
		<item>
		<title>Case Study: Typographic Design Patterns And Current Practices (2013 Edition)</title>
		<link>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/17/typographic-design-patterns-practices-case-study-2013/</link>
		<comments>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/17/typographic-design-patterns-practices-case-study-2013/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2013 02:25:49 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>newsfeed</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Smashing Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Design]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Fonts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[trends]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[typography]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Design]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://mgmt.smashingmagazine.com/?p=152489</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><table width="650"><tr><td width="650">
<div><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0"><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" border="0" alt=""></a></div>
</td>
</tr></table><p>Good typography has always been a defining aspect of effective Web design, and this holds true especially for websites in which the emphasis is on presenting a large amount of content &#8212; specifically, articles, news and stories. Whether for a magazine or international newspaper, the designer of any website that distributes a lot of content has always had to consider typographic details as seriously and thoroughly as a print designer would.</p>
<p>In 2009, we conducted a <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2009/08/20/typographic-design-survey-best-practices-from-the-best-blogs/">survey of then current typographic practices</a>. Since then, responsive design techniques have clearly gained momentum and established their place in the landscape of CSS layout. With the advent of mobile, new modes of browsing websites and reading text have emerged.</p>
<p>Online publications have had to reevaluate how their content is presented on mobile devices. Web typography is as rich, versatile and accessible as ever before. Yet new opportunities introduce new complexity; and with new implementation challenges, we are all spurred to reconsider our practices.</p>
<p>Now, three years later, <strong>we&#8217;ve reviewed the original study and explored how Web typography has changed</strong> over these years. We spent countless hours between February and April of this year collecting new data and exploring common developments and trends in Web typography.</p>
<h4>How Did We Conduct The Study?</h4>
<p>We have compiled relevant data from over 50 well-respected websites to address these questions. For this study, we selected a wide variety of international newspapers, magazines and blogs, all of whose typographic choices should have been carefully and thoroughly weighed. We chose publications and organizations that have a very large readership (such as The Boston Globe and The Financial Times) as well as specialized magazines with smaller yet often more demanding readerships (such as A List Apart and UX Booth).</p>
<p>These websites focus primarily on text-based content rather than on generic environments such as <a href="http://www.instapaper.com/">Instapaper</a> and <a href="http://www.readability.com/">Readability</a>. As such, they need to be highly legible in order to ensure that users continue visiting and reading on their websites. Because <strong>readability of content</strong> is (or rather should be) the main design goal of these publications, the techniques they follow could be considered good practices. However, the results presented in this study should be taken with a grain of salt.</p>
<h4>Issues We Were Interested In</h4>
<p>The questions asked in our first study nearly four year ago remain relevant but need to be complemented by questions about the challenges of mobile devices. How widely has responsive design been adopted by publications, if at all? Has there been any change in the typographic choices of big and small publications? How many weights of a large font family should we deliver to mobile devices? How large should the font size of body copy be? How should the font size change on a responsive website? Optimizing readability could require changing the font&#8217;s style, size and spacing according to the viewport&#8217;s width <em>and</em> height.</p>
<p>The second article in this series will address the growing diversity of eBook readers and mobile apps whose purpose is to give users a pleasant, improved or enhanced reading experience &#8212; from desktop readers down to smartphone readers. We were curious about the specifics of design and typographic choices that make reading articles in these applications more pleasing than reading on the original websites.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For the sake of continuity, we have stayed close to the format of the original study from 2009. This article is meant to update the data, and hopefully detect new trends and reach new conclusions.</p>
<h3>Typography In Online Publications</h3>
<p>After carefully analyzing the style sheets in the publications in this study, we compiled a comprehensive spreadsheet of typographic points and collected the relevant data. You can view a <a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/ccc?key=0Atqua-tBbLCAdHVsTG1iazU4aXZWS1J6OE5hYUJvNEE">spreadsheet of the raw data</a>, which contains more data than was pertinent to this article.</p>
<p>Not limiting ourselves to the questions in the original study, we will broach issues that have arisen since then as a result of responsive design techniques, and we&#8217;ll examine whether such techniques are being applied at all. This led us to the following questions:</p>
<ol><li>How popular are serif and sans-serif typefaces in body copy and headlines?</li>
<li>Which fonts are used most frequently?</li>
<li>What is the average font size (on narrow, mid-sized and large screens)?</li>
<li>What is the average ratio of the font sizes of headlines to the font sizes of body copy?</li>
<li>What is the average line height of body copy?</li>
<li>What is the average ratio of line height to font size in body copy?</li>
<li>What is the average ratio of line height to line length in body copy?</li>
<li>What is the average amount of space between paragraphs?</li>
<li>What is the average ratio of paragraph spacing to line height in body copy?</li>
<li>How are links styled?</li>
<li>How many characters per line are common in body copy?</li>
<li>How often are links underlined?</li>
<li>How often are font fallbacks used?</li>
<li>How often are responsive design techniques implemented?</li>
<li>Which ratios of display sizes are discernible?</li>
<li>How do websites deal with the performance of Web fonts?</li>
</ol><p>To answer these questions, we collected more than 40 data points, all of which can be found in the aforementioned spreadsheet. We can extract several rules of thumb from this data. We wouldn&#8217;t recommend acting on the data from this study blindly; the statistical data, however, will no doubt yield useful insights.</p>
<h3>Popular Serif And Sans-Serif Fonts</h3>
<p>&#8220;Which typeface to use?&#8221; Obviously, this is one of the most important questions a designer has to answer when considering Web typography. The typeface will set the tone for the entire website, and a poor choice could send the wrong message or thwart the intended atmosphere. The argument for either serif or sans-serif hasn&#8217;t been won yet. Interestingly, looking back to the results of the 2009 study, sans-serif typefaces seemed to be more popular in body copy and headlines. The last four years have seen a tiny shift away from that.</p>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Headings_serif_-sans1.png"><br /><em>Serif and sans-serif are almost equally popular in headlines.</em></p>
<p>The motivations of designers likely haven&#8217;t changed much. Serif fonts apparently stand out in headlines, but arguments have been made for serifs&#8217; ability to guide the reader and for its readable structure in body copy as well. Still, <strong>contrasting a serif body with a sans-serif headline</strong> or vice versa can improve the overall visual appeal and readability of a website.</p>
<p>The data suggests that serifs have gained in popularity in recent years, leading almost to a reversal in common usage in the last four years, at least where body copy is concerned.</p>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/body_serif_sans1.png"><br /><em>Serifs have strongly gained in popularity in body copy.</em></p>
<ul><li>Half of the websites analyzed use serifs in their headlines, the other half sans-serifs. The two most popular typefaces are Georgia &#8212; used on such websites as <a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/">The Guardian</a> and the <a href="http://www.ft.com/home/uk">Financial Times</a> &#8212; and Arial &#8212; found on <a href="http://www.zeit.de/">Zeit.de</a> and the <a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/">BBC</a>&#8217;s website.</li>
<li>Only 37% use a sans-serif typeface for body copy.</li>
<li>The most popular serif typefaces for headlines are Georgia (14%) and Chaparral Pro (6%).</li>
<li>The most popular serif typefaces for body copy are Georgia (20%) and Chaparral Pro (4%).</li>
<li>The most popular sans-serif typefaces for headlines are Arial (10%) and Freight Sans Pro (4%).</li>
<li>The most popular sans-serif typefaces for body copy are Arial (14%) and Helvetica (6%).</li>
<li>However, 66% of headline typefaces and 39% of body copy typefaces are found in only one instance.</li>
</ul><p>So, in summary we can state that nearly two thirds of the websites analyzed use serifs for body copy, and Georgia and Arial are still the most common primary typefaces. However, <strong>our most surprising find is that a majority of websites use non-standard fonts as their primary typeface</strong> &#8212; 39% of body copy and 66% of headlines. This development is truly interesting, because it shows that typography has become an important element in establishing brand identity and character. These numbers indicate growing typographic diversity on the Web &#8212; which we should probably expect anyway.</p>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Typfaces-comparison.png"><br /><em>A majority of websites use non-standard fonts as their primary typeface.</em></p>
<p>The growth of &#8220;bulletproof&#8221; font-delivery services such as Typekit and Fontdeck likely explains the increasing variety of primary typefaces. Fallback typefaces are predominantly standard core Web fonts. <strong>Times, Times New Roman, Georgia, Helvetica and Arial</strong> are most often used in CSS font stacks. Mobile platform fonts such as Droid Sans, Palatino and Cambria are almost never used.</p>
<p>Ironically, a consequence of the resurgence in serif typefaces is that Times and Times New Roman, which had almost been written off as too old-fashioned in the last study, have made kind of a comeback as the two most popular fallbacks. Roughly 11% of headline and body copy fallbacks have Times, and another 11% have Times New Roman.</p>
<p>There is much literature on typography in Web design, most of which discusses the applications of serif or sans-serif typefaces. Increasingly, the argument for better readability combined with artistic value supports a judicious use of both styles. Douglas Bonneville discusses the <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2010/11/04/best-practices-of-combining-typefaces/">benefits and best practices of combining serifs and sans-serifs</a>, and Simon Pascal Klein discusses the intricacies of font families and makes further typographic considerations in his article &#8220;<a href="http://klepas.org/achieving-good-legibility-and-readability-on-the-web/">Achieving Good Legibility and Readability on the Web</a>.&#8221;</p>
<p><a href="http://thegreatdiscontent.com/sarah-parmenter"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/greatdiscontent-opt.png"></a><br /><em><a href="http://thegreatdiscontent.com/sarah-parmenter">The Great Discontent</a> combines both the Stratum and Meta Serif Web Pro fonts to generate a dynamic yet respectable feel.</em></p>
<p>Compared to the previous study&#8217;s results, Verdana and Lucida Grande are the big losers. Verdana is used only twice as a primary font, and neither is used more than once as a fallback font. <strong>Chaparral Pro and Helvetica have risen in prominence.</strong> The increasing diversity and individuality in design is due to both the increased use of font foundries and the wider range of Web fonts.</p>
<p>One discovery of the previous study, that &#8220;alternative&#8221; fonts are more common among headline typefaces, is still proving accurate. No doubt, the general belief that experimentation is best applied to small details still stands. The look and feel of a page can be adjusted just enough by changes to the font family of headings, rather than by drastic changes to body copy. However, the overall <strong>use of alternative fonts for body copy has increased</strong> dramatically, creating a much richer and more diverse typographic landscape on the Web.</p>
<h3>Light Or Dark Background?</h3>
<p>The previous study concluded that a large majority of websites favored dark on light color schemes. Not much has changed, although the websites surveyed this time are more varied in their light background tones.</p>
<p><a href="http://aneventapart.com/news/post/aea-2012-relaunch"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/an_event_apart.png"></a><br /><em><a href="http://aneventapart.com/news/post/aea-2012-relaunch">An Event Apart</a> demonstrates the readability of a subdued color scheme.</em></p>
<p>Several websites have a less aggressive contrast of an off-white or even beige background with dark-gray text. The off-white is often chosen to lower contrast. The designers in this case have clearly opted for a comfortable, lengthy reading experience.</p>
<p>Black text on a white background is a common pattern for body copy. The contrast is easy on the eyes and is, at least among these websites, the status quo.</p>
<h3>Average Font Size For Headlines</h3>
<p>Generally, the font size of headlines is chosen according to the typeface of the body copy. Still, it&#8217;s interesting to see what common ranges designers prefer for body copy and headlines. In this study, the headlines for large display sizes average at roughly 38 pixels. Of course, we made sure that the text always displayed at the actual size, without any zoom.</p>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/heading_font_sizes.png"><br /><em>The most popular sizes range from 20 to 32 pixels.</em></p>
<p>You can easily notice the increase in font size since the last study. Not only did the average increase by more than 10 pixels (!), but the range of headline sizes starts further up, at 20 pixels, and tops out at an impressive 212 pixels in the case of <a href="http://thegreatdiscontent.com/ike-edeani">The Great Discontent</a>. This publication is an exception, with its magazine-like headlines and smaller font sizes for headings.</p>
<p><a href="http://thegreatdiscontent.com/ike-edeani"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/tgd_heading_font.png"></a><br /><em>We&#8217;re going further up. <a href="http://thegreatdiscontent.com/ike-edeani">The Great Discontent</a> shows an impressive 212 pixels font size.</em></p>
<h3>Average Font Size For Body Copy</h3>
<p>With readability as the determining criterion, the average pixel size of body copy has increased in four years as well. Back then, most of the websites were between 12 and 14 pixels in font size. Now, <strong>14 pixels is as popular as 16 pixels</strong>; each is used on 13 websites.</p>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/body-copy-font-size.png"></p>
<p><a href="http://www.theverge.com/2013/1/11/3866228/body-request-give-me-back-my-data"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/website_body_font_size.png"></a><br /><em>14 pixels is also <a href="http://www.theverge.com/">The Verge&#8217;s</a> font size. While some websites offset the first paragraph of an article with a larger font size, many, like The Verge, follow a uniform size.</em></p>
<h3>Ratio Of Headline to Body Font Size</h3>
<p>We&#8217;ve updated <strong>our rule of thumb</strong> based on the current average ratio between headline and body font size. Don&#8217;t follow this rule blindly; rather, just keep it in mind as you make decisions in your projects.</p>
<h4>Headline &#247; Body Copy = 2.5</h4>
<p>According to our study, on average, the ratio between the headline and the body copy is around 2.5. The traditional scale (6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 21, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72) and the Fibonacci sequence (16, 24, 40, 64, 104) are still relevant, of course, and represent a more naturalistic approach. The <strong>golden ratio (1.618)</strong> might also yield an organic effect, too.</p>
<h3>Optimal Line Height For Body Copy</h3>
<p>Leading (or <code>line-height</code> in CSS) will always depend on your font size and measure (or line length). But in general, the longer the measure, the longer the leading should be. Therefore, presenting a chart of the most popular leading values in pixel units wouldn&#8217;t make sense here. More appropriate for you would be to use a relative unit, such as an em or percentage value, that determines the ratio between leading and measure and between leading and font size.</p>
<p>This latest study reveals the following:</p>
<ul><li><strong>line height (pixels) &#247; body copy font size (pixels) = 1.46</strong><br />
Classic typography books recommend 1.5, a value backed up by this and our last study. Very few websites use anything less than that. The number of websites that go above 1.48 decreases as you get further from this value.</li>
<li><strong>line length (pixels) &#247; line height (pixels) = 24.9</strong><br />
The average line length (570 pixels, excluding margins and padding) has grown comparatively less than font size and line height have since 2009 (the latter averaging 22.9 pixels). The average line lengthened by approximatively 5% (from 538,64 pixels in 2009), while the average line height has increased from 12 pixels in 2009 to 13 pixels in 2013.</li>
<li><strong>space between paragraphs (pixels) &#247; line height (pixels) = 1.39</strong><br />
In the first study, it turned out that paragraph spacing (i.e. the space between the last line of one paragraph and the first line of the next) rarely equaled the leading (which would be the main characteristic of a perfect vertical rhythm). According to our results, paragraph spacing is around 1.39 &#215; the paragraph leading. Paragraphs are more clearly delineated with this increased ratio, thus increasing readability.</li>
</ul><p>Multiplying the value of your body&#8217;s font size by 1.46 would give you the optimal line height, which you could then adapt to your font style. Multiplying this new value by 24.9 should give you the optimal line length. Note that the layout would also need gutters, margins and padding to let the body copy breathe.</p>
<h3>Characters Per Line</h3>
<p>As explained by Robert Bringhurst, the classic rules of Web typography dictate that the optimal number of characters per line is 55 to 75. Our data shows that at their actual size (i.e. with no zoom and at the default font size), most websites average <strong>83.9 characters per line</strong> at a widescreen resolution (in our case, a browser width of 1100 pixels).</p>
<p>While this average fluctuates quite significantly when the browser is at various other widths &#8212; between 83 and 86 characters per line at display widths of 700, 950 and 1600 pixels &#8212; only in smaller views of 500 pixels this average comes close to the classic rule. At that width, the average lies around 77 characters per line.</p>
<p>This is most likely the result of an attempt among designers to balance the font size with the amount of text displayed on narrow screens. With more characters displayed per line, the font size would have to become small, making the reading experience a bit more difficult on the eyes.
</p><p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/characters_per_line1.jpg"></p>
<p>The highest number is, of course, much higher, but in general most designers stay in the range of 75 to 90 characters. In the most extreme cases, <a href="http://www.sbnation.com/">SB Nation</a> has 55 characters per line, and <a href="http://www.polygon.com/">Polygon</a> averages 118 for the introductory paragraph. A more exact average could be derived by averaging several lines. But such an in-depth analysis probably would not vary greatly from the average that we calculated here. Still, the discrepancy between the number of characters at different widths is peculiar.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.polygon.com/features/2013/1/10/3853198/ken-levine-bioshock-infinite-vgas"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/website_character_per_line.png"></a><br /><em>Polygon displays more characters per line in the introductory paragraph than in the rest of the article. However, the font size of that paragraph is larger as well.</em></p>
<h3>Web Typography And Responsive Design</h3>
<p>A burning issue we wanted to explore was the impact of of responsive design in Web typography today. The results were surprising: <strong>22 out of 52 (i.e. 42%) of the websites we analyzed show (minor or major) changes</strong> when the browser size changes. Considering that responsive design has been around for two years, that number is quite impressive. We calculated the number of characters per line, the body font size and the headline font size at five browser widths (and experimented with the height as well): 500, 700, 950, 1100 and 1600 pixels. The font sizes for those three metrics do not differ greatly across the screen sizes &#8212; except at the 500-pixel view.</p>
<p>Unexpected, though, were the <strong>visual changes</strong> that occurred as we resized the browser. Changes in layout, image scaling, content and font size were evident to varying degrees on 22 websites. The changes are as minimal as images being scaled down to suit the display width. In some cases, however, the websites display other minor and expected changes. At the 500-pixel view, for example, the menu is often replaced by an icon; design components are moved from a multi-column layout to a single column; and both images and fonts are scaled.</p>
<p><strong>No sign of responsive design was evident on 30 websites</strong>, including major publications such as <a href="http://www.ft.com/home/uk">The Financial Times</a> and <a href="http://www.economist.com/">The Economist</a>. At least some, if not all, of these websites seem to opt for a separate mobile website or application. The Financial Times immediately invites mobile visitors to use its FT app. At the moment, large online publications seem to prefer to invest in an app than in responsive design. If this trend continues, then the question becomes, how much will users be annoyed by being prompted to download an app for every single publication they&#8217;re interested in.</p>
<p>Despite this, we were happy to find that the layouts of the large majority of websites <strong>do not break</strong> when being zoomed in.</p>
<h4>Some Numbers on the Implementation of Responsive Design</h4>
<p>42% of websites implement responsive design changes, including for layout, image scale, content and font size.</p>
<p>At a display width of 500 pixels:</p>
<ul><li>Average line height: 28 pixels</li>
<li>Average font size of body: 15 pixels</li>
<li>Average number of characters per line: 77</li>
</ul><p>At a display width of 700 pixels:</p>
<ul><li>Average font size of headlines: 36 pixels</li>
<li>Average font size of body: 15.6 pixels</li>
<li>Average number of characters per line: 82.7</li>
</ul><p>At a display width of 950 pixels:</p>
<ul><li>Average font size of headlines: 37.9 pixels</li>
<li>Average font size of body: 16.1 pixels</li>
<li>Average number of characters per line: 84.8</li>
</ul><p>At a display width of 1600 pixels:</p>
<ul><li>Average font size of headlines: 40.7 pixels</li>
<li>Average font size of body: 16.2 pixels</li>
<li>Average number of characters per line: 86.8</li>
</ul><p>These averages might be somewhat skewed because of the mixture of responsive and non-responsive websites. But they show how little the body font size and characters per line change over varying widths. The only exception is the 500-pixel width, which have a lower number of characters per line.</p>
<h3>Performance Considerations</h3>
<p>While <strong>embedded fonts</strong> are slowly becoming a de facto standard in Web design, they also introduce overhead in performance because, well, they have to be loaded. Chris Coyier recently discussed the idea of <a href="http://css-tricks.com/preventing-the-performance-hit-from-custom-fonts/">loading Web fonts only on large screens</a> to avoid the performance hit. You could also load Web fonts into AppCache or LocalStorage first and show them on subsequent page loads.</p>
<p>Moreover, you could use Google&#8217;s <a href="https://developers.google.com/fonts/docs/webfont_loader">WebFont Loader</a> to ensure that the content is displayed in fallback fonts even before the Web fonts have loaded, and then switch to the Web fonts once they have completely loaded (this is what we&#8217;re implementing in this very moment).</p>
<p>Our study shows that Web fonts are indeed a heavy bottleneck in performance, with <strong>5.7 font files being loaded on average</strong>, totalling an average of 133.5 KB of extra bandwidth. In cases such as a page being loaded on a slow mobile connection, the user would initially see no text other than the underlining of links (apparently due to the use of the <code>border-bottom</code> property). Only once the fonts have loaded would the text be visible &#8212; and even then, elements would appear one by one (headings, then subheadings, then body copy). We can avoid this suboptimal experience by properly adjusting the CSS font stack, as Richard Rutter explains in his talk &#8220;<a href="http://webtypography.net/talks/rdo13/">Responsive Web Fonts</a>&#8221; (slidedeck).</p>
<h3>Other Findings</h3>
<ul><li>45% of websites underline the links in body copy. The others do so only on hover or not at all.</li>
<li>71% of websites highlight links with color. The rest do not or only on hover.</li>
<li>99% of websites left-align text.</li>
<li>No website uses hyphenation.</li>
<li>84% of websites use the same fonts in the print and standard style sheets.</li>
<li>The loading weight of home pages averages around 1.346 MB. Article pages are marginally less, at around 1.146 MB.</li>
<li>The websites average 119 HTTP requests!</li>
</ul><h3>Conclusion</h3>
<p>This study has revealed a set of common practices in Web typography. These results should <strong>not be interpreted as law</strong>. They should not be interpreted as &#8220;best&#8221; practices; rather, just as rough guidelines that we encountered in current Web design.</p>
<p>For example, the performance hit introduced by Web fonts and the (huge) number of HTTP requests should be reduced as far as it&#8217;s possible, while the content-out approach in responsive design would dictate how the font size would need to adjust depending on the settings in which it&#8217;s used. These findings are no doubt <strong>just a snapshot of current trends</strong> and may very well be outdated in a year&#8217;s time.</p>
<ul><li>Serif fonts are more popular than sans-serifs for both headlines and body copy. There is, however, a trend to mix sans-serifs and serifs to contrasting effect.</li>
<li>The most common fonts for headlines are Georgia, Arial and Chaparral Pro. But the majority of websites are individualized and use less common fonts.</li>
<li>The most common fonts for body copy are Georgia, Arial and Helvetica. But, again, the majority of websites are individualized and use less common fonts.</li>
<li>The most popular font size for headlines is between 29 and 32 pixels.</li>
<li>The most popular font size for body copy is between 14 and 16 pixels.</li>
<li>headline font size &#247; body copy font size = 2.4</li>
<li>line height (pixels) &#247; body copy font size (pixels) = 1.47</li>
<li>line length (pixels) &#247; line height (pixels) = 24.8</li>
<li>space between paragraphs (pixels) &#247; line height (pixels) = 1.43</li>
<li>The optimal number of characters per line is between 55 and 75, but 75 to 90 is more popular.</li>
<li>Body text is left-aligned. Hyphenation is not used at line endings. And links are underlined and/or highlighted with bold or color, sometimes only on hover.</li>
<li>Mobile devices are mostly adapted to via responsive design, although some publications opt for a dedicated app.</li>
</ul><p>The decision of whether to modify any typographic element always lies with the designer. Most of the results shown in these websites are likely the outcome of much trial and error. When designing a new website, you might want to stay close to these parameters, but with adjustments to suit your layout. Feel free to review the study&#8217;s <a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/ccc?key=0Atqua-tBbLCAdHVsTG1iazU4aXZWS1J6OE5hYUJvNEE">spreadsheet</a> for the raw data.</p>
<p>As we mentioned at the beginning, the second article in this series will deal with the <strong>intricacies of eBook readers and mobile apps.</strong> We don&#8217;t necessarily expect very different results. However, apps do offer more interactivity to the user. It will be interesting to see how much developers take advantage of the range of possibilities in mobile apps. Because there is not yet an inordinate number of readers on the market, we&#8217;ll accumulate data on as many readers as possible.</p>
<h3>More Studies On Smashing Magazine?</h3>
<p>Interested in more studies? Let us know what you&#8217;re interested in, and we&#8217;ll see what we can do!</p>
<p><!-- deleted script tag --></p>
<a href="http://polldaddy.com/poll/7110396/">What kind of studies would you like to see on Smashing Magazine?</a>
<p><em>(al)</em></p>
<hr /><p><small>&#169; Jan Constantin for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p> <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/17/typographic-design-patterns-practices-case-study-2013/">Continue reading <span class="meta-nav">&#8594;</span></a></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/17/typographic-design-patterns-practices-case-study-2013/">Case Study: Typographic Design Patterns And Current Practices (2013 Edition)</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table width="650">
<tr>
<td width="650">
<div style="width:650px;"><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0" /><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" border="0" alt="" /></a></div>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>Good typography has always been a defining aspect of effective Web design, and this holds true especially for websites in which the emphasis is on presenting a large amount of content &mdash; specifically, articles, news and stories. Whether for a magazine or international newspaper, the designer of any website that distributes a lot of content has always had to consider typographic details as seriously and thoroughly as a print designer would.</p>
<p>In 2009, we conducted a <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2009/08/20/typographic-design-survey-best-practices-from-the-best-blogs/">survey of then current typographic practices</a>. Since then, responsive design techniques have clearly gained momentum and established their place in the landscape of CSS layout. With the advent of mobile, new modes of browsing websites and reading text have emerged.</p>
<p>Online publications have had to reevaluate how their content is presented on mobile devices. Web typography is as rich, versatile and accessible as ever before. Yet new opportunities introduce new complexity; and with new implementation challenges, we are all spurred to reconsider our practices.</p>
<p>Now, three years later, <strong>we’ve reviewed the original study and explored how Web typography has changed</strong> over these years. We spent countless hours between February and April of this year collecting new data and exploring common developments and trends in Web typography.</p>
<h4>How Did We Conduct The Study?</h4>
<p>We have compiled relevant data from over 50 well-respected websites to address these questions. For this study, we selected a wide variety of international newspapers, magazines and blogs, all of whose typographic choices should have been carefully and thoroughly weighed. We chose publications and organizations that have a very large readership (such as The Boston Globe and The Financial Times) as well as specialized magazines with smaller yet often more demanding readerships (such as A List Apart and UX Booth).</p>
<p>These websites focus primarily on text-based content rather than on generic environments such as <a href="http://www.instapaper.com/">Instapaper</a> and <a href="http://www.readability.com/">Readability</a>. As such, they need to be highly legible in order to ensure that users continue visiting and reading on their websites. Because <strong>readability of content</strong> is (or rather should be) the main design goal of these publications, the techniques they follow could be considered good practices. However, the results presented in this study should be taken with a grain of salt.</p>
<h4>Issues We Were Interested In</h4>
<p>The questions asked in our first study nearly four year ago remain relevant but need to be complemented by questions about the challenges of mobile devices. How widely has responsive design been adopted by publications, if at all? Has there been any change in the typographic choices of big and small publications? How many weights of a large font family should we deliver to mobile devices? How large should the font size of body copy be? How should the font size change on a responsive website? Optimizing readability could require changing the font’s style, size and spacing according to the viewport’s width <em>and</em> height.</p>
<p>The second article in this series will address the growing diversity of eBook readers and mobile apps whose purpose is to give users a pleasant, improved or enhanced reading experience &mdash; from desktop readers down to smartphone readers. We were curious about the specifics of design and typographic choices that make reading articles in these applications more pleasing than reading on the original websites.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For the sake of continuity, we have stayed close to the format of the original study from 2009. This article is meant to update the data, and hopefully detect new trends and reach new conclusions.</p>
<h3>Typography In Online Publications</h3>
<p>After carefully analyzing the style sheets in the publications in this study, we compiled a comprehensive spreadsheet of typographic points and collected the relevant data. You can view a <a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/ccc?key=0Atqua-tBbLCAdHVsTG1iazU4aXZWS1J6OE5hYUJvNEE">spreadsheet of the raw data</a>, which contains more data than was pertinent to this article.</p>
<p>Not limiting ourselves to the questions in the original study, we will broach issues that have arisen since then as a result of responsive design techniques, and we’ll examine whether such techniques are being applied at all. This led us to the following questions:</p>
<ol>
<li>How popular are serif and sans-serif typefaces in body copy and headlines?</li>
<li>Which fonts are used most frequently?</li>
<li>What is the average font size (on narrow, mid-sized and large screens)?</li>
<li>What is the average ratio of the font sizes of headlines to the font sizes of body copy?</li>
<li>What is the average line height of body copy?</li>
<li>What is the average ratio of line height to font size in body copy?</li>
<li>What is the average ratio of line height to line length in body copy?</li>
<li>What is the average amount of space between paragraphs?</li>
<li>What is the average ratio of paragraph spacing to line height in body copy?</li>
<li>How are links styled?</li>
<li>How many characters per line are common in body copy?</li>
<li>How often are links underlined?</li>
<li>How often are font fallbacks used?</li>
<li>How often are responsive design techniques implemented?</li>
<li>Which ratios of display sizes are discernible?</li>
<li>How do websites deal with the performance of Web fonts?</li>
</ol>
<p>To answer these questions, we collected more than 40 data points, all of which can be found in the aforementioned spreadsheet. We can extract several rules of thumb from this data. We wouldn’t recommend acting on the data from this study blindly; the statistical data, however, will no doubt yield useful insights.</p>
<h3>Popular Serif And Sans-Serif Fonts</h3>
<p>“Which typeface to use?” Obviously, this is one of the most important questions a designer has to answer when considering Web typography. The typeface will set the tone for the entire website, and a poor choice could send the wrong message or thwart the intended atmosphere. The argument for either serif or sans-serif hasn’t been won yet. Interestingly, looking back to the results of the 2009 study, sans-serif typefaces seemed to be more popular in body copy and headlines. The last four years have seen a tiny shift away from that.</p>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Headings_serif_-sans1.png" /><br /><em>Serif and sans-serif are almost equally popular in headlines.</em></p>
<p>The motivations of designers likely haven’t changed much. Serif fonts apparently stand out in headlines, but arguments have been made for serifs’ ability to guide the reader and for its readable structure in body copy as well. Still, <strong>contrasting a serif body with a sans-serif headline</strong> or vice versa can improve the overall visual appeal and readability of a website.</p>
<p>The data suggests that serifs have gained in popularity in recent years, leading almost to a reversal in common usage in the last four years, at least where body copy is concerned.</p>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/body_serif_sans1.png" /><br /><em>Serifs have strongly gained in popularity in body copy.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>Half of the websites analyzed use serifs in their headlines, the other half sans-serifs. The two most popular typefaces are Georgia &mdash; used on such websites as <a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/">The Guardian</a> and the <a href="http://www.ft.com/home/uk">Financial Times</a> &mdash; and Arial &mdash; found on <a href="http://www.zeit.de/">Zeit.de</a> and the <a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/">BBC</a>’s website.</li>
<li>Only 37% use a sans-serif typeface for body copy.</li>
<li>The most popular serif typefaces for headlines are Georgia (14%) and Chaparral Pro (6%).</li>
<li>The most popular serif typefaces for body copy are Georgia (20%) and Chaparral Pro (4%).</li>
<li>The most popular sans-serif typefaces for headlines are Arial (10%) and Freight Sans Pro (4%).</li>
<li>The most popular sans-serif typefaces for body copy are Arial (14%) and Helvetica (6%).</li>
<li>However, 66% of headline typefaces and 39% of body copy typefaces are found in only one instance.</li>
</ul>
<p>So, in summary we can state that nearly two thirds of the websites analyzed use serifs for body copy, and Georgia and Arial are still the most common primary typefaces. However, <strong>our most surprising find is that a majority of websites use non-standard fonts as their primary typeface</strong> &mdash; 39% of body copy and 66% of headlines. This development is truly interesting, because it shows that typography has become an important element in establishing brand identity and character. These numbers indicate <srtong>growing typographic diversity on the Web</strong> &mdash; which we should probably expect anyway.</p>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Typfaces-comparison.png" /><br /><em>A majority of websites use non-standard fonts as their primary typeface.</em></p>
<p>The growth of “bulletproof” font-delivery services such as Typekit and Fontdeck likely explains the increasing variety of primary typefaces. Fallback typefaces are predominantly standard core Web fonts. <strong>Times, Times New Roman, Georgia, Helvetica and Arial</strong> are most often used in CSS font stacks. Mobile platform fonts such as Droid Sans, Palatino and Cambria are almost never used.</p>
<p>Ironically, a consequence of the resurgence in serif typefaces is that Times and Times New Roman, which had almost been written off as too old-fashioned in the last study, have made kind of a comeback as the two most popular fallbacks. Roughly 11% of headline and body copy fallbacks have Times, and another 11% have Times New Roman.</p>
<p>There is much literature on typography in Web design, most of which discusses the applications of serif or sans-serif typefaces. Increasingly, the argument for better readability combined with artistic value supports a judicious use of both styles. Douglas Bonneville discusses the <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2010/11/04/best-practices-of-combining-typefaces/">benefits and best practices of combining serifs and sans-serifs</a>, and Simon Pascal Klein discusses the intricacies of font families and makes further typographic considerations in his article “<a href="http://klepas.org/achieving-good-legibility-and-readability-on-the-web/">Achieving Good Legibility and Readability on the Web</a>.”</p>
<p><a href="http://thegreatdiscontent.com/sarah-parmenter"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/greatdiscontent-opt.png" /></a><br />
<em><a href="http://thegreatdiscontent.com/sarah-parmenter">The Great Discontent</a> combines both the Stratum and Meta Serif Web Pro fonts to generate a dynamic yet respectable feel.</em></p>
<p>Compared to the previous study’s results, Verdana and Lucida Grande are the big losers. Verdana is used only twice as a primary font, and neither is used more than once as a fallback font. <strong>Chaparral Pro and Helvetica have risen in prominence.</strong> The increasing diversity and individuality in design is due to both the increased use of font foundries and the wider range of Web fonts.</p>
<p>One discovery of the previous study, that “alternative” fonts are more common among headline typefaces, is still proving accurate. No doubt, the general belief that experimentation is best applied to small details still stands. The look and feel of a page can be adjusted just enough by changes to the font family of headings, rather than by drastic changes to body copy. However, the overall <strong>use of alternative fonts for body copy has increased</strong> dramatically, creating a much richer and more diverse typographic landscape on the Web.</p>
<h3>Light Or Dark Background?</h3>
<p>The previous study concluded that a large majority of websites favored dark on light color schemes. Not much has changed, although the websites surveyed this time are more varied in their light background tones.</p>
<p><a href="http://aneventapart.com/news/post/aea-2012-relaunch"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/an_event_apart.png" /></a><br />
<em><a href="http://aneventapart.com/news/post/aea-2012-relaunch">An Event Apart</a> demonstrates the readability of a subdued color scheme.</em></p>
<p>Several websites have a less aggressive contrast of an off-white or even beige background with dark-gray text. The off-white is often chosen to lower contrast. The designers in this case have clearly opted for a comfortable, lengthy reading experience.</p>
<p>Black text on a white background is a common pattern for body copy. The contrast is easy on the eyes and is, at least among these websites, the status quo.</p>
<h3>Average Font Size For Headlines</h3>
<p>Generally, the font size of headlines is chosen according to the typeface of the body copy. Still, it’s interesting to see what common ranges designers prefer for body copy and headlines. In this study, the headlines for large display sizes average at roughly 38 pixels. Of course, we made sure that the text always displayed at the actual size, without any zoom.</p>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/heading_font_sizes.png" /><br /><em>The most popular sizes range from 20 to 32 pixels.</em></p>
<p>You can easily notice the increase in font size since the last study. Not only did the average increase by more than 10 pixels (!), but the range of headline sizes starts further up, at 20 pixels, and tops out at an impressive 212 pixels in the case of <a href="http://thegreatdiscontent.com/ike-edeani">The Great Discontent</a>. This publication is an exception, with its magazine-like headlines and smaller font sizes for headings.</p>
<p><a href="http://thegreatdiscontent.com/ike-edeani"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/tgd_heading_font.png" /></a><br /><em>We&#8217;re going further up. <a href="http://thegreatdiscontent.com/ike-edeani">The Great Discontent</a> shows an impressive 212 pixels font size.</em></p>
<h3>Average Font Size For Body Copy</h3>
<p>With readability as the determining criterion, the average pixel size of body copy has increased in four years as well. Back then, most of the websites were between 12 and 14 pixels in font size. Now, <strong>14 pixels is as popular as 16 pixels</strong>; each is used on 13 websites.</p>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/body-copy-font-size.png" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.theverge.com/2013/1/11/3866228/body-request-give-me-back-my-data"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/website_body_font_size.png"/></a><br /><em>14 pixels is also <a href="http://www.theverge.com/">The Verge&#8217;s</a> font size. While some websites offset the first paragraph of an article with a larger font size, many, like The Verge, follow a uniform size.</em></p>
<h3>Ratio Of Headline to Body Font Size</h3>
<p>We’ve updated <strong>our rule of thumb</strong> based on the current average ratio between headline and body font size. Don’t follow this rule blindly; rather, just keep it in mind as you make decisions in your projects.</p>
<h4>Headline ÷ Body Copy = 2.5</h4>
<p>According to our study, on average, the ratio between the headline and the body copy is around 2.5. The traditional scale (6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 21, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72) and the Fibonacci sequence (16, 24, 40, 64, 104) are still relevant, of course, and represent a more naturalistic approach. The <strong>golden ratio (1.618)</strong> might also yield an organic effect, too.</p>
<h3>Optimal Line Height For Body Copy</h3>
<p>Leading (or <code>line-height</code> in CSS) will always depend on your font size and measure (or line length). But in general, the longer the measure, the longer the leading should be. Therefore, presenting a chart of the most popular leading values in pixel units wouldn’t make sense here. More appropriate for you would be to use a relative unit, such as an em or percentage value, that determines the ratio between leading and measure and between leading and font size.</p>
<p>This latest study reveals the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>line height (pixels) &divide; body copy font size (pixels) = 1.46</strong><br />
Classic typography books recommend 1.5, a value backed up by this and our last study. Very few websites use anything less than that. The number of websites that go above 1.48 decreases as you get further from this value.</li>
<li><strong>line length (pixels) &divide; line height (pixels) = 24.9</strong><br />
The average line length (570 pixels, excluding margins and padding) has grown comparatively less than font size and line height have since 2009 (the latter averaging 22.9 pixels). The average line lengthened by approximatively 5% (from 538,64 pixels in 2009), while the average line height has increased from 12 pixels in 2009 to 13 pixels in 2013.</li>
<li><strong>space between paragraphs (pixels) &divide; line height (pixels) = 1.39</strong><br />
In the first study, it turned out that paragraph spacing (i.e. the space between the last line of one paragraph and the first line of the next) rarely equaled the leading (which would be the main characteristic of a perfect vertical rhythm). According to our results, paragraph spacing is around 1.39 &times; the paragraph leading. Paragraphs are more clearly delineated with this increased ratio, thus increasing readability.</li>
</ul>
<p>Multiplying the value of your body’s font size by 1.46 would give you the optimal line height, which you could then adapt to your font style. Multiplying this new value by 24.9 should give you the optimal line length. Note that the layout would also need gutters, margins and padding to let the body copy breathe.</p>
<h3>Characters Per Line</h3>
<p>As explained by Robert Bringhurst, the classic rules of Web typography dictate that the optimal number of characters per line is 55 to 75. Our data shows that at their actual size (i.e. with no zoom and at the default font size), most websites average <strong>83.9 characters per line</strong> at a widescreen resolution (in our case, a browser width of 1100 pixels).</p>
<p>While this average fluctuates quite significantly when the browser is at various other widths &mdash; between 83 and 86 characters per line at display widths of 700, 950 and 1600 pixels &mdash; only in smaller views of 500 pixels this average comes close to the classic rule. At that width, the average lies around 77 characters per line.</p>
<p>This is most likely the result of an attempt among designers to balance the font size with the amount of text displayed on narrow screens. With more characters displayed per line, the font size would have to become small, making the reading experience a bit more difficult on the eyes.
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/characters_per_line1.jpg" /></p>
<p>The highest number is, of course, much higher, but in general most designers stay in the range of 75 to 90 characters. In the most extreme cases, <a href="http://www.sbnation.com/">SB Nation</a> has 55 characters per line, and <a href="http://www.polygon.com/">Polygon</a> averages 118 for the introductory paragraph. A more exact average could be derived by averaging several lines. But such an in-depth analysis probably would not vary greatly from the average that we calculated here. Still, the discrepancy between the number of characters at different widths is peculiar.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.polygon.com/features/2013/1/10/3853198/ken-levine-bioshock-infinite-vgas"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/website_character_per_line.png" /></a><br />
<em>Polygon displays more characters per line in the introductory paragraph than in the rest of the article. However, the font size of that paragraph is larger as well.</em></p>
<h3>Web Typography And Responsive Design</h3>
<p>A burning issue we wanted to explore was the impact of of responsive design in Web typography today. The results were surprising: <strong>22 out of 52 (i.e. 42%) of the websites we analyzed show (minor or major) changes</strong> when the browser size changes. Considering that responsive design has been around for two years, that number is quite impressive. We calculated the number of characters per line, the body font size and the headline font size at five browser widths (and experimented with the height as well): 500, 700, 950, 1100 and 1600 pixels. The font sizes for those three metrics do not differ greatly across the screen sizes &mdash; except at the 500-pixel view.</p>
<p>Unexpected, though, were the <strong>visual changes</strong> that occurred as we resized the browser. Changes in layout, image scaling, content and font size were evident to varying degrees on 22 websites. The changes are as minimal as images being scaled down to suit the display width. In some cases, however, the websites display other minor and expected changes. At the 500-pixel view, for example, the menu is often replaced by an icon; design components are moved from a multi-column layout to a single column; and both images and fonts are scaled.</p>
<p><strong>No sign of responsive design was evident on 30 websites</strong>, including major publications such as <a href="http://www.ft.com/home/uk">The Financial Times</a> and <a href="http://www.economist.com/">The Economist</a>. At least some, if not all, of these websites seem to opt for a separate mobile website or application. The Financial Times immediately invites mobile visitors to use its FT app. At the moment, large online publications seem to prefer to invest in an app than in responsive design. If this trend continues, then the question becomes, how much will users be annoyed by being prompted to download an app for every single publication they’re interested in.</p>
<p>Despite this, we were happy to find that the layouts of the large majority of websites <strong>do not break</strong> when being zoomed in.</p>
<h4>Some Numbers on the Implementation of Responsive Design</h4>
<p>42% of websites implement responsive design changes, including for layout, image scale, content and font size.</p>
<p>At a display width of 500 pixels:</p>
<ul>
<li>Average line height: 28 pixels</li>
<li>Average font size of body: 15 pixels</li>
<li>Average number of characters per line: 77</li>
</ul>
<p>At a display width of 700 pixels:</p>
<ul>
<li>Average font size of headlines: 36 pixels</li>
<li>Average font size of body: 15.6 pixels</li>
<li>Average number of characters per line: 82.7</li>
</ul>
<p>At a display width of 950 pixels:</p>
<ul>
<li>Average font size of headlines: 37.9 pixels</li>
<li>Average font size of body: 16.1 pixels</li>
<li>Average number of characters per line: 84.8</li>
</ul>
<p>At a display width of 1600 pixels:</p>
<ul>
<li>Average font size of headlines: 40.7 pixels</li>
<li>Average font size of body: 16.2 pixels</li>
<li>Average number of characters per line: 86.8</li>
</ul>
<p>These averages might be somewhat skewed because of the mixture of responsive and non-responsive websites. But they show how little the body font size and characters per line change over varying widths. The only exception is the 500-pixel width, which have a lower number of characters per line.</p>
<h3>Performance Considerations</h3>
<p>While <strong>embedded fonts</strong> are slowly becoming a de facto standard in Web design, they also introduce overhead in performance because, well, they have to be loaded. Chris Coyier recently discussed the idea of <a href="http://css-tricks.com/preventing-the-performance-hit-from-custom-fonts/">loading Web fonts only on large screens</a> to avoid the performance hit. You could also load Web fonts into AppCache or LocalStorage first and show them on subsequent page loads.</p>
<p>Moreover, you could use Google’s <a href="https://developers.google.com/fonts/docs/webfont_loader">WebFont Loader</a> to ensure that the content is displayed in fallback fonts even before the Web fonts have loaded, and then switch to the Web fonts once they have completely loaded (this is what we&#8217;re implementing in this very moment).</p>
<p>Our study shows that Web fonts are indeed a heavy bottleneck in performance, with <strong>5.7 font files being loaded on average</strong>, totalling an average of 133.5 KB of extra bandwidth. In cases such as a page being loaded on a slow mobile connection, the user would initially see no text other than the underlining of links (apparently due to the use of the <code>border-bottom</code> property). Only once the fonts have loaded would the text be visible &mdash; and even then, elements would appear one by one (headings, then subheadings, then body copy). We can avoid this suboptimal experience by properly adjusting the CSS font stack, as Richard Rutter explains in his talk “<a href="http://webtypography.net/talks/rdo13/">Responsive Web Fonts</a>” (slidedeck).</p>
<h3>Other Findings</h3>
<ul>
<li>45% of websites underline the links in body copy. The others do so only on hover or not at all.</li>
<li>71% of websites highlight links with color. The rest do not or only on hover.</li>
<li>99% of websites left-align text.</li>
<li>No website uses hyphenation.</li>
<li>84% of websites use the same fonts in the print and standard style sheets.</li>
<li>The loading weight of home pages averages around 1.346 MB. Article pages are marginally less, at around 1.146 MB.</li>
<li>The websites average 119 HTTP requests!</li>
</ul>
<h3>Conclusion</h3>
<p>This study has revealed a set of common practices in Web typography. These results should <strong>not be interpreted as law</strong>. They should not be interpreted as “best” practices; rather, just as rough guidelines that we encountered in current Web design.</p>
<p>For example, the performance hit introduced by Web fonts and the (huge) number of HTTP requests should be reduced as far as it&#8217;s possible, while the content-out approach in responsive design would dictate how the font size would need to adjust depending on the settings in which it&#8217;s used. These findings are no doubt <strong>just a snapshot of current trends</strong> and may very well be outdated in a year’s time.</p>
<ul>
<li>Serif fonts are more popular than sans-serifs for both headlines and body copy. There is, however, a trend to mix sans-serifs and serifs to contrasting effect.</li>
<li>The most common fonts for headlines are Georgia, Arial and Chaparral Pro. But the majority of websites are individualized and use less common fonts.</li>
<li>The most common fonts for body copy are Georgia, Arial and Helvetica. But, again, the majority of websites are individualized and use less common fonts.</li>
<li>The most popular font size for headlines is between 29 and 32 pixels.</li>
<li>The most popular font size for body copy is between 14 and 16 pixels.</li>
<li>headline font size ÷ body copy font size = 2.4</li>
<li>line height (pixels) ÷ body copy font size (pixels) = 1.47</li>
<li>line length (pixels) ÷ line height (pixels) = 24.8</li>
<li>space between paragraphs (pixels) ÷ line height (pixels) = 1.43</li>
<li>The optimal number of characters per line is between 55 and 75, but 75 to 90 is more popular.</li>
<li>Body text is left-aligned. Hyphenation is not used at line endings. And links are underlined and/or highlighted with bold or color, sometimes only on hover.</li>
<li>Mobile devices are mostly adapted to via responsive design, although some publications opt for a dedicated app.</li>
</ul>
<p>The decision of whether to modify any typographic element always lies with the designer. Most of the results shown in these websites are likely the outcome of much trial and error. When designing a new website, you might want to stay close to these parameters, but with adjustments to suit your layout. Feel free to review the study’s <a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/ccc?key=0Atqua-tBbLCAdHVsTG1iazU4aXZWS1J6OE5hYUJvNEE">spreadsheet</a> for the raw data.</p>
<p>As we mentioned at the beginning, the second article in this series will deal with the <strong>intricacies of eBook readers and mobile apps.</strong> We don’t necessarily expect very different results. However, apps do offer more interactivity to the user. It will be interesting to see how much developers take advantage of the range of possibilities in mobile apps. Because there is not yet an inordinate number of readers on the market, we’ll accumulate data on as many readers as possible.</p>
<h3>More Studies On Smashing Magazine?</h3>
<p>Interested in more studies? Let us know what you’re interested in, and we’ll see what we can do!</p>
<p><!-- deleted script tag --></p>
<noscript><a href="http://polldaddy.com/poll/7110396/">What kind of studies would you like to see on Smashing Magazine?</a></noscript>
<p><em>(al)</em></p>
<hr />
<p><small>© Jan Constantin for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/17/typographic-design-patterns-practices-case-study-2013/">Case Study: Typographic Design Patterns And Current Practices (2013 Edition)</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/17/typographic-design-patterns-practices-case-study-2013/feed/atom/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="" length="" type="" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>A Beginner&#8217;s Guide: Migrating A Website To WordPress Is Easier Than You Think</title>
		<link>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/15/migrating-a-website-to-wordpress-is-easier-than-you-think/</link>
		<comments>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/15/migrating-a-website-to-wordpress-is-easier-than-you-think/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2013 08:33:40 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>newsfeed</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Smashing Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WordPress]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://mgmt.smashingmagazine.com/?p=161730</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><table width="650"><tr><td width="650">
<div><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0"><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" border="0" alt=""></a></div>
</td>
</tr></table><p>Now powering over 17% of the Web, WordPress is increasingly becoming the content management system (CMS) of choice for the average user. But what about websites built with an outdated CMS or without a CMS at all? Does moving to WordPress mean starting over and losing all the time, energy and money put into the current website? Nope!</p>
<p>Migrating a website (including the design) over to WordPress is actually easier than you might think. In this guide, we&#8217;ll outline the migration process and work through the steps with a sample project. We&#8217;ll also cover some of the challenges you might encounter and review the solutions.</p>
<h3>About This Guide</h3>
<p>Before we get to work, let&#8217;s establish some context. First, this guide was written primarily with <strong>beginners</strong> in mind and will be most helpful for <strong>basic</strong> websites. Some of you will likely encounter advanced aspects of WordPress migration, but they are beyond the scope of this guide. If you&#8217;re tackling an advanced migration and get stuck, feel free to share your difficulty in the comments below.</p>
<h4>Objectives</h4>
<p>The objective of this guide is to help you with the following:</p>
<ul><li>Plan an effective migration to WordPress.</li>
<li>Walk through the technical steps involved in migrating.</li>
<li>Get ideas and resources to solve common migration challenges.</li>
</ul><h4>Assumptions</h4>
<p>I assume you have basic familiarity with WordPress. Previous development experience with WordPress would be helpful, but not necessary. I also assume you have an&#160;existing website and&#160;design&#160;that you want to&#160;migrate to WordPress.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/2.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_2_compressed.png" alt="Starting With A Plan" width="500" height="350"></a></p>
<h4>Basic Steps</h4>
<p>Here are the basic steps that I recommend you follow for a typical WordPress migration:</p>
<ol><li><strong>Evaluate website.</strong><br />
Work carefully through the pages on your existing website, identifying all of the types of content (standard pages, photo galleries, resource pages, etc.) and noting any areas that need special attention.</li>
<li><strong>Set up environment.</strong><br />
Set up WordPress and get ready to import.</li>
<li><strong>Import content.</strong><br />
Bring over and organize your content, whether&#160;via an importing tool, manual entry (for a small amount, when no tool is available) or a custom importing process.</li>
<li><strong>Migrate design.</strong><br />
Incorporate your existing design into a custom WordPress theme.</li>
<li><strong>Review website, go live.</strong><br />
Carefully review the import, making adjustments where needed, set up any URL redirects, and then go live.</li>
</ol><p>With this outline in mind, let&#8217;s work through each step in detail.</p>
<h3>Start With A Plan</h3>
<p>The key to a successful migration is to carefully evaluate your current website. You need to figure out how to import and structure the content in WordPress before carrying over the design.</p>
<p>While the principles are the same across migration projects, <strong>the details often vary</strong>. So, below are two lists of questions to ask as you work out a plan.</p>
<h4>Imported Content</h4>
<ul><li>How much content needs to be imported (number of pages, number of images, etc.)?</li>
<li>Is the volume low enough to be imported manually, or do you need a tool?</li>
<li>If you need a tool, does one already exist?</li>
<li>Can the content be categorized into the standard &#8220;posts&#8221; and &#8220;pages,&#8221; or does it call for custom post types?</li>
<li>Does extra content need to be stored for certain pages (custom fields, taxonomies, etc.)?</li>
<li>Will the URL structure change? If so, will the old URLs need to be redirected?</li>
</ul><h4>Existing Functionality</h4>
<ul><li>Does the website integrate any third-party services (data collection, reservations, etc.)?</li>
<li>Do any forms need to be migrated (contact forms, application forms, etc.)?</li>
<li>Is access to any content restricted (such as members-only content)?</li>
<li>Does the website sell products (digital or physical)?</li>
<li>Do any administrative tools need to be carried over (such as custom CMS functionality)?</li>
</ul><h4>A Working Example</h4>
<p>My brother, Joshua Wold, has volunteered a website to serve as an example; it&#8217;s for a side project of his in which he sells posters and postcards of a <a href="http://www.veganfoodpyramid.com/">Vegan Food Pyramid</a>. He built the website in plain HTML, with some basic PHP includes for the header and footer. Below is a screencast of me evaluating the website to give you a sense of how the process will work. Enjoy!</p>
<p></p>
<h3>Set Up WordPress</h3>
<p>Before importing the content, we need to get WordPress ready to go. If you&#8217;re just experimenting or if you prefer offline development, start with a <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress#Local_Installation_Instructions">local installation of WordPress</a>. Otherwise, the next step is to install WordPress with your current hosting provider; or you could use the migration process as a great opportunity to move to a new host.</p>
<p>Once WordPress is up and running, you&#8217;re ready for action!</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/3.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_3_compressed.png" alt="Setting Up WordPress" width="500" height="350"></a></p>
<p>For our example, we&#8217;ve installed WordPress with the same host, setting it up in a <code>/wp</code> directory for the duration of the migration process.</p>
<h4>Settings and Plugins</h4>
<p>With WordPress installed, we&#8217;ll make a few minor adjustments:</p>
<ul><li><strong>Update permalinks.</strong><br />
Go to <code>Settings &#8594; Permalinks</code> to make changes. In most cases, I&#8217;ll switch to &#8220;postname&#8221;-style permalinks.</li>
<li><strong>Update users.</strong><br />
I create an admin-level account for myself and any admin or editor accounts that are needed for clients and collaborators. I also remove the default &#8220;admin&#8221; user name if it exists (a basic but wise step for WordPress security).</li>
</ul><p>Depending on the needs of the project, we might have to preinstall plugins. Here are the major categories of plugins:</p>
<ul><li><strong>Form management</strong><br />
Migrating a form &#8220;as is&#8221; is usually a mess; simply recreating it using a forms plugin is usually easier. My current favorite is <a href="http://www.gravityforms.com/">Gravity Forms</a> ($39+ per license). Other options are <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/formidable/">Formidable</a> (with free and pro versions) and <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/contact-form-7/">Contact Form 7</a> (entirely free).</li>
<li><strong>SEO management</strong><br />
Search engine optimization (SEO) is a touchy subject. My philosophy is to build content for people, not for search engines. That being said, there is a common-sense approach to SEO that is solidly supported by the WordPress plugin ecosystem. And if your old website includes custom meta descriptions, giving them a new home during the importing process is important. I recommend <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wordpress-seo/">WordPress SEO</a> (free).</li>
<li><strong>Multiple languages</strong><br />
If your old website supports multiple languages, WordPress has you covered. My plugin of choice is <a href="http://wpml.org/">WPML</a> ($79 per license, free for non-profits). Another option is <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/qtranslate/">qTranslate</a> (free).</li>
<li><strong>Security</strong><br />
WordPress security is a topic near and dear to me. The increasing popularity of WordPress has made it a target for security attacks. WordPress itself is rarely the problem; a poorly secured hosting environment or an outdated or poorly developed plugin usually is. I use managed WordPress hosting for the majority of my projects, which offers a good foundation for solid WordPress security. Options include <a href="http://wpengine.com/">WPEngine</a>, <a href="https://www.zippykid.com/">ZippyKid</a>, <a href="https://page.ly/">Pagely</a> and <a href="http://websynthesis.com/">Synthesis</a>. In addition to managed hosting (and especially if you opt for a non-managed host), consider installing a security plugin, such as <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/better-wp-security/">Better WP Security</a> (free) or <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wordfence/">Wordfence</a> (also free). Last but not least, review the &#8220;<a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Hardening_WordPress">Hardening WordPress</a>&#8221; guide in the Codex.</li>
<li><strong>Backups</strong><br />
If you opt for managed hosting, backups are usually included (make sure, though). If you&#8217;re managing backups yourself or you want an extra layer of data protection, great options are available, including <a href="http://vaultpress.com/">VaultPress</a> ($15+ a month), <a href="https://www.codeguard.com/">CodeGuard</a> ($5+ a month), <a href="http://ithemes.com/purchase/backupbuddy/">BackupBuddy</a> ($75+ per license) and <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/backwpup/">BackWPup</a> (free).</li>
</ul><h3>Import Content</h3>
<p>With WordPress up and running, it&#8217;s time to bring over all of your content.</p>
<p>If your old website has a CMS, an importing tool might be available. Start by viewing the list of <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Importing_Content">content-importing scripts</a> in the Codex. If there&#8217;s a match, great! Follow the instructions and get to work. If all goes well, you&#8217;ll have migrated the content over without any trouble.</p>
<p>If your old CMS is&#160;not in the list or you don&#8217;t have a CMS at all and you&#8217;ve got fewer than 100 pages,&#160;then manual migration is probably the way to go. Copy and paste the contents, noting the old URLs as you go (tracking the migration in a spreadsheet is a good idea).</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/4.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_4_compressed.png" alt="4" width="500" height="350"></a></p>
<p>If you&#8217;ve got a custom CMS or a database of records without an importing tool and a high volume of content, then you might want to <strong>bring in a specialist to move the content</strong> over before continuing. The higher the volume of content, the higher the chance of human error and the more important automating it becomes.</p>
<p>For our project, I&#8217;ve migrated the content manually and replaced the existing navigation with a WordPress menu. You can watch the process in this next screencast:</p>
<p></p>
<h3>Bring Over The Design</h3>
<p>With our content in WordPress, it&#8217;s time to bring over the design. Incidentally, if you&#8217;re considering a new design, then now is a great time to look at the many excellent WordPress themes out there, both in the <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/">official repository</a> and in third-party marketplaces such as <a href="http://themeforest.net/category/wordpress">ThemeForest</a> and <a href="https://creativemarket.com/themes/wordpress/">Creative Market</a>. For our purpose, I&#8217;ll assume that you&#8217;re happy with your design.</p>
<h4>Evaluating A Design</h4>
<p>Evaluate the source code of a prospective design as best you can before tackling the migration. If the code is table-based or more complex than you&#8217;re comfortable with, then migrating the design might not be worth the effort. While anything is possible (I&#8217;ve migrated some complex table-based designs in my time), <strong>not everything is practical.</strong></p>
<h4>Working With Source Code</h4>
<p>In my experience, the easiest way to migrate is to work directly with the source code in the browser. While having access to the original hosting environment can be helpful (especially when working with a lot of images and downloadable files), the ways that websites are built vary so widely that you&#8217;ll often have to reverse-engineer the original architecture in order to derive anything useful.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/5.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_5_compressed.png" alt="5" width="500" height="350"></a></p>
<p>Going directly to the source code in your browser of choice will save a lot of time and, barring any important &#8220;behind the scenes&#8221; functionality, give you everything you need. <a href="https://www.google.com/chrome/">Google Chrome</a> is currently my browser of choice, and I&#8217;ve pulled our source-code samples directly from the browser. (In Chrome, go to <code>Menu &#8594; Tools &#8594; View Source</code>, or just right-click to bring up the contextual menu.)</p>
<h3>Create A Custom Theme</h3>
<p>If you&#8217;re new to them, <a href="https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes">learn about using themes</a> in the Codex. For the migration process, you can either build a new WordPress theme from the ground up or modify an existing theme to meet your needs. I recommend the latter.</p>
<p>Most of my migration projects have started with the latest version of WordPress&#8217; default theme (currently <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/twentytwelve">Twenty Twelve</a>). Recently, I stripped down the default theme to create my own migration starter theme, which I&#8217;ll use in our example and which <a href="https://github.com/sirjonathan/migration-theme/">you&#8217;re welcome to use yourself</a>. (Feel free to suggest improvements!) Let&#8217;s get to work.</p>
<p><a href="https://github.com/sirjonathan/migration-theme/archive/master.zip">Download a copy</a> (ZIP) of the migration starter theme or follow along in your own theme of choice as we work through the relevant theme files.</p>
<h3>1. Style Sheet</h3>
<p>Our first step is to bring over the styles from the old website. In most cases, this is as simple as searching the source code for references to <code>.css</code> and then copying and pasting the contents from those style sheet(s) into our own <code>style.css</code>. Let&#8217;s get to it.</p>
<ol><li>Open up <code>style.css</code>.</li>
<li>Replace the details of the theme (&#8220;Name,&#8221; &#8220;URI,&#8221; &#8220;Description,&#8221; etc.) with your own.</li>
<li>Paste in the styles from the old website.</li>
</ol><h4>A Note About Images</h4>
<p>As you migrate the style sheet(s), search for and update any references to images. In general, I like to keep all images in an <code>/images/</code> folder within the theme&#8217;s directory. More often than not, changing the locations of images referenced in the original CSS is necessary, and I make sure to update all references in the style sheet and templates accordingly.</p>
<h3>2. Header</h3>
<p>The next step is to create the header for our new theme. Our objective here is to merge the structure of the current code base with WordPress&#8217; templates. Here&#8217;s what we&#8217;re going to do:</p>
<ul><li>Replicate the HTML structure of the old website.</li>
<li>Replace the static menu with a WordPress-powered menu.</li>
<li>Use WordPress&#8217; <code>title</code> tag and leave the <code>wp_head</code> hook in place.</li>
<li>Merge any other relevant tags from the old header.</li>
</ul><p>Let&#8217;s get into the code!</p>
<h4>Original HTML</h4>
<pre><code>
&#60;!DOCTYPE HTML&#62;
&#60;html&#62;
&#60;head&#62;
&#60;title&#62;Vegan Food Pyramid posters, postcards and wallpapers&#60;/title&#62;
&#60;meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /&#62;
&#60;meta name="google-site-verification" content="PO3bWDpUEh4O6XXwnmfyfxrKRDf8JsRrNIcGdzv3POs" /&#62;
&#60;link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style.css" media="screen" /&#62;
&#60;link rel="shortcut icon" href="http://www.veganfoodpyramid.com/favicon.ico?v=2" /&#62;
&#60;script type="text/javascript" src="//use.typekit.net/tty6xpj.js"&#62;&#60;/script&#62;
&#60;script type="text/javascript"&#62;try{Typekit.load();}catch(e){}&#60;/script&#62;

&#60;/head&#62;
&#60;body&#62;
&#60;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com"&#62;&#60;h1 id="logo"&#62;Vegan Food Pyramid&#60;/h1&#62;&#60;/a&#62;
&#60;ul class="menu"&#62;
   &#60;li&#62;&#60;a class="active" href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com"&#62;Products&#60;/a&#62;&#60;/li&#62;
   &#60;li&#62;&#60;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/wallpaper.php"&#62;Wallpaper&#60;/a&#62;&#60;/li&#62;
   &#60;li&#62;&#60;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/about.php"&#62;About&#60;/a&#62;&#60;/li&#62; 
   &#60;li&#62;&#60;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/contact.php"&#62;Contact&#60;/a&#62;&#60;/li&#62;
&#60;/ul&#62;
</code></pre>
<h4>Merged Header (header.php)</h4>
<pre><code>
&#60;!DOCTYPE html&#62;
&#60;html&#62;
&#60;head&#62;
   &#60;title&#62;&#60;?php wp_title( '&#124;', true, 'right' ); ?&#62;&#60;/title&#62;
   &#60;meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /&#62;
   &#60;meta name="google-site-verification" content="PO3bWDpUEh4O6XXwnmfyfxrKRDf8JsRrNIcGdzv3POs" /&#62;
   &#60;link rel="shortcut icon" href="http://www.veganfoodpyramid.com/favicon.ico?v=2" /&#62;
   &#60;script type="text/javascript" src="//use.typekit.net/tty6xpj.js"&#62;&#60;/script&#62;
   &#60;script type="text/javascript"&#62;try{Typekit.load();}catch(e){}&#60;/script&#62;
   &#60;?php wp_head(); ?&#62;
&#60;/head&#62;

&#60;body &#60;?php body_class(); ?&#62;&#62;

   &#60;header&#62;
      &#60;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com"&#62;&#60;h1 id="logo"&#62;Vegan Food Pyramid&#60;/h1&#62;&#60;/a&#62;
      &#60;?php wp_nav_menu( array( 
            'theme_location' =&#62; 'primary',
            'container' =&#62; false,
            'menu_class' =&#62; 'menu'
      ) ); ?&#62;
   &#60;/header&#62;
</code></pre>
<h4>Explanation</h4>
<p>One of the challenges of migration is deciding whether to improve code as you go along. Our project has a few areas that could be improved, but Joshua and I agreed to leave them as is. Most of you will be tackling the migration of a design that hasn&#8217;t been coded to current best practices (although, in fairness to the original coder, they may have been best practices at the time).</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/6.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_6_compressed.png" alt="Website Review" title="Website Review" width="500" height="350"></a></p>
<p><strong>If time and opportunity allow, I encourage you to improve on the code.</strong> Otherwise, take comfort in the fact that, with the website now on WordPress, improvements will be a whole lot easier down the road.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s work through the changes we&#8217;ve made!</p>
<ul><li><strong>Doctype</strong><br />
Make sure to carry over the same doctype. In this case, the original HTML already has an HTML5 doctype (a relatively rare occurrence on old websites). Using a modern doctype in a code base written for an older specification (such as XHTML or HTML4) could break the layout (especially in old browsers).</li>
<li><strong>Meta tags</strong><br />
I usually bring over the majority of meta tags as is, replacing them in WordPress. The exception in our case is the reference to the style sheet, which is being inserted automatically via <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/wp_enqueue_style"><code>wp_enqueue_style</code></a> in the <code>functions.php</code> file.</li>
<li><strong>Scripts</strong><br />
Scripts can be tricky. If a script belongs on every page (such as a tracking script or font script), then putting it directly in the header (or footer) file is fine. If it needs to appear only on certain pages, then a <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Conditional_Tags">conditional tag</a> will do the trick. As a best practice, register all scripts and add them to the header (or footer) via <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/wp_enqueue_script"><code>wp_enqueue_script</code></a>. If you&#8217;re up for the challenge, I recommend doing it this way. (Check out a <a href="http://wptheming.com/2013/02/typekit-code-snippet/">tutorial on enqueuing TypeKit</a> the right way.)</li>
<li><strong>wp_head</strong><br />
Leave <code>&#60;?php wp_head(); ?&#62;</code> at the bottom of the <code>&#60;/head&#62;</code> tag in the merged header file. WordPress uses <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Plugin_API/Action_Reference/wp_head"><code>wp_head</code></a>, among other things, to enqueue scripts and style sheets that are referenced in the theme (usually in <code>functions.php</code>) and in plugins that you&#8217;ve installed. Without <code>wp_head</code> in place, most front-end plugins won&#8217;t work.</li>
<li><strong>body_class</strong><br />
Notice our use of the <code>&#60;?php body_class(); ?&#62;</code> tag. WordPress uses this to provide a series of helpful classes to the <code>&#60;body&#62;</code> tag depending on the page being viewed. In our example, the <code>&#60;body&#62;</code> classes weren&#8217;t being used. Yours might have unique IDs or classes on each page, in which case you can create a custom function using conditional tags to add the appropriate classes to the corresponding pages. <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/body_class">Have a look at the Codex</a> for some examples.</li>
<li><strong>WordPress menus</strong><br />
Switching to a WordPress-powered menu is one of the more complex tasks in most basic migrations. It will be fairly straightforward for us. We have a menu with simple markup that uses an <code>active</code> class (generated via PHP) to indicate which page the visitor is viewing. The <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/wp_nav_menu"><code>wp_nav_menu</code></a> function is highly flexible and offers built-in functionality to handle the current state of an element in the menu. I&#8217;ve updated the references in the style sheet to the <code>active</code> class and changed them to use the equivalent generated by <code>wp_nav_menu</code>, which is <code>current-menu-item</code>. Watch the screencast on importing content to see how I&#8217;ve set up the menu for our example.</li>
</ul><p>And that&#8217;s a wrap! Let&#8217;s move on to the next piece.</p>
<h3>3. Footer</h3>
<p>The footer is usually the most uneventful template in the migration process. As with the header, our objective is to merge the relevant parts of the original source code. Let&#8217;s get to it!</p>
<h4>Original HTML</h4>
<pre><code>
&#60;div id="footer"&#62;&#60;p&#62;&#169; 2013 VeganFoodPyramid.com&#60;/p&#62;&#60;/div&#62;

&#60;script type="text/javascript"&#62;
var gaJsHost = (("https:" == document.location.protocol) ? "https://ssl." : "http://www.");
document.write(unescape("%3Cscript src='" + gaJsHost + "google-analytics.com/ga.js' type='text/javascript'%3E%3C/script%3E"));
&#60;/script&#62;
&#60;script type="text/javascript"&#62;
try {
var pageTracker = _gat._getTracker("UA-6992755-1");
pageTracker._trackPageview();
} catch(err) {}&#60;/script&#62;

&#60;/body&#62;
&#60;/html&#62;
</code></pre>
<h4>Merged Footer (footer.php)</h4>
<pre><code>
&#60;div id="footer"&#62;&#60;p&#62;&#169; &#60;?php echo date('Y'); ?&#62; VeganFoodPyramid.com&#60;/p&#62;&#60;/div&#62;

&#60;script type="text/javascript"&#62;
var gaJsHost = (("https:" == document.location.protocol) ? "https://ssl." : "http://www.");
document.write(unescape("%3Cscript src='" + gaJsHost + "google-analytics.com/ga.js' type='text/javascript'%3E%3C/script%3E"));
&#60;/script&#62;
&#60;script type="text/javascript"&#62;
try {
var pageTracker = _gat._getTracker("UA-6992755-1");
pageTracker._trackPageview();
} catch(err) {}&#60;/script&#62;

&#60;?php wp_footer(); ?&#62;

&#60;/body&#62;
&#60;/html&#62;
</code></pre>
<h4>Explanation</h4>
<p>Some footers are hard to migrate (such as ones with complex menus and widgets), but most are simple. In this case, we&#8217;ve merged the HTML with our footer template, making sure to preserve our reference to the <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/wp_footer"><code>wp_footer</code></a> hook. We&#8217;ve also changed the date reference to use PHP, ensuring that it updates with each year.</p>
<h3>4. Home Page</h3>
<p>One of the challenges of a migration is that there are so many different ways to get the job done. The home page is a good illustration of this because it tends to be the most different from the rest of the website. Adopting the simplest method is usually best. I&#8217;ve opted to put all of the home page&#8217;s content directly in the template. Changes will be rare and can easily be made by editing the template.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at the code, excluding the header and footer, which we&#8217;ve already covered.</p>
<h4>Original HTML</h4>
<pre><code>
&#60;div id="content"&#62;

&#60;div id="poster"&#62;
&#60;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg"&#62;&#60;img class="product-img" src="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg" /&#62;&#60;/a&#62;
&#60;div class="description"&#62;
&#60;h2&#62;Poster&#60;/h2&#62;
&#60;p&#62;A 30&#215;20-inch poster illustrating over 125 vegan food items as an alternative to the traditional food pyramid. This poster will catch people&#8217;s attention and serve as a suggestion for food ideas.&#60;/p&#62;
&#60;h3&#62;$30 each&#60;/h3&#62;
&#60;p&#62;Includes free shipping worldwide&#60;/p&#62;
&#60;a class="button" href="https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&#38;hosted_button_id=2FKQT879CXYYG"&#62;Buy&#60;/a&#62;
&#60;/div&#62;
&#60;/div&#62;

&#60;div id="postcard"&#62;
&#60;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg"&#62;&#60;img class="product-img" src="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/images/postcard-splash.jpg" alt="Postcard Splash" /&#62;&#60;/a&#62;
&#60;div class="description"&#62;
&#60;h2&#62;Postcards&#60;/h2&#62;
&#60;p&#62;Beautiful 4&#215;6 postcards that can be mailed and shared with friends and family. Hand them out at events. Post them on walls. Share the vegan love!&#60;/p&#62;
&#60;h3&#62;$50 for 50&#60;/h3&#62;
&#60;p&#62;Includes free shipping worldwide&#60;/p&#62;
&#60;a class="button" href="https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&#38;hosted_button_id=EN387WHNSSFMW"&#62;Buy&#60;/a&#62;
&#60;/div&#62;
&#60;/div&#62;

&#60;/div&#62; &#60;!-- end content --&#62;
</code></pre>
<h4>Merged Home Page (/page-templates/front-page.php)</h4>
<pre><code>
&#60;?php
/**
 * Template Name: Front Page Template
 */

get_header(); ?&#62;

&#60;div id="content"&#62;

   &#60;div id="poster"&#62;
      &#60;a href="&#60;?php echo get_stylesheet_directory_uri(); ?&#62;/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg"&#62;&#60;img class="product-img" src="&#60;?php echo get_stylesheet_directory_uri(); ?&#62;/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg" /&#62;&#60;/a&#62;
      &#60;div class="description"&#62;
         &#60;h2&#62;Poster&#60;/h2&#62;
         &#60;p&#62;A 30&#215;20-inch poster illustrating over 125 vegan food items as an alternative to the traditional food pyramid. This poster will catch people&#8217;s attention and serve as a suggestion for food ideas.&#60;/p&#62;
         &#60;h3&#62;$30 each&#60;/h3&#62;
         &#60;p&#62;Includes free shipping worldwide&#60;/p&#62;
         &#60;a class="button" href="https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&#38;hosted_button_id=2FKQT879CXYYG"&#62;Buy&#60;/a&#62;
      &#60;/div&#62;
   &#60;/div&#62;

   &#60;div id="postcard"&#62;
      &#60;a href="&#60;?php echo get_stylesheet_directory_uri(); ?&#62;/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg"&#62;&#60;img class="product-img" src="&#60;?php echo get_stylesheet_directory_uri(); ?&#62;/images/postcard-splash.jpg" alt="Postcard Splash" /&#62;&#60;/a&#62;
      &#60;div class="description"&#62;
         &#60;h2&#62;Postcards&#60;/h2&#62;
         &#60;p&#62;Beautiful 4&#215;6 postcards that can be mailed and shared with friends and family. Hand them out at events. Post them on walls. Share the vegan love!&#60;/p&#62;
         &#60;h3&#62;$50 for 50&#60;/h3&#62;
         &#60;p&#62;Includes free shipping worldwide&#60;/p&#62;
         &#60;a class="button" href="https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&#38;hosted_button_id=EN387WHNSSFMW"&#62;Buy&#60;/a&#62;
      &#60;/div&#62;
   &#60;/div&#62;

&#60;/div&#62; &#60;!-- end #content --&#62;

&#60;?php get_footer(); ?&#62;
</code></pre>
<h4>Explanation</h4>
<p>The <code>front-page.php</code> template begins and ends with a reference to the header and footer that we&#8217;ve just prepared. In between, we&#8217;ll merge the rest of the HTML, and we&#8217;ll use the <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/get_stylesheet_directory_uri"><code>get_stylesheet_directory_uri</code></a> function, which will dynamically generate references to the images folder in our new theme.</p>
<h3>5. Standard Page Template</h3>
<p>With the header and footer done, the standard templates are usually quite easy. For brevity&#8217;s sake, we&#8217;ll go directly to the merged templates.</p>
<h4>Merged Template (page.php)</h4>
<pre><code>
&#60;?php
/**
 * The template for displaying all pages.
 */

get_header(); ?&#62;

&#60;div id="content"&#62;

   &#60;?php while ( have_posts() ) : the_post(); ?&#62;

      &#60;?php get_template_part( 'content', 'page' ); ?&#62;
   
   &#60;?php endwhile; ?&#62;

&#60;/div&#62;

&#60;?php get_footer(); ?&#62;
</code></pre>
<h4>Content Template (content-page.php)</h4>
<pre><code>
&#60;?php
/**
 * The template used for displaying page content in page.php
 */
?&#62;

   &#60;article &#60;?php post_class(); ?&#62;&#62;
      &#60;?php the_content(); ?&#62;
   &#60;/article&#62;

</code></pre>
<h4>Explanation</h4>
<p>There are several items to point out here:</p>
<ul><li><strong>The loop</strong><br />
If you&#8217;re new to WordPress or programming in general, this piece of code in the <code>#content</code> container might look intimidating. The &#8220;loop&#8221; is code used by WordPress to display a post&#8217;s content. You can <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/The_Loop">learn more about the loop</a> in the Codex. Meanwhile, just make sure that it&#8217;s in there, or else the content you save in WordPress won&#8217;t show up.</li>
<li><strong>get_template_part</strong><br />
Our page template here employs the handy <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/get_template_part"><code>get_template_part</code></a> function, which is a great way to keep content organized, especially in complex projects. Our website is simple enough not to warrant it, but I left it in just to show you.</li>
<li><strong>post_class</strong><br />
I also added a reference to <code>&#60;article&#62;</code> (with the corresponding <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/post_class"><code>post_class</code></a> function) to make further customization of the design easier.</li>
</ul><h3>5. Full-Width Template (full-width.php)</h3>
<p>Although not illustrated in the screencast, the design includes a full-width template for use on the &#8220;Wallpaper&#8221; page, while the standard page template is changed to a narrow width.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s have a look.</p>
<h4>Merged Template (templates/full-width.php)</h4>
<pre><code>
&#60;?php
/**
 * Template Name: Full-Width Template
 */

get_header(); ?&#62;

&#60;div id="content" class="full-width"&#62;

   &#60;?php while ( have_posts() ) : the_post(); ?&#62;

      &#60;?php get_template_part( 'content', 'page' ); ?&#62;
   
   &#60;?php endwhile; ?&#62;

&#60;/div&#62;

&#60;?php get_footer(); ?&#62;
</code></pre>
<h4>Explanation</h4>
<p>With the template created, all that remains is to assign it to a page. From the &#8220;Edit Page&#8221; interface, find the &#8220;Page Attributes&#8221; box (usually right below the &#8220;Publish&#8221; box) and select &#8220;Full-Width Template&#8221; from the &#8220;Templates&#8221; dropdown menu.</p>
<h3>6. Extras</h3>
<p>Now let&#8217;s tackle some of the &#8220;extras&#8221; that sometimes come up as challenges during a WordPress migration.</p>
<ul><li><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong><br />
Breadcrumbs are relatively common on websites. The easiest way to reproduce them is with a plugin. My current favorite is <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/breadcrumb-navxt/">Breadcrumb NavXT</a> (free). <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wordpress-seo/">WordPress SEO</a> also offers built-in breadcrumbs.</li>
<li><strong>Widgets</strong><br />
If the design you&#8217;re migrating has a sidebar, you could either reproduce it as is (the migration theme has a sample sidebar in place) or integrate WordPress widgets to allow for a dynamically managed sidebar. The folks at Automattic have prepared a handy <a href="http://automattic.com/code/widgets/themes/">guide to widgetizing themes</a>. Start there.</li>
<li><strong>Restricted content</strong><br />
In case some content needs to be restricted, WordPress offers <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Password_Protection">basic password protection</a> by default. If you want more control, use a plugin. For basic role management and content permissions, I recommend <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/members/">Members</a> (free). For more advanced control (especially if payment is involved), consider <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/membership/">Membership</a> (which has basic and premium versions), <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/s2member/">s2Member</a> (also free and premium) and <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wp-members/">WP-Members</a> (free).</li>
<li><strong>Custom Post Types</strong><br />
Some migrations, especially ones with a lot of different types of content, call for &#8220;custom post types.&#8221; You can learn about <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Post_Types">custom post types in the Codex</a>. To set them up, I recommend using a plugin. Two good choices are <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/custom-post-type-ui/">Custom Post Type UI</a> and <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/types/">Types</a> (both free).</li>
</ul><h3>Review Website</h3>
<p>Now that we&#8217;ve wrapped up work on the theme, it&#8217;s time for a review. Work carefully through the pages on the migrated website. For a large website, focus on the different templates. As you review, here are some things to watch out for:</p>
<ol><li><strong>Broken links</strong><br />
Make sure all links work as they should. If you have only a few pages, you can check manually. For an automated check, use <a href="http://peacockmedia.co.uk/integrity/">Integrity</a> (free, for Mac) or <a href="http://home.snafu.de/tilman/xenulink.html">Xenu&#8217;s Link Sleuth</a> (free, for Windows).</li>
<li><strong>Broken styles</strong><br />
Occasionally, for one reason or another, a design element of your website might have broken during the migration. Carefully compare the old HTML to the new to make sure you haven&#8217;t missed any important code and that the corresponding style sheet rules have been carried over. If all else fails, a quick rebuild of the design element on the new website might be in order.</li>
<li><strong>Broken functionality</strong><br />
Test any functionality that you&#8217;ve migrated over, such as &#8220;Buy now&#8221; buttons, contact forms, newsletter opt-ins, &#8220;members-only&#8221; content, embedded maps, media players, etc.</li>
<li><strong>Temporary links</strong><br />
Depending on how you&#8217;ve carried out the migration, temporary links to a subfolder or testing domain might appear in your content or theme. You&#8217;ll want to update these before going live. Use the <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/search-and-replace/">Search and Replace</a> plugin (free) to check for and update links in your content.</li>
</ol><h4>Setting Up Redirects</h4>
<p>If your link structure has changed (and it usually will, even if only slightly), make sure that visitors are redirected from the old pages to the new. For small amounts of content, one of the easiest ways to set up redirects is by adding them to the <code>.htaccess</code> file.</p>
<p>Open the <code>.htaccess</code> file in the WordPress directory. If you don&#8217;t see it, set your FTP client to show hidden files. Now, create redirect rules for each of the old pages. Be sure to put these rules <em>after</em> WordPress&#8217; block of rules.</p>
<p>Here are the rewrite rules for our links:</p>
<pre><code>
Redirect 301 /wallpaper.php http://veganfoodpyramid.com/wallpaper/
Redirect 301 /about.php http://veganfoodpyramid.com/about/
Redirect 301 /contact.php http://veganfoodpyramid.com/contact/
Redirect 301 /contactthanks.php http://veganfoodpyramid.com/contact/thanks/
</code></pre>
<p>If editing your <code>.htaccess</code> file is not an option or if you&#8217;re dealing with a lot of redirects, then have a look at <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/redirection/">Redirection</a> (free).</p>
<p><strong>Advanced tip:</strong> If the volume of redirects is very high (which is likely with a large-scale migration and a custom importing process), then consider building a function that hooks into <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Plugin_API/Action_Reference/template_redirect"><code>template_redirect</code></a>, compares a generated list of cases, and then uses the <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/wp_redirect"><code>wp_redirect</code></a> function to redirect any matches.</p>
<h3>Going Live</h3>
<p>Going live with a website usually involves one of two tasks:</p>
<ol><li>Relocate WordPress from the development folder to the root directory.</li>
<li>Point the domain name from the old server to the new WordPress server.</li>
</ol><p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/7.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_7_compressed.png" alt="Going Live!" width="500" height="350"></a></p>
<h4>Relocating WordPress</h4>
<p>If you set up WordPress in a subfolder (as we did), then going live involves a few simple steps. Follow the guide to <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Giving_WordPress_Its_Own_Directory#Using_a_pre-existing_subdirectory_install">using a pre-existing subdirectory installation</a>.</p>
<p>Once you&#8217;ve made the change, check immediately for any broken links that you may have missed in the final review.</p>
<h4>Pointing to a New Server</h4>
<p>If you set up WordPress on a new server, then you probably used a temporary domain. Accordingly, remove references to the temporary domain before pointing the domain to the new server.</p>
<p>Also, if you&#8217;re planning to update the name servers for your domain, then first resolve any dependencies in the current DNS records (such as hosted email and third-party services). I usually go live with a domain by updating the A records, leaving the name servers in place.</p>
<h3>Conclusion</h3>
<p>And there you have it! <strong>A successful WordPress migration is all about the details</strong>, and while this guide is by no means comprehensive, you now have a good outline of the process and a sense of some of the challenges you&#8217;ll encounter, along with ideas for solving them. If you run into challenges along the way, share them in the comments below. Now get migrating!</p>
<p><em>(al)</em></p>
<hr /><p><small>&#169; Jonathan Wold for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p> <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/15/migrating-a-website-to-wordpress-is-easier-than-you-think/">Continue reading <span class="meta-nav">&#8594;</span></a></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/15/migrating-a-website-to-wordpress-is-easier-than-you-think/">A Beginner&#8217;s Guide: Migrating A Website To WordPress Is Easier Than You Think</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table width="650">
<tr>
<td width="650">
<div style="width:650px;"><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0" /><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" border="0" alt="" /></a></div>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>Now powering over 17% of the Web, WordPress is increasingly becoming the content management system (CMS) of choice for the average user. But what about websites built with an outdated CMS or without a CMS at all? Does moving to WordPress mean starting over and losing all the time, energy and money put into the current website? Nope!</p>
<p>Migrating a website (including the design) over to WordPress is actually easier than you might think. In this guide, we’ll outline the migration process and work through the steps with a sample project. We’ll also cover some of the challenges you might encounter and review the solutions.</p>
<h3>About This Guide</h3>
<p>Before we get to work, let’s establish some context. First, this guide was written primarily with <strong>beginners</strong> in mind and will be most helpful for <strong>basic</strong> websites. Some of you will likely encounter advanced aspects of WordPress migration, but they are beyond the scope of this guide. If you’re tackling an advanced migration and get stuck, feel free to share your difficulty in the comments below.</p>
<h4>Objectives</h4>
<p>The objective of this guide is to help you with the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Plan an effective migration to WordPress.</li>
<li>Walk through the technical steps involved in migrating.</li>
<li>Get ideas and resources to solve common migration challenges.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Assumptions</h4>
<p>I assume you have basic familiarity with WordPress. Previous development experience with WordPress would be helpful, but not necessary. I also assume you have an existing website and design that you want to migrate to WordPress.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/2.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_2_compressed.png" alt="Starting With A Plan" width="500" height="350" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-108881" /></a></p>
<h4>Basic Steps</h4>
<p>Here are the basic steps that I recommend you follow for a typical WordPress migration:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Evaluate website.</strong><br />
Work carefully through the pages on your existing website, identifying all of the types of content (standard pages, photo galleries, resource pages, etc.) and noting any areas that need special attention.</li>
<li><strong>Set up environment.</strong><br />
Set up WordPress and get ready to import.</li>
<li><strong>Import content.</strong><br />
Bring over and organize your content, whether via an importing tool, manual entry (for a small amount, when no tool is available) or a custom importing process.</li>
<li><strong>Migrate design.</strong><br />
Incorporate your existing design into a custom WordPress theme.</li>
<li><strong>Review website, go live.</strong><br />
Carefully review the import, making adjustments where needed, set up any URL redirects, and then go live.</li>
</ol>
<p>With this outline in mind, let’s work through each step in detail.</p>
<h3>Start With A Plan</h3>
<p>The key to a successful migration is to carefully evaluate your current website. You need to figure out how to import and structure the content in WordPress before carrying over the design.</p>
<p>While the principles are the same across migration projects, <strong>the details often vary</strong>. So, below are two lists of questions to ask as you work out a plan.</p>
<h4>Imported Content</h4>
<ul>
<li>How much content needs to be imported (number of pages, number of images, etc.)?</li>
<li>Is the volume low enough to be imported manually, or do you need a tool?</li>
<li>If you need a tool, does one already exist?</li>
<li>Can the content be categorized into the standard “posts” and “pages,” or does it call for custom post types?</li>
<li>Does extra content need to be stored for certain pages (custom fields, taxonomies, etc.)?</li>
<li>Will the URL structure change? If so, will the old URLs need to be redirected?</li>
</ul>
<h4>Existing Functionality</h4>
<ul>
<li>Does the website integrate any third-party services (data collection, reservations, etc.)?</li>
<li>Do any forms need to be migrated (contact forms, application forms, etc.)?</li>
<li>Is access to any content restricted (such as members-only content)?</li>
<li>Does the website sell products (digital or physical)?</li>
<li>Do any administrative tools need to be carried over (such as custom CMS functionality)?</li>
</ul>
<h4>A Working Example</h4>
<p>My brother, Joshua Wold, has volunteered a website to serve as an example; it’s for a side project of his in which he sells posters and postcards of a <a href="http://www.veganfoodpyramid.com/">Vegan Food Pyramid</a>. He built the website in plain HTML, with some basic PHP includes for the header and footer. Below is a screencast of me evaluating the website to give you a sense of how the process will work. Enjoy!</p>
<p><iframe src="http://player.vimeo.com/video/61534938" width="500" height="281" allowFullScreen></iframe></p>
<h3>Set Up WordPress</h3>
<p>Before importing the content, we need to get WordPress ready to go. If you’re just experimenting or if you prefer offline development, start with a <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress#Local_Installation_Instructions">local installation of WordPress</a>. Otherwise, the next step is to install WordPress with your current hosting provider; or you could use the migration process as a great opportunity to move to a new host.</p>
<p>Once WordPress is up and running, you’re ready for action!</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/3.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_3_compressed.png" alt="Setting Up WordPress" width="500" height="350" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-108882" /></a></p>
<p>For our example, we’ve installed WordPress with the same host, setting it up in a <code>/wp</code> directory for the duration of the migration process.</p>
<h4>Settings and Plugins</h4>
<p>With WordPress installed, we’ll make a few minor adjustments:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Update permalinks.</strong><br />
Go to <code>Settings &#8594; Permalinks</code> to make changes. In most cases, I’ll switch to “postname”-style permalinks.</li>
<li><strong>Update users.</strong><br />
I create an admin-level account for myself and any admin or editor accounts that are needed for clients and collaborators. I also remove the default “admin” user name if it exists (a basic but wise step for WordPress security).</li>
</ul>
<p>Depending on the needs of the project, we might have to preinstall plugins. Here are the major categories of plugins:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Form management</strong><br />
Migrating a form “as is” is usually a mess; simply recreating it using a forms plugin is usually easier. My current favorite is <a href="http://www.gravityforms.com/">Gravity Forms</a> ($39+ per license). Other options are <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/formidable/">Formidable</a> (with free and pro versions) and <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/contact-form-7/">Contact Form 7</a> (entirely free).</li>
<li><strong>SEO management</strong><br />
Search engine optimization (SEO) is a touchy subject. My philosophy is to build content for people, not for search engines. That being said, there is a common-sense approach to SEO that is solidly supported by the WordPress plugin ecosystem. And if your old website includes custom meta descriptions, giving them a new home during the importing process is important. I recommend <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wordpress-seo/">WordPress SEO</a> (free).</li>
<li><strong>Multiple languages</strong><br />
If your old website supports multiple languages, WordPress has you covered. My plugin of choice is <a href="http://wpml.org/">WPML</a> ($79 per license, free for non-profits). Another option is <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/qtranslate/">qTranslate</a> (free).</li>
<li><strong>Security</strong><br />
WordPress security is a topic near and dear to me. The increasing popularity of WordPress has made it a target for security attacks. WordPress itself is rarely the problem; a poorly secured hosting environment or an outdated or poorly developed plugin usually is. I use managed WordPress hosting for the majority of my projects, which offers a good foundation for solid WordPress security. Options include <a href="http://wpengine.com/">WPEngine</a>, <a href="https://www.zippykid.com/">ZippyKid</a>, <a href="https://page.ly/">Pagely</a> and <a href="http://websynthesis.com/">Synthesis</a>. In addition to managed hosting (and especially if you opt for a non-managed host), consider installing a security plugin, such as <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/better-wp-security/">Better WP Security</a> (free) or <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wordfence/">Wordfence</a> (also free). Last but not least, review the “<a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Hardening_WordPress">Hardening WordPress</a>” guide in the Codex.</li>
<li><strong>Backups</strong><br />
If you opt for managed hosting, backups are usually included (make sure, though). If you’re managing backups yourself or you want an extra layer of data protection, great options are available, including <a href="http://vaultpress.com/">VaultPress</a> ($15+ a month), <a href="https://www.codeguard.com/">CodeGuard</a> ($5+ a month), <a href="http://ithemes.com/purchase/backupbuddy/">BackupBuddy</a> ($75+ per license) and <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/backwpup/">BackWPup</a> (free).</li>
</ul>
<h3>Import Content</h3>
<p>With WordPress up and running, it’s time to bring over all of your content.</p>
<p>If your old website has a CMS, an importing tool might be available. Start by viewing the list of <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Importing_Content">content-importing scripts</a> in the Codex. If there’s a match, great! Follow the instructions and get to work. If all goes well, you’ll have migrated the content over without any trouble.</p>
<p>If your old CMS is not in the list or you don’t have a CMS at all and you’ve got fewer than 100 pages, then manual migration is probably the way to go. Copy and paste the contents, noting the old URLs as you go (tracking the migration in a spreadsheet is a good idea).</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/4.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_4_compressed.png" alt="4" width="500" height="350" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-108883" /></a></p>
<p>If you’ve got a custom CMS or a database of records without an importing tool and a high volume of content, then you might want to <strong>bring in a specialist to move the content</strong> over before continuing. The higher the volume of content, the higher the chance of human error and the more important automating it becomes.</p>
<p>For our project, I’ve migrated the content manually and replaced the existing navigation with a WordPress menu. You can watch the process in this next screencast:</p>
<p><iframe src="http://player.vimeo.com/video/61278240" width="500" height="281" allowFullScreen></iframe></p>
<h3>Bring Over The Design</h3>
<p>With our content in WordPress, it’s time to bring over the design. Incidentally, if you’re considering a new design, then now is a great time to look at the many excellent WordPress themes out there, both in the <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/">official repository</a> and in third-party marketplaces such as <a href="http://themeforest.net/category/wordpress">ThemeForest</a> and <a href="https://creativemarket.com/themes/wordpress/">Creative Market</a>. For our purpose, I’ll assume that you’re happy with your design.</p>
<h4>Evaluating A Design</h4>
<p>Evaluate the source code of a prospective design as best you can before tackling the migration. If the code is table-based or more complex than you’re comfortable with, then migrating the design might not be worth the effort. While anything is possible (I’ve migrated some complex table-based designs in my time), <strong>not everything is practical.</strong></p>
<h4>Working With Source Code</h4>
<p>In my experience, the easiest way to migrate is to work directly with the source code in the browser. While having access to the original hosting environment can be helpful (especially when working with a lot of images and downloadable files), the ways that websites are built vary so widely that you’ll often have to reverse-engineer the original architecture in order to derive anything useful.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/5.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_5_compressed.png" alt="5" width="500" height="350" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-108884" /></a></p>
<p>Going directly to the source code in your browser of choice will save a lot of time and, barring any important “behind the scenes” functionality, give you everything you need. <a href="https://www.google.com/chrome/">Google Chrome</a> is currently my browser of choice, and I’ve pulled our source-code samples directly from the browser. (In Chrome, go to <code>Menu &#8594; Tools &#8594; View Source</code>, or just right-click to bring up the contextual menu.)</p>
<h3>Create A Custom Theme</h3>
<p>If you’re new to them, <a href="https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes">learn about using themes</a> in the Codex. For the migration process, you can either build a new WordPress theme from the ground up or modify an existing theme to meet your needs. I recommend the latter.</p>
<p>Most of my migration projects have started with the latest version of WordPress’ default theme (currently <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/twentytwelve">Twenty Twelve</a>). Recently, I stripped down the default theme to create my own migration starter theme, which I’ll use in our example and which <a href="https://github.com/sirjonathan/migration-theme/">you’re welcome to use yourself</a>. (Feel free to suggest improvements!) Let’s get to work.</p>
<p><a href="https://github.com/sirjonathan/migration-theme/archive/master.zip">Download a copy</a> (ZIP) of the migration starter theme or follow along in your own theme of choice as we work through the relevant theme files.</p>
<h3>1. Style Sheet</h3>
<p>Our first step is to bring over the styles from the old website. In most cases, this is as simple as searching the source code for references to <code>.css</code> and then copying and pasting the contents from those style sheet(s) into our own <code>style.css</code>. Let’s get to it.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open up <code>style.css</code>.</li>
<li>Replace the details of the theme (“Name,” “URI,” “Description,” etc.) with your own.</li>
<li>Paste in the styles from the old website.</li>
</ol>
<h4>A Note About Images</h4>
<p>As you migrate the style sheet(s), search for and update any references to images. In general, I like to keep all images in an <code>/images/</code> folder within the theme’s directory. More often than not, changing the locations of images referenced in the original CSS is necessary, and I make sure to update all references in the style sheet and templates accordingly.</p>
<h3>2. Header</h3>
<p>The next step is to create the header for our new theme. Our objective here is to merge the structure of the current code base with WordPress’ templates. Here’s what we’re going to do:</p>
<ul>
<li>Replicate the HTML structure of the old website.</li>
<li>Replace the static menu with a WordPress-powered menu.</li>
<li>Use WordPress’ <code>title</code> tag and leave the <code>wp_head</code> hook in place.</li>
<li>Merge any other relevant tags from the old header.</li>
</ul>
<p>Let’s get into the code!</p>
<h4>Original HTML</h4>
<pre><code class="language-markup html">
&lt;!DOCTYPE HTML>
&lt;html>
&lt;head>
&lt;title>Vegan Food Pyramid posters, postcards and wallpapers&lt;/title>
&lt;meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
&lt;meta name="google-site-verification" content="PO3bWDpUEh4O6XXwnmfyfxrKRDf8JsRrNIcGdzv3POs" />
&lt;link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style.css" media="screen" />
&lt;link rel="shortcut icon" href="http://www.veganfoodpyramid.com/favicon.ico?v=2" />
&lt;script type="text/javascript" src="//use.typekit.net/tty6xpj.js">&lt;/script>
&lt;script type="text/javascript">try{Typekit.load();}catch(e){}&lt;/script>

&lt;/head>
&lt;body>
&lt;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com">&lt;h1 id="logo">Vegan Food Pyramid&lt;/h1>&lt;/a>
&lt;ul class="menu">
   &lt;li>&lt;a class="active" href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com">Products&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
   &lt;li>&lt;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/wallpaper.php">Wallpaper&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
   &lt;li>&lt;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/about.php">About&lt;/a>&lt;/li> 
   &lt;li>&lt;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/contact.php">Contact&lt;/a>&lt;/li>
&lt;/ul>
</code></pre>
<h4>Merged Header (header.php)</h4>
<pre><code class="language-markup php">
&lt;!DOCTYPE html>
&lt;html>
&lt;head>
   &lt;title>&lt;?php wp_title( '|', true, 'right' ); ?>&lt;/title>
   &lt;meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
   &lt;meta name="google-site-verification" content="PO3bWDpUEh4O6XXwnmfyfxrKRDf8JsRrNIcGdzv3POs" />
   &lt;link rel="shortcut icon" href="http://www.veganfoodpyramid.com/favicon.ico?v=2" />
   &lt;script type="text/javascript" src="//use.typekit.net/tty6xpj.js">&lt;/script>
   &lt;script type="text/javascript">try{Typekit.load();}catch(e){}&lt;/script>
   &lt;?php wp_head(); ?>
&lt;/head>

&lt;body &lt;?php body_class(); ?>>

   &lt;header>
      &lt;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com">&lt;h1 id="logo">Vegan Food Pyramid&lt;/h1>&lt;/a>
      &lt;?php wp_nav_menu( array( 
            'theme_location' => 'primary',
            'container' => false,
            'menu_class' => 'menu'
      ) ); ?>
   &lt;/header>
</code></pre>
<h4>Explanation</h4>
<p>One of the challenges of migration is deciding whether to improve code as you go along. Our project has a few areas that could be improved, but Joshua and I agreed to leave them as is. Most of you will be tackling the migration of a design that hasn’t been coded to current best practices (although, in fairness to the original coder, they may have been best practices at the time).</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/6.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_6_compressed.png" alt="Website Review" title="Website Review" width="500" height="350" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-108885" /></a></p>
<p><strong>If time and opportunity allow, I encourage you to improve on the code.</strong> Otherwise, take comfort in the fact that, with the website now on WordPress, improvements will be a whole lot easier down the road.</p>
<p>Let’s work through the changes we’ve made!</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Doctype</strong><br />
Make sure to carry over the same doctype. In this case, the original HTML already has an HTML5 doctype (a relatively rare occurrence on old websites). Using a modern doctype in a code base written for an older specification (such as XHTML or HTML4) could break the layout (especially in old browsers).</li>
<li><strong>Meta tags</strong><br />
I usually bring over the majority of meta tags as is, replacing them in WordPress. The exception in our case is the reference to the style sheet, which is being inserted automatically via <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/wp_enqueue_style"><code>wp_enqueue_style</code></a> in the <code>functions.php</code> file.</li>
<li><strong>Scripts</strong><br />
Scripts can be tricky. If a script belongs on every page (such as a tracking script or font script), then putting it directly in the header (or footer) file is fine. If it needs to appear only on certain pages, then a <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Conditional_Tags">conditional tag</a> will do the trick. As a best practice, register all scripts and add them to the header (or footer) via <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/wp_enqueue_script"><code>wp_enqueue_script</code></a>. If you’re up for the challenge, I recommend doing it this way. (Check out a <a href="http://wptheming.com/2013/02/typekit-code-snippet/">tutorial on enqueuing TypeKit</a> the right way.)</li>
<li><strong>wp_head</strong><br />
Leave <code>&lt;?php wp_head(); ?></code> at the bottom of the <code>&lt;/head></code> tag in the merged header file. WordPress uses <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Plugin_API/Action_Reference/wp_head"><code>wp_head</code></a>, among other things, to enqueue scripts and style sheets that are referenced in the theme (usually in <code>functions.php</code>) and in plugins that you’ve installed. Without <code>wp_head</code> in place, most front-end plugins won’t work.</li>
<li><strong>body_class</strong><br />
Notice our use of the <code>&lt;?php body_class(); ?></code> tag. WordPress uses this to provide a series of helpful classes to the <code>&lt;body></code> tag depending on the page being viewed. In our example, the <code>&lt;body></code> classes weren’t being used. Yours might have unique IDs or classes on each page, in which case you can create a custom function using conditional tags to add the appropriate classes to the corresponding pages. <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/body_class">Have a look at the Codex</a> for some examples.</li>
<li><strong>WordPress menus</strong><br />
Switching to a WordPress-powered menu is one of the more complex tasks in most basic migrations. It will be fairly straightforward for us. We have a menu with simple markup that uses an <code>active</code> class (generated via PHP) to indicate which page the visitor is viewing. The <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/wp_nav_menu"><code>wp_nav_menu</code></a> function is highly flexible and offers built-in functionality to handle the current state of an element in the menu. I’ve updated the references in the style sheet to the <code>active</code> class and changed them to use the equivalent generated by <code>wp_nav_menu</code>, which is <code>current-menu-item</code>. Watch the screencast on importing content to see how I’ve set up the menu for our example.</li>
</ul>
<p>And that’s a wrap! Let’s move on to the next piece.</p>
<h3>3. Footer</h3>
<p>The footer is usually the most uneventful template in the migration process. As with the header, our objective is to merge the relevant parts of the original source code. Let’s get to it!</p>
<h4>Original HTML</h4>
<pre><code class="language-markup html">
&lt;div id="footer">&lt;p>&copy; 2013 VeganFoodPyramid.com&lt;/p>&lt;/div>

&lt;script type="text/javascript">
var gaJsHost = (("https:" == document.location.protocol) ? "https://ssl." : "http://www.");
document.write(unescape("%3Cscript src='" + gaJsHost + "google-analytics.com/ga.js' type='text/javascript'%3E%3C/script%3E"));
&lt;/script>
&lt;script type="text/javascript">
try {
var pageTracker = _gat._getTracker("UA-6992755-1");
pageTracker._trackPageview();
} catch(err) {}&lt;/script>

&lt;/body>
&lt;/html>
</code></pre>
<h4>Merged Footer (footer.php)</h4>
<pre><code class="language-markup php">
&lt;div id="footer">&lt;p>&copy; &lt;?php echo date('Y'); ?> VeganFoodPyramid.com&lt;/p>&lt;/div>

&lt;script type="text/javascript">
var gaJsHost = (("https:" == document.location.protocol) ? "https://ssl." : "http://www.");
document.write(unescape("%3Cscript src='" + gaJsHost + "google-analytics.com/ga.js' type='text/javascript'%3E%3C/script%3E"));
&lt;/script>
&lt;script type="text/javascript">
try {
var pageTracker = _gat._getTracker("UA-6992755-1");
pageTracker._trackPageview();
} catch(err) {}&lt;/script>

&lt;?php wp_footer(); ?>

&lt;/body>
&lt;/html>
</code></pre>
<h4>Explanation</h4>
<p>Some footers are hard to migrate (such as ones with complex menus and widgets), but most are simple. In this case, we’ve merged the HTML with our footer template, making sure to preserve our reference to the <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/wp_footer"><code>wp_footer</code></a> hook. We’ve also changed the date reference to use PHP, ensuring that it updates with each year.</p>
<h3>4. Home Page</h3>
<p>One of the challenges of a migration is that there are so many different ways to get the job done. The home page is a good illustration of this because it tends to be the most different from the rest of the website. Adopting the simplest method is usually best. I’ve opted to put all of the home page’s content directly in the template. Changes will be rare and can easily be made by editing the template.</p>
<p>Let’s look at the code, excluding the header and footer, which we’ve already covered.</p>
<h4>Original HTML</h4>
<pre><code class="language-markup html">
&lt;div id="content">

&lt;div id="poster">
&lt;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg">&lt;img class="product-img" src="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg" />&lt;/a>
&lt;div class="description">
&lt;h2>Poster&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>A 30&#215;20-inch poster illustrating over 125 vegan food items as an alternative to the traditional food pyramid. This poster will catch people’s attention and serve as a suggestion for food ideas.&lt;/p>
&lt;h3>$30 each&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Includes free shipping worldwide&lt;/p>
&lt;a class="button" href="https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&amp;hosted_button_id=2FKQT879CXYYG">Buy&lt;/a>
&lt;/div>
&lt;/div>

&lt;div id="postcard">
&lt;a href="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg">&lt;img class="product-img" src="http://veganfoodpyramid.com/images/postcard-splash.jpg" alt="Postcard Splash" />&lt;/a>
&lt;div class="description">
&lt;h2>Postcards&lt;/h2>
&lt;p>Beautiful 4&#215;6 postcards that can be mailed and shared with friends and family. Hand them out at events. Post them on walls. Share the vegan love!&lt;/p>
&lt;h3>$50 for 50&lt;/h3>
&lt;p>Includes free shipping worldwide&lt;/p>
&lt;a class="button" href="https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&amp;hosted_button_id=EN387WHNSSFMW">Buy&lt;/a>
&lt;/div>
&lt;/div>

&lt;/div> &lt;!-- end content -->
</code></pre>
<h4>Merged Home Page (/page-templates/front-page.php)</h4>
<pre><code class="language-markup php">
&lt;?php
/**
 * Template Name: Front Page Template
 */

get_header(); ?>

&lt;div id="content">

   &lt;div id="poster">
      &lt;a href="&lt;?php echo get_stylesheet_directory_uri(); ?>/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg">&lt;img class="product-img" src="&lt;?php echo get_stylesheet_directory_uri(); ?>/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg" />&lt;/a>
      &lt;div class="description">
         &lt;h2>Poster&lt;/h2>
         &lt;p>A 30&#215;20-inch poster illustrating over 125 vegan food items as an alternative to the traditional food pyramid. This poster will catch people’s attention and serve as a suggestion for food ideas.&lt;/p>
         &lt;h3>$30 each&lt;/h3>
         &lt;p>Includes free shipping worldwide&lt;/p>
         &lt;a class="button" href="https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&amp;hosted_button_id=2FKQT879CXYYG">Buy&lt;/a>
      &lt;/div>
   &lt;/div>

   &lt;div id="postcard">
      &lt;a href="&lt;?php echo get_stylesheet_directory_uri(); ?>/images/Vegan-Food-Pyramid-New.jpg">&lt;img class="product-img" src="&lt;?php echo get_stylesheet_directory_uri(); ?>/images/postcard-splash.jpg" alt="Postcard Splash" />&lt;/a>
      &lt;div class="description">
         &lt;h2>Postcards&lt;/h2>
         &lt;p>Beautiful 4&#215;6 postcards that can be mailed and shared with friends and family. Hand them out at events. Post them on walls. Share the vegan love!&lt;/p>
         &lt;h3>$50 for 50&lt;/h3>
         &lt;p>Includes free shipping worldwide&lt;/p>
         &lt;a class="button" href="https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&amp;hosted_button_id=EN387WHNSSFMW">Buy&lt;/a>
      &lt;/div>
   &lt;/div>

&lt;/div> &lt;!-- end #content -->

&lt;?php get_footer(); ?>
</code></pre>
<h4>Explanation</h4>
<p>The <code>front-page.php</code> template begins and ends with a reference to the header and footer that we’ve just prepared. In between, we’ll merge the rest of the HTML, and we’ll use the <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/get_stylesheet_directory_uri"><code>get_stylesheet_directory_uri</code></a> function, which will dynamically generate references to the images folder in our new theme.</p>
<h3>5. Standard Page Template</h3>
<p>With the header and footer done, the standard templates are usually quite easy. For brevity’s sake, we’ll go directly to the merged templates.</p>
<h4>Merged Template (page.php)</h4>
<pre><code class="language-markup php">
&lt;?php
/**
 * The template for displaying all pages.
 */

get_header(); ?>

&lt;div id="content">

   &lt;?php while ( have_posts() ) : the_post(); ?>

      &lt;?php get_template_part( 'content', 'page' ); ?>
   
   &lt;?php endwhile; ?>

&lt;/div>

&lt;?php get_footer(); ?>
</code></pre>
<h4>Content Template (content-page.php)</h4>
<pre><code class="language-markup php">
&lt;?php
/**
 * The template used for displaying page content in page.php
 */
?>

   &lt;article &lt;?php post_class(); ?>>
      &lt;?php the_content(); ?>
   &lt;/article>

</code></pre>
<h4>Explanation</h4>
<p>There are several items to point out here:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>The loop</strong><br />
If you’re new to WordPress or programming in general, this piece of code in the <code>#content</code> container might look intimidating. The “loop” is code used by WordPress to display a post’s content. You can <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/The_Loop">learn more about the loop</a> in the Codex. Meanwhile, just make sure that it’s in there, or else the content you save in WordPress won’t show up.</li>
<li><strong>get_template_part</strong><br />
Our page template here employs the handy <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/get_template_part"><code>get_template_part</code></a> function, which is a great way to keep content organized, especially in complex projects. Our website is simple enough not to warrant it, but I left it in just to show you.</li>
<li><strong>post_class</strong><br />
I also added a reference to <code>&lt;article></code> (with the corresponding <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/post_class"><code>post_class</code></a> function) to make further customization of the design easier.</li>
</ul>
<h3>5. Full-Width Template (full-width.php)</h3>
<p>Although not illustrated in the screencast, the design includes a full-width template for use on the “Wallpaper” page, while the standard page template is changed to a narrow width.</p>
<p>Let’s have a look.</p>
<h4>Merged Template (templates/full-width.php)</h4>
<pre><code class="language-markup php">
&lt;?php
/**
 * Template Name: Full-Width Template
 */

get_header(); ?>

&lt;div id="content" class="full-width">

   &lt;?php while ( have_posts() ) : the_post(); ?>

      &lt;?php get_template_part( 'content', 'page' ); ?>
   
   &lt;?php endwhile; ?>

&lt;/div>

&lt;?php get_footer(); ?>
</code></pre>
<h4>Explanation</h4>
<p>With the template created, all that remains is to assign it to a page. From the “Edit Page” interface, find the “Page Attributes” box (usually right below the “Publish” box) and select “Full-Width Template” from the “Templates” dropdown menu.</p>
<h3>6. Extras</h3>
<p>Now let’s tackle some of the “extras” that sometimes come up as challenges during a WordPress migration.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Breadcrumbs</strong><br />
Breadcrumbs are relatively common on websites. The easiest way to reproduce them is with a plugin. My current favorite is <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/breadcrumb-navxt/">Breadcrumb NavXT</a> (free). <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wordpress-seo/">WordPress SEO</a> also offers built-in breadcrumbs.</li>
<li><strong>Widgets</strong><br />
If the design you’re migrating has a sidebar, you could either reproduce it as is (the migration theme has a sample sidebar in place) or integrate WordPress widgets to allow for a dynamically managed sidebar. The folks at Automattic have prepared a handy <a href="http://automattic.com/code/widgets/themes/">guide to widgetizing themes</a>. Start there.</li>
<li><strong>Restricted content</strong><br />
In case some content needs to be restricted, WordPress offers <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Password_Protection">basic password protection</a> by default. If you want more control, use a plugin. For basic role management and content permissions, I recommend <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/members/">Members</a> (free). For more advanced control (especially if payment is involved), consider <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/membership/">Membership</a> (which has basic and premium versions), <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/s2member/">s2Member</a> (also free and premium) and <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wp-members/">WP-Members</a> (free).</li>
<li><strong>Custom Post Types</strong><br />
Some migrations, especially ones with a lot of different types of content, call for “custom post types.” You can learn about <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Post_Types">custom post types in the Codex</a>. To set them up, I recommend using a plugin. Two good choices are <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/custom-post-type-ui/">Custom Post Type UI</a> and <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/types/">Types</a> (both free).</li>
</ul>
<h3>Review Website</h3>
<p>Now that we’ve wrapped up work on the theme, it’s time for a review. Work carefully through the pages on the migrated website. For a large website, focus on the different templates. As you review, here are some things to watch out for:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Broken links</strong><br />
Make sure all links work as they should. If you have only a few pages, you can check manually. For an automated check, use <a href="http://peacockmedia.co.uk/integrity/">Integrity</a> (free, for Mac) or <a href="http://home.snafu.de/tilman/xenulink.html">Xenu’s Link Sleuth</a> (free, for Windows).</li>
<li><strong>Broken styles</strong><br />
Occasionally, for one reason or another, a design element of your website might have broken during the migration. Carefully compare the old HTML to the new to make sure you haven’t missed any important code and that the corresponding style sheet rules have been carried over. If all else fails, a quick rebuild of the design element on the new website might be in order.</li>
<li><strong>Broken functionality</strong><br />
Test any functionality that you’ve migrated over, such as “Buy now” buttons, contact forms, newsletter opt-ins, “members-only” content, embedded maps, media players, etc.</li>
<li><strong>Temporary links</strong><br />
Depending on how you’ve carried out the migration, temporary links to a subfolder or testing domain might appear in your content or theme. You’ll want to update these before going live. Use the <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/search-and-replace/">Search and Replace</a> plugin (free) to check for and update links in your content.</li>
</ol>
<h4>Setting Up Redirects</h4>
<p>If your link structure has changed (and it usually will, even if only slightly), make sure that visitors are redirected from the old pages to the new. For small amounts of content, one of the easiest ways to set up redirects is by adding them to the <code>.htaccess</code> file.</p>
<p>Open the <code>.htaccess</code> file in the WordPress directory. If you don’t see it, set your FTP client to show hidden files. Now, create redirect rules for each of the old pages. Be sure to put these rules <em>after</em> WordPress’ block of rules.</p>
<p>Here are the rewrite rules for our links:</p>
<pre><code class="language-markup">
Redirect 301 /wallpaper.php http://veganfoodpyramid.com/wallpaper/
Redirect 301 /about.php http://veganfoodpyramid.com/about/
Redirect 301 /contact.php http://veganfoodpyramid.com/contact/
Redirect 301 /contactthanks.php http://veganfoodpyramid.com/contact/thanks/
</code></pre>
<p>If editing your <code>.htaccess</code> file is not an option or if you’re dealing with a lot of redirects, then have a look at <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/redirection/">Redirection</a> (free).</p>
<p><strong>Advanced tip:</strong> If the volume of redirects is very high (which is likely with a large-scale migration and a custom importing process), then consider building a function that hooks into <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Plugin_API/Action_Reference/template_redirect"><code>template_redirect</code></a>, compares a generated list of cases, and then uses the <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/wp_redirect"><code>wp_redirect</code></a> function to redirect any matches.</p>
<h3>Going Live</h3>
<p>Going live with a website usually involves one of two tasks:</p>
<ol>
<li>Relocate WordPress from the development folder to the root directory.</li>
<li>Point the domain name from the old server to the new WordPress server.</li>
</ol>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/7.png"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/image_7_compressed.png" alt="Going Live!" width="500" height="350" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-108886" /></a></p>
<h4>Relocating WordPress</h4>
<p>If you set up WordPress in a subfolder (as we did), then going live involves a few simple steps. Follow the guide to <a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Giving_WordPress_Its_Own_Directory#Using_a_pre-existing_subdirectory_install">using a pre-existing subdirectory installation</a>.</p>
<p>Once you’ve made the change, check immediately for any broken links that you may have missed in the final review.</p>
<h4>Pointing to a New Server</h4>
<p>If you set up WordPress on a new server, then you probably used a temporary domain. Accordingly, remove references to the temporary domain before pointing the domain to the new server.</p>
<p>Also, if you’re planning to update the name servers for your domain, then first resolve any dependencies in the current DNS records (such as hosted email and third-party services). I usually go live with a domain by updating the A records, leaving the name servers in place.</p>
<h3>Conclusion</h3>
<p>And there you have it! <strong>A successful WordPress migration is all about the details</strong>, and while this guide is by no means comprehensive, you now have a good outline of the process and a sense of some of the challenges you’ll encounter, along with ideas for solving them. If you run into challenges along the way, share them in the comments below. Now get migrating!</p>
<p><em>(al)</em></p>
<hr />
<p><small>© Jonathan Wold for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/15/migrating-a-website-to-wordpress-is-easier-than-you-think/">A Beginner&#8217;s Guide: Migrating A Website To WordPress Is Easier Than You Think</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/15/migrating-a-website-to-wordpress-is-easier-than-you-think/feed/atom/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="" length="" type="" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>A Client- And Server-Side Approach: Providing The Best Mobile User Experience Possible</title>
		<link>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/14/providing-the-best-mobile-user-experience-possible/</link>
		<comments>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/14/providing-the-best-mobile-user-experience-possible/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2013 12:53:40 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>newsfeed</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Smashing Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://mgmt.smashingmagazine.com/?p=161672</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><table width="650"><tr><td width="650">
<div><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0"><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" border="0" alt=""></a></div>
</td>
</tr></table><p>Now and again, I hit the swimming pool. It&#8217;s a good way to exercise, but also to relax after a long day in front of my PC. I can do quite a few laps in my front crawl, but only because I don&#8217;t use my legs much. I kick steadily to ensure that my legs stay lifted and don&#8217;t slow me down. <strong>I don&#8217;t use my legs much for forward propulsion.</strong> An instructor once explained to me that legs can definitely help with propulsion in the front crawl, but only at the cost of much higher energy consumption.</p>
<p>He also explained that champions use their legs a lot. Their hearts are powerful, and they can happily sacrifice the extra effort for the small yet significant gain in speed. People with modest competitive ambitions are typically better off with moderate leg usage.</p>
<p>Does this relate to mobile Web development, responsive Web design and server-side device detection?</p>
<p>The analogy is a stretch, but <strong>yes, it does</strong>. As the inventor of <a href="http://wurfl.sourceforge.net/">WURFL</a>, I used to live in a world where mobile devices were so limited in capabilities that there was no way a commercial website and its corresponding mobile website could be supported through a unique set of HTML pages without the support of some server-side logic. Strategies to detect and tweak content for mobile devices varied from simple detection scripts to the adoption of full-fledged device description repositories (DDR) such as WURFL.</p>
<p>Today, things have, to a large extent, changed. Many still have a feature phone, but the majority of users who care about accessing the Internet from their mobile devices will have a smartphone. A 2013 smartphone means the following: a fast connection, a great WebKit-based browser, a 320-pixel wide (or wider) touchscreen and a great operating system that allows for the installation of apps.</p>
<p>This evolution has turned the mobile Internet into <strong>a swimming pool available to every webmaster</strong>. Programming strategies such as <a href="http://coding.smashingmagazine.com/2009/04/22/progressive-enhancement-what-it-is-and-how-to-use-it/">progressive enhancement</a> (PE) and <a href="http://coding.smashingmagazine.com/2011/01/12/guidelines-for-responsive-web-design/">responsive Web design</a> (RWD) enable everyone to make their full websites usable enough on smartphones from a single set of HTML pages &#8212; i.e. with no need for server-side device detection. This is awesome. Webmasters can now make their websites more mobile-friendly without introducing a significant amount of extra complexity. Yet, just like in my initial analogy, the saving is only achieved at the cost of sacrificing certain aspects of the mobile UX that &#8220;champions&#8221; would not be OK with sacrificing.</p>
<p>In a previous article by Ronan Cremin and me,&#160;&#8220;<a href="http://mobile.smashingmagazine.com/2012/09/24/server-side-device-detection-history-benefits-how-to/">Server-Side Device Detection: History, Benefits and How-To</a>,&#8221; we explored the different aspects of client-side approaches versus server-side approaches, and we concluded that server-side strategies still offer a lot to mobile Web developers. I won&#8217;t repeat it here; rather, I will go one step further and explain how the two worlds can happily coexist for everyone&#8217;s benefit.</p>
<h3>Client-Side Vs. Server-Side: A False Dichotomy</h3>
<p>Most IT people are familiar with the saying, &#8220;When all you have is a hammer, every problem looks like a nail.&#8221; This is perfectly applicable to mobile development, where, in my experience, developers with a JavaScript and CSS background tend to favor client-side solutions to the problem of device diversity, while developers with traditional system development skills find server-side approaches more natural.</p>
<p>Unsurprisingly, there are pros and cons to both approaches, and, more importantly, the two approaches are not mutually exclusive and can be made to work together. After all, for any organization that offers a website, the ultimate purpose is to create the <strong>greatest user experience possible</strong> for its users within the constraints of the project&#8217;s timeline and budget.</p>
<h3>Best Of Both Worlds</h3>
<p>When it comes to building a strategy for a website that is friendly to mobile users, there is a whole range of possibilities. At one extreme, a designer might adopt a purely responsive website because they cannot afford to maintain a server-side detection component (or simply because they do not find enough value in the extra complexity). At the other extreme are large companies whose websites (and mobile websites) address particular quirks of popular devices. This approach requires an investment and dedicated team so large that typically only major Internet companies (think Facebook, Yahoo and Google) would go for it.</p>
<p>Most other companies will find <strong>the optimum point somewhere between the two extremes</strong> by segmenting the world of connected users in ways that make the most sense in their markets. Such segmentation will need to rely on some form of server-side detection.</p>
<p>One way to put it is that one should adopt a &#8220;best of both worlds&#8221; hybrid approach. In this article, I will show an example of this.</p>
<p>Every software project is one-off. The Web is no exception. Nor is mobile Web development, where the super-rapid progress of mobile devices is constantly turning best practices into moving targets. For this article, I figured that nothing could make the point better than a real example with real code.</p>
<p><strong>My example is a cross-browser and cross-device slideshow.</strong> I will show how server-side and client-side detection can be made to work together to deliver a great UX on a variety of clients.</p>
<h3>Segmentation (Good Ol&#8217; Divide And Conquer)</h3>
<p>The slideshow will be made available to the following classes of HTTP clients:</p>
<ul><li>non-smartphones (or feature phones),</li>
<li>smartphones,</li>
<li>tablets and desktops.</li>
</ul><p>I have always called these &#8220;segments,&#8221; and I have referred to the splitting up into segments as &#8220;segmentation.&#8221; The key point is that each segment will be provided with a fundamentally different UI structure. Such segmentation will be supported through server-side detection.</p>
<p>Within each segment, there will still be space for further optimization of the UX. Such optimizations will happen with RWD and device detection. Notably, this approach will be used to obtain pictures in different sizes and to address the bandwidth problem, particularly for mobile devices.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s start by sketching the different UIs for the different classes of HTTP clients (i.e. segments).</p>
<h4>Non-Smartphones</h4>
<p>Non-smartphones are commonly referred to as feature phones in the industry. There is no standard definition of what a smartphone is, but a device that possesses the following features would likely be called a smartphone by most:</p>
<ul><li>touchscreen;</li>
<li>a screen that is 240-pixels wide or wider;</li>
<li>Android 2.2, iOS, Windows Phone 7.5 or higher, RIM OS 7 or higher, Symbian Belle or higher, Nokia N9 WebKit-based browser;</li>
<li>not a tablet.</li>
</ul><p>This is a totally arbitrary definition, but good enough for the purpose of this article.</p>
<p>Devices that do not support one or more of the above features will be considered feature phones.</p>
<p>Because no assumption can be made for non-smartphones, we will assume a small screen, no touchscreen and limited bandwidth (which entails the need to minimize the number of HTTP requests required to download all of the content).</p>
<p>Please note that the lack of a touchscreen might require users to click the &#8220;down&#8221; button multiple times to get to the icon they wish to select.</p>
<p>The following wireframe nicely illustrates what we are getting at:</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/featurephones-compr.png"><img alt="feature phone view" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/featurephones-500-compr.png" width="500" height="410"></a><br /><em>Feature phones (i.e. non-smartphones) have relatively small screens (typically narrower than 240 pixels). The presence of a touchscreen should not be assumed for devices in this segment.</em></p>
<h4>Smartphones</h4>
<p>Smartphones have a large screen, and users don&#8217;t have to click their way through icons to get to the one they want. They simply touch it. Because of this, a UI such as the following is better suited to them:</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/smartphone-compr.png"><img alt="smartphone view" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/smartphone-500.png" width="500" height="460"></a><br /><em>Smartphones have large screens (240 pixels or wider). The presence of a touchscreen and of basic media queries for changes in orientation may be safely assumed.</em></p>
<h4>Tablets and Desktops</h4>
<p>In the case of tablet and desktop browsers, we can safely assume that a large screen is available. In this case, consolidating the two views (i.e. the navigation and the actual picture) into a single screen makes sense:</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/tablet-compr.png"><img alt="tablet view" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/tablet-500.png" width="500" height="313"></a><br /><em>A screen 700 pixels wide (or wider) may be assumed.</em></p>
<p>Of course, I created a single segment for tablets and desktops for illustrative purposes, but a real project might segment differently, based on the business model of the organization and the traffic it sees from different classes of devices.</p>
<p>Before delving into the code to implement this, I should discuss a few aspects of mobile development.</p>
<h3>Important Note About Mobile Bandwidth: Speed Isn&#8217;t Everything</h3>
<p>US carriers (i.e. network operators) boast in their advertising about their increasingly faster 4G networks and the blazing download speeds that their customers can get. My experience (and the experience of others) is that those figures are sometimes truthful under good network conditions, as in the case of a large single download or of video streaming. In practice, things are a bit more complicated. The overhead of establishing an HTTP connection in mobile is high.</p>
<p>Many browsers and devices open only one or two concurrent connections with the server (partly because of what the <a href="http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec8.html#sec8.1.4">HTTP specification says</a>, and partly because of hardware limitations). Keep-alives cannot be assumed to always work as one would expect in mobile, because of strategies that the devices follow to save battery power.</p>
<p>The problem is at the lower levels and is rooted in the fact that mobile networks and TCP/IP were not built to play well together to begin with.</p>
<p>Techniques such as &#8220;<a href="http://www.stevesouders.com/blog/2009/05/12/sharding-dominant-domains/">domain sharding</a>&#8221; (i.e. fooling the browser into believing it&#8217;s talking to different servers) help to increase the number of concurrent connections. However, if you want to increase the download speed (both real and perceived) of a website, limiting the overall number of HTTP connections is your best bet.</p>
<h3>May Your Days Be Merry And Your URLs Unique</h3>
<p>People share links on Twitter, Facebook, Google+ and a lot of other services these days. This is good, but it has also exposed a shortcoming with a popular approach to managing the mobile channel &#8212; i.e. creating a separate mobile website (with separate URLs to the mobile view of the content). In short, a user will share <code>http://m.coolsite.com</code> on Twitter, and users on desktops and tablets will be offered a sucky UI. Having <code>http://www.coolsite.com</code> serve both the Web and mobile experience would effectively solve the problem.</p>
<p>As <a href="http://mobile.smashingmagazine.com/2012/09/24/server-side-device-detection-history-benefits-how-to/">my last article</a> explains, <strong>there are ways to have a single URL &#8220;multi-serve&#8221; content for different media</strong>. Of course, this requires a bit more design and work from the service architect as compared to purely client-side approaches.</p>
<p>In the case of PE and RWD, the &#8220;uniqueness&#8221; of the URL comes free of charge. In the case of server-side detection, a strategy to multi-serve content from a unique URL needs to be designed into the system. We will see one way to achieve this in the code discussed further down.</p>
<h3>Content = Content + Presentation? A Little (But Important) Aside</h3>
<p>Ethan Marcotte, arguably the inventor of RWD, correctly identifies the URL issue in his book <em>Responsive Web Design</em>:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;I do think fragmenting our content across different &#8220;device-optimized&#8221; experiences is a losing proposition, or at least an unsustainable one.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>This sentence has been quoted endlessly, and it seems hard to disagree with. Yet, it contains an ambiguity that makes it very debatable, to say the least. <strong>What Ethan calls &#8220;content&#8221; has historically been referred to as &#8220;presentation&#8221; by most.</strong> In fact, I could easily argue that separation of content and presentation is the foundation of a plethora of Web programming frameworks, such as <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Model%E2%80%93view%E2%80%93controller">model-view-controller</a> (MVC), but also <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb263931(v=vs.85).aspx">Windows DNA</a> in the late &#8217;90s.</p>
<p>While I am aware that designers will argue that <strong>the difference between content and presentation is blurry</strong> (advertising is the best example of this), such a differentiation has been very helpful to Web programmers in multiple ways over the past 15 years. In general, professionals are much better off preserving this separation, rather than blurring the difference between the two.</p>
<p>Software architects should obviously <em>not</em> fragment the content managed by their system. At the same time, they should be ready to multi-serve the presentation of the same data to users of different media and different devices in the name of an optimal UX. I would go so far as to argue that PE and RWD are also about providing multiple presentations of the same content, inasmuch as the clever use of grids and media queries allows developers to confine the &#8220;multi-serving framework&#8221; to a single page.</p>
<p>End of the aside.</p>
<p><strong>Getting back to URL uniqueness</strong>, it is obvious that, in the case of server-side detection, a URL strategy must be designed with extra use of resources. Of course, webmasters have managed similar issues all their careers. Internationalizing a website presents the same challenges: one could have content served in multiple languages from the same URL (or even JSP or PHP page) or simply provide sibling websites, one for each supported language. Support for the potential lack of JavaScript presents a similar issue, as does the fact that an international content provider may wish to offer different (i.e. more relevant) content to visitors from different geographic regions, even where the language is the same. Supporting this means extra effort and cost. Typically, after the cost versus benefit equation is solved, some companies will go for the benefit in spite of the cost.</p>
<p>After so many words, let us see how the following code implements everything we&#8217;ve illustrated above.</p>
<h3>The Code</h3>
<p>Everything that has been discussed so far is illustrated in practice with a self-contained example that I built (along with my friend Steve Kamerman, COO at ScientiaMobile) to reinforce the points in this article. Be aware that, for the sake of clarity, the example hardwires many of the resources that would normally be isolated in separate databases or configuration elements.</p>
<p>Here is a list of the main components in the code:</p>
<ul><li>a DDR;</li>
<li>an MVC framework;</li>
<li>a controller with the segmentation logic;</li>
<li>a server-side image-resizing framework;</li>
<li>the views &#8212; feature phone, smartphone and tablet/desktop, in our case.</li>
</ul><p>Let&#8217;s discuss each of them.</p>
<h4>Device Description Repository</h4>
<p>A DDR is a software framework that enables an application to associate an HTTP request with the properties of the client (Web browser, mobile device, Internet-enabled wristwatch, etc.). In our example, I will be using ScientiaMobile&#8217;s DDR, WURFL Cloud, because it&#8217;s the easiest to install on all platforms and also comes with a <a href="http://www.scientiamobile.com/cloud">free offering</a> for those who want to play around with it.</p>
<p>Of course, any other DDR could be used in place of WURFL Cloud, including AGPL-licensed WURFL or other open-source frameworks based on user-agent string analysis through regular expressions.</p>
<p>For the purpose of this article, here is the core bit of code that explains how to use the DDR (in the <code>index.php</code> file):</p>
<pre><code>:
require_once dirname(__FILE__).'/lib/WurflCloudClient/Client/Client.php';
  :

// Disable caching for testing
$cache_enabled = false;

$wurfl_config = new WurflCloud_Client_Config();
$wurfl_config-&#62;api_key = 'XXXXX:YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY';
  :
if ($cache_enabled) {
	$wurfl = new WurflCloud_Client_Client($wurfl_config);
} else {
	$wurfl = new WurflCloud_Client_Client($wurfl_config, new WurflCloud_Cache_Null());
	header("Cache-Control: no-cache, must-revalidate");
	header("Expires: Sat, 26 Jul 1997 05:00:00 GMT");
}
$wurfl-&#62;detectDevice();
</code></pre>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The cache is disabled because this is handy for testing purposes. But you&#8217;ll want to enable it on a production website, or else every HTTP request from your users will be a request to the cloud.</p>
<p>Once this code has run, you will be able to look up device capabilities on your server, without any need to interact with the client through JavaScript or the like, as simply as this:</p>
<pre><code>
$wurfl-&#62;getDeviceCapability('is_tablet')
</code></pre>
<p>All of the magic of looking up the HTTP request and recovering a profile for the device is happening under the hood.</p>
<h4>Model-View-Controller Framework</h4>
<p><a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Model%E2%80%93view%E2%80%93controller">MVC</a> is a popular programming pattern among Java developers that over the years has made inroads among programmers of other languages (including PHP). In short, the MVC framework analyzes an incoming HTTP request and &#8220;dispatches&#8221; the actual handling to a different PHP page that has been deemed to be more apt for the job. In our case, the framework will route the HTTP request to the PHP page that would implement the best UI for that &#8220;segment.&#8221;</p>
<p>For the record, the MVC framework we&#8217;re using in our example is homemade, but Steve explains that it was inspired by a micro-framework named <a href="http://silex.sensiolabs.org/">Silex</a>.</p>
<p>The framework itself is implemented in the <code>lib/SimpleApp.php</code> file:</p>
<pre><code>
require_once dirname(__FILE__).'/lib/SimpleApp.php'; 
  :
$app = new SimpleApp();
</code></pre>
<p>Once the MVC framework is included, dispatching an HTTP request to the right view (see below) is as simple as this:</p>
<pre><code>
$app-&#62;render('image/smartphone.php', $view_data);
</code></pre>
<p>The interesting part is that the URL will not be affected by this. Users will only see the <code>index.php</code> page that responded to the request. This effectively solves the problem of URL uniqueness that we discussed above.</p>
<h4>Controller</h4>
<p>The controller (the &#8220;C&#8221; in MVC) is in charge of segmentation (i.e. deciding the view to which a certain HTTP client should be directed based on its profile). Here is the core of the controller (in <code>index.php</code>):</p>
<pre><code>
if ($wurfl-&#62;getDeviceCapability('is_smartphone')) {
	$app-&#62;render('index/smartphone.php', $view_data);
} else if ($wurfl-&#62;getDeviceCapability('is_mobile') 
&#38;&#38; !$wurfl-&#62;getDeviceCapability('is_tablet')) {
	$app-&#62;render('index/featurephone.php', $view_data);
} else {
	$app-&#62;render('index/desktop.php', $view_data);
}
</code></pre>
<p>In light of what we have explained, this part should be rather self-explanatory: <code>smartphone.php</code> handles smartphones, <code>featurephone.php</code> handles feature phones, and everything else (including tablets) is handled by <code>desktop.php</code>. There are actually two sets of views, one that manages the discovery page (i.e. the thumbnails with pictures) and one that represents the single picture.</p>
<p>The <code>is_smartphone</code> capability is a so-called &#8220;virtual capability&#8221; &#8212; i.e. a computed property that relies on other capabilities and that represents ScientiaMobile&#8217;s understanding of what a smartphone is. A lot of people find this handy. Of course, nothing prevents a WURFL user from choosing the capabilities and rolling a particular segmentation that make the most sense for their business model.</p>
<h4>Image Resizing (RESS)</h4>
<p>RESS stands for &#8220;<a href="http://www.lukew.com/ff/entry.asp?1392"><strong>re</strong>sponsive images and <strong>s</strong>erver-<strong>s</strong>ide components</a>,&#8221; making it the most screwed-up abbreviation I have ever seen in my life. Because it is now common, though, I will use it, too. The premise of RESS is fairly reasonable: RWD is cool, but <strong>sending 500 KB pictures to a mobile device is not a good idea</strong> for a variety of reasons. This is why even the most inveterate RWD promoters will concede that resizing pictures on the server in order to speed up downloading and rendering on mobile devices is still a good idea. Of course, CSS and JavaScript files are also resources that you&#8217;ll want to make as light as possible. These also fall under the RESS umbrella.</p>
<p>Users of WURFL Cloud also have access to a service called Image Resizer. In short, Image Resizer enables you to create a URL that piggybacks the following bits onto itself:</p>
<ul><li>the URL of the original picture,</li>
<li>a combination of parameters that specify how the picture should be resized and manipulated.</li>
</ul><p>Requesting the URL will result in a picture with the desired features being obtained. For the record, other services of this kind are around, such as <a href="http://www.sencha.com/learn/how-to-use-src-sencha-io/">Sencha.io Src</a> and the up-and-coming <a href="http://whateverweb.com/">WhateverWeb</a>, which promises to go beyond simple image resizing. Call me a romantic, but I prefer that we eat our own dog food for this example.</p>
<p>A photographer also graciously gave me some pictures of Chicago for this article, which I&#8217;ve hosted at <a href="http://cto.scientiamobile.com/chicago/"><code>http://cto.scientiamobile.com/chicago/</code></a> (i.e. in a place where Image Resizer can pick them up):</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s see how Image Resizer is used in practice (see <code>views/index/smartphone.php</code>):</p>
<pre><code>
// Compute the size of the image thumbnails
$thumb_width = 95;
$thumb_height = 95;
$rszr_tumbnail = "http://rszr1.wurflcloud.com/234341/w_$thumb_width/
                  h_$thumb_height/m_cropbox/";
  :
&#60;div style="width: 100%; float: left; margin: 5px;"&#62;
  &#60;?php foreach ($images as $id =&#62; $image) { ?&#62;
   &#60;div style="float: left; margin: 5px;"&#62;
      &#60;a href="&#60;?php echo $app-&#62;getUriPrefix().'/image/'.$id; ?&#62;"&#62;
        :
       &#60;img alt="" src="&#60;?php echo $rszr_tumbnail.$image['src']; ?&#62;" /&#62;
      &#60;/a&#62;
    &#60;/div&#62;
  &#60;?php } ?&#62;
&#60;/div&#62;
</code></pre>
<p>This will generate markup like the following snippet:</p>
<pre><code>
&#60;div style="float: left; margin: 5px;"&#62;&#60;a href="/smash/image/1"&#62;&#60;img alt="" src="http://rszr1.wurflcloud.com/234341/w_95/ h_95/m_cropbox/http://cto.scientiamobile.com/chicago/chicago2.jpg" /&#62;&#60;/a&#62;&#60;/div&#62;
</code></pre>
<p>In reality, I&#8217;ve cheated a bit. I cut some interesting bits from the code above. In particular, I&#8217;ve removed a trick to use a really important technique called the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_URI_scheme">data URI scheme</a>, which enables developers to nest pictures in the HTML itself in the form of ASCII Base64 garbage. As you can imagine, not all devices support the feature (although smartphones usually do). This is where WURFL&#8217;s <code>image_inlining</code> capability, along with the ability of the image resizer to provide the picture already in Base64 format, comes in handy. The <code>image_inlining</code> will tell you whether the data URI scheme is supported:</p>
<pre><code>
$image_inlining = $wurfl-&#62;getDeviceCapability('image_inlining');
if ($image_inlining) {
	$rszr_tumbnail = "http://rszr1.wurflcloud.com/234341/w_$thumb_width/
                         h_$thumb_height/m_cropbox/in_true/"; } else {
	$rszr_tumbnail = "http://rszr1.wurflcloud.com/234341/w_$thumb_width/
                         h_$thumb_height/m_cropbox/";
}	
  :
&#60;div style="width: 100%; float: left; margin: 5px;"&#60;
&#60;?php foreach ($images as $id =&#62; $image) { ?&#62;
  &#60;div style="float: left; margin: 5px;"&#62;
    &#60;a href="&#60;?php echo $app-&#62;getUriPrefix().'/image/'.$id; ?&#62;"&#62;
    &#60;?php if ($image_inlining) { ?&#62;
      &#60;img alt="" src="&#60;?php echo file_get_contents($rszr_tumbnail.$image['src']); ?&#62;"/&#62; 
    &#60;?php } else { ?&#62;
      &#60;img alt="" src="&#60;?php echo $rszr_tumbnail.$image['src'];?&#62;"/&#62; 
    &#60;?php } ?&#62; 
  &#60;/a&#62;&#60;/div&#62;
&#60;?php } ?&#62;
&#60;/div&#62;
</code></pre>
<p>In the case of a device that supports image inlining, the code above will produce the following:</p>
<pre><code>
&#60;div style="float: left; margin: 5px;"&#62;
&#60;a href="/smash/image/1"&#62; &#60;img alt="" src="data:image/jpeg;base64,/9j/4AAQSkZJRgABAQAAAQABAAD//gA7Q1JFQVRPUjogZ2QtanBlZ..
  :
AUhMQYSQVEHYXETIjKBCBRCkaGxwQkjM1LwFWJy0QoWJDThJfEXGBkaJicoKSo1Njc4OTpDREVGR0hJSlN
   : 
cH14z9RXHTc6jb6dWdM3GmrdT//Z" /&#62; &#60;/a&#62;
&#60;/div&#62;
</code></pre>
<p>As we discussed earlier, this is particularly crucial because of the importance of minimizing the number of HTTP requests demanded by a mobile device to download a page, an aspect that is simply not worth optimizing in classic Web programming: too much extra work for way too little gain.</p>
<p>Of course, the data URI scheme will greatly increase the perceived download speed on smartphones and non-smartphones alike.</p>
<h4>The Views: Feature Phone, Smartphone and Desktop/Tablet</h4>
<p>The three segments we initially defined map one to one with our three views (feature phone, smartphone and tablet/desktop), according to the MVC paradigm. Each view offers a user experience that is best suited to the respective class of devices and browsers.</p>
<p>It goes without saying that adopters of a DDR still retain control over the UX of a deployed application simply by configuring a device to access a given view (for example, by downgrading a misbehaving smartphone to the feature-phone view).</p>
<p>The feature-phone view is particularly interesting because you&#8217;ll want to serve <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XHTML_Mobile_Profile">XHTML Mobile Profile</a> (XHTML MP) as a markup to those devices. Developers who approach mobile today might get away with ignoring XHTML MP, but for years XHTML MP has been the standard mobile Web markup. Still today, smartphones will immediately recognize a website created in XHTML MP as being a mobile website, even when no <code>viewport</code> meta tag is available. Be aware that XHTML MP is typically better served with a different MIME type than <code>text/html</code>.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Covering XHTML MP is beyond the scope of this article. If you are curious about the world of mobile programming on feature phones, my document &#8220;<a href="http://www.passani.it/gap/">Global Authoring Practices for the Mobile Web</a>&#8221; enjoyed some popularity for some time. Most people find it very informative still today.</p>
<p>The following screenshots visualize what the different UIs mean in practice:</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/feature-phones1.png"><img alt="Feature Phones" title="Feature Phones" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/feature-phones-500-compr.png" width="500" height="526"></a><br /><em>The view on feature phones.</em></p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/smartphones-compr.png"><img alt="View on smartphones" title="View on smartphones" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/smartphones-500-compr.png" width="500" height="427"></a><br /><em>The view on smartphones.</em></p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/ipad-compr.png"><img alt="Tablet" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/ipad-500-compr.png" width="500" height="375"></a><br /><em>The view on tablets and desktop. Above: The page on an iPad.</em></p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/xbox_mini.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-133790"><img alt="Xbox (MSIE 10)" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/xbox-500_mini.jpg" width="500" height="375"></a><br /><em>Here is the same page on the Xbox 360 (IE 10).</em></p>
<p>Of course, this example is just a proof of concept. Nothing prevents a programmer from making the desktop view even more responsive than it already is, or from adopting something like the good <a href="http://www.photoswipe.com/">PhotoSwipe</a> to provide interactive slideshows on smartphones and tablets (but not on older phones, where they would be unlikely to work). Divide and conquer.</p>
<h3>Conclusion</h3>
<p>Purely client-side approaches such as RWD and PE can make Web pages accessible on smartphones. For companies and organizations, this means that supporting mobile devices could be cheaper now than it was a couple of years back. Yet, these savings come at the cost of sacrificing certain aspects of a full-fledged cross-channel Web offering.</p>
<p>Large organizations may still want to adopt server-side device detection in some form to deliver a great UX to everyone who accesses their websites. While RWD and PE strategies can (and should) be adopted by companies, a hybrid client- and server-side approach is the most likely to <strong>deliver a great service to desktop, tablet and mobile users alike</strong>.</p>
<p>We&#8217;ve discussed an instance of such a hybrid approach by showing how segmentation, server-side resized images and the data URI scheme are key components to a great user experience across devices and browsers.</p>
<p>Have a look at the <a href="http://cto.scientiamobile.com/smash/">demo app</a>.</p>
<p><em>(al) (ea)</em></p>
<hr /><p><small>&#169; Luca Passani for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p> <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/14/providing-the-best-mobile-user-experience-possible/">Continue reading <span class="meta-nav">&#8594;</span></a></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/14/providing-the-best-mobile-user-experience-possible/">A Client- And Server-Side Approach: Providing The Best Mobile User Experience Possible</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table width="650">
<tr>
<td width="650">
<div style="width:650px;"><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0" /><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" border="0" alt="" /></a></div>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>Now and again, I hit the swimming pool. It’s a good way to exercise, but also to relax after a long day in front of my PC. I can do quite a few laps in my front crawl, but only because I don’t use my legs much. I kick steadily to ensure that my legs stay lifted and don’t slow me down. <strong>I don’t use my legs much for forward propulsion.</strong> An instructor once explained to me that legs can definitely help with propulsion in the front crawl, but only at the cost of much higher energy consumption.</p>
<p>He also explained that champions use their legs a lot. Their hearts are powerful, and they can happily sacrifice the extra effort for the small yet significant gain in speed. People with modest competitive ambitions are typically better off with moderate leg usage.</p>
<p>Does this relate to mobile Web development, responsive Web design and server-side device detection?</p>
<p>The analogy is a stretch, but <strong>yes, it does</strong>. As the inventor of <a href="http://wurfl.sourceforge.net/">WURFL</a>, I used to live in a world where mobile devices were so limited in capabilities that there was no way a commercial website and its corresponding mobile website could be supported through a unique set of HTML pages without the support of some server-side logic. Strategies to detect and tweak content for mobile devices varied from simple detection scripts to the adoption of full-fledged device description repositories (DDR) such as WURFL.</p>
<p>Today, things have, to a large extent, changed. Many still have a feature phone, but the majority of users who care about accessing the Internet from their mobile devices will have a smartphone. A 2013 smartphone means the following: a fast connection, a great WebKit-based browser, a 320-pixel wide (or wider) touchscreen and a great operating system that allows for the installation of apps.</p>
<p>This evolution has turned the mobile Internet into <strong>a swimming pool available to every webmaster</strong>. Programming strategies such as <a href="http://coding.smashingmagazine.com/2009/04/22/progressive-enhancement-what-it-is-and-how-to-use-it/">progressive enhancement</a> (PE) and <a href="http://coding.smashingmagazine.com/2011/01/12/guidelines-for-responsive-web-design/">responsive Web design</a> (RWD) enable everyone to make their full websites usable enough on smartphones from a single set of HTML pages &mdash; i.e. with no need for server-side device detection. This is awesome. Webmasters can now make their websites more mobile-friendly without introducing a significant amount of extra complexity. Yet, just like in my initial analogy, the saving is only achieved at the cost of sacrificing certain aspects of the mobile UX that “champions” would not be OK with sacrificing.</p>
<p>In a previous article by Ronan Cremin and me, “<a href="http://mobile.smashingmagazine.com/2012/09/24/server-side-device-detection-history-benefits-how-to/">Server-Side Device Detection: History, Benefits and How-To</a>,” we explored the different aspects of client-side approaches versus server-side approaches, and we concluded that server-side strategies still offer a lot to mobile Web developers. I won’t repeat it here; rather, I will go one step further and explain how the two worlds can happily coexist for everyone’s benefit.</p>
<h3>Client-Side Vs. Server-Side: A False Dichotomy</h3>
<p>Most IT people are familiar with the saying, “When all you have is a hammer, every problem looks like a nail.” This is perfectly applicable to mobile development, where, in my experience, developers with a JavaScript and CSS background tend to favor client-side solutions to the problem of device diversity, while developers with traditional system development skills find server-side approaches more natural.</p>
<p>Unsurprisingly, there are pros and cons to both approaches, and, more importantly, the two approaches are not mutually exclusive and can be made to work together. After all, for any organization that offers a website, the ultimate purpose is to create the <strong>greatest user experience possible</strong> for its users within the constraints of the project’s timeline and budget.</p>
<h3>Best Of Both Worlds</h3>
<p>When it comes to building a strategy for a website that is friendly to mobile users, there is a whole range of possibilities. At one extreme, a designer might adopt a purely responsive website because they cannot afford to maintain a server-side detection component (or simply because they do not find enough value in the extra complexity). At the other extreme are large companies whose websites (and mobile websites) address particular quirks of popular devices. This approach requires an investment and dedicated team so large that typically only major Internet companies (think Facebook, Yahoo and Google) would go for it.</p>
<p>Most other companies will find <strong>the optimum point somewhere between the two extremes</strong> by segmenting the world of connected users in ways that make the most sense in their markets. Such segmentation will need to rely on some form of server-side detection.</p>
<p>One way to put it is that one should adopt a “best of both worlds” hybrid approach. In this article, I will show an example of this.</p>
<p>Every software project is one-off. The Web is no exception. Nor is mobile Web development, where the super-rapid progress of mobile devices is constantly turning best practices into moving targets. For this article, I figured that nothing could make the point better than a real example with real code.</p>
<p><strong>My example is a cross-browser and cross-device slideshow.</strong> I will show how server-side and client-side detection can be made to work together to deliver a great UX on a variety of clients.</p>
<h3>Segmentation (Good Ol’ Divide And Conquer)</h3>
<p>The slideshow will be made available to the following classes of HTTP clients:</p>
<ul>
<li>non-smartphones (or feature phones),</li>
<li>smartphones,</li>
<li>tablets and desktops.</li>
</ul>
<p>I have always called these “segments,” and I have referred to the splitting up into segments as “segmentation.” The key point is that each segment will be provided with a fundamentally different UI structure. Such segmentation will be supported through server-side detection.</p>
<p>Within each segment, there will still be space for further optimization of the UX. Such optimizations will happen with RWD and device detection. Notably, this approach will be used to obtain pictures in different sizes and to address the bandwidth problem, particularly for mobile devices.</p>
<p>Let’s start by sketching the different UIs for the different classes of HTTP clients (i.e. segments).</p>
<h4>Non-Smartphones</h4>
<p>Non-smartphones are commonly referred to as feature phones in the industry. There is no standard definition of what a smartphone is, but a device that possesses the following features would likely be called a smartphone by most:</p>
<ul>
<li>touchscreen;</li>
<li>a screen that is 240-pixels wide or wider;</li>
<li>Android 2.2, iOS, Windows Phone 7.5 or higher, RIM OS 7 or higher, Symbian Belle or higher, Nokia N9 WebKit-based browser;</li>
<li>not a tablet.</li>
</ul>
<p>This is a totally arbitrary definition, but good enough for the purpose of this article.</p>
<p>Devices that do not support one or more of the above features will be considered feature phones.</p>
<p>Because no assumption can be made for non-smartphones, we will assume a small screen, no touchscreen and limited bandwidth (which entails the need to minimize the number of HTTP requests required to download all of the content).</p>
<p>Please note that the lack of a touchscreen might require users to click the “down” button multiple times to get to the icon they wish to select.</p>
<p>The following wireframe nicely illustrates what we are getting at:</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/featurephones-compr.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133784" alt="feature phone view" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/featurephones-500-compr.png" width="500" height="410" /></a><br />
<em>Feature phones (i.e. non-smartphones) have relatively small screens (typically narrower than 240 pixels). The presence of a touchscreen should not be assumed for devices in this segment.</em></p>
<h4>Smartphones</h4>
<p>Smartphones have a large screen, and users don’t have to click their way through icons to get to the one they want. They simply touch it. Because of this, a UI such as the following is better suited to them:</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/smartphone-compr.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133785" alt="smartphone view" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/smartphone-500.png" width="500" height="460" /></a><br />
<em>Smartphones have large screens (240 pixels or wider). The presence of a touchscreen and of basic media queries for changes in orientation may be safely assumed.</em></p>
<h4>Tablets and Desktops</h4>
<p>In the case of tablet and desktop browsers, we can safely assume that a large screen is available. In this case, consolidating the two views (i.e. the navigation and the actual picture) into a single screen makes sense:</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/tablet-compr.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133783" alt="tablet view" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/tablet-500.png" width="500" height="313" /></a><br />
<em>A screen 700 pixels wide (or wider) may be assumed.</em></p>
<p>Of course, I created a single segment for tablets and desktops for illustrative purposes, but a real project might segment differently, based on the business model of the organization and the traffic it sees from different classes of devices.</p>
<p>Before delving into the code to implement this, I should discuss a few aspects of mobile development.</p>
<h3>Important Note About Mobile Bandwidth: Speed Isn’t Everything</h3>
<p>US carriers (i.e. network operators) boast in their advertising about their increasingly faster 4G networks and the blazing download speeds that their customers can get. My experience (and the experience of others) is that those figures are sometimes truthful under good network conditions, as in the case of a large single download or of video streaming. In practice, things are a bit more complicated. The overhead of establishing an HTTP connection in mobile is high.</p>
<p>Many browsers and devices open only one or two concurrent connections with the server (partly because of what the <a href="http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec8.html#sec8.1.4">HTTP specification says</a>, and partly because of hardware limitations). Keep-alives cannot be assumed to always work as one would expect in mobile, because of strategies that the devices follow to save battery power.</p>
<p>The problem is at the lower levels and is rooted in the fact that mobile networks and TCP/IP were not built to play well together to begin with.</p>
<p>Techniques such as “<a href="http://www.stevesouders.com/blog/2009/05/12/sharding-dominant-domains/">domain sharding</a>” (i.e. fooling the browser into believing it’s talking to different servers) help to increase the number of concurrent connections. However, if you want to increase the download speed (both real and perceived) of a website, limiting the overall number of HTTP connections is your best bet.</p>
<h3>May Your Days Be Merry And Your URLs Unique</h3>
<p>People share links on Twitter, Facebook, Google+ and a lot of other services these days. This is good, but it has also exposed a shortcoming with a popular approach to managing the mobile channel &mdash; i.e. creating a separate mobile website (with separate URLs to the mobile view of the content). In short, a user will share <code>http://m.coolsite.com</code> on Twitter, and users on desktops and tablets will be offered a sucky UI. Having <code>http://www.coolsite.com</code> serve both the Web and mobile experience would effectively solve the problem.</p>
<p>As <a href="http://mobile.smashingmagazine.com/2012/09/24/server-side-device-detection-history-benefits-how-to/">my last article</a> explains, <strong>there are ways to have a single URL “multi-serve” content for different media</strong>. Of course, this requires a bit more design and work from the service architect as compared to purely client-side approaches.</p>
<p>In the case of PE and RWD, the “uniqueness” of the URL comes free of charge. In the case of server-side detection, a strategy to multi-serve content from a unique URL needs to be designed into the system. We will see one way to achieve this in the code discussed further down.</p>
<h3>Content = Content + Presentation? A Little (But Important) Aside</h3>
<p>Ethan Marcotte, arguably the inventor of RWD, correctly identifies the URL issue in his book <em>Responsive Web Design</em>:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;I do think fragmenting our content across different “device-optimized” experiences is a losing proposition, or at least an unsustainable one.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>This sentence has been quoted endlessly, and it seems hard to disagree with. Yet, it contains an ambiguity that makes it very debatable, to say the least. <strong>What Ethan calls “content” has historically been referred to as “presentation” by most.</strong> In fact, I could easily argue that separation of content and presentation is the foundation of a plethora of Web programming frameworks, such as <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Model%E2%80%93view%E2%80%93controller">model-view-controller</a> (MVC), but also <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb263931(v=vs.85).aspx">Windows DNA</a> in the late ’90s.</p>
<p>While I am aware that designers will argue that <strong>the difference between content and presentation is blurry</strong> (advertising is the best example of this), such a differentiation has been very helpful to Web programmers in multiple ways over the past 15 years. In general, professionals are much better off preserving this separation, rather than blurring the difference between the two.</p>
<p>Software architects should obviously <em>not</em> fragment the content managed by their system. At the same time, they should be ready to multi-serve the presentation of the same data to users of different media and different devices in the name of an optimal UX. I would go so far as to argue that PE and RWD are also about providing multiple presentations of the same content, inasmuch as the clever use of grids and media queries allows developers to confine the “multi-serving framework” to a single page.</p>
<p>End of the aside.</p>
<p><strong>Getting back to URL uniqueness</strong>, it is obvious that, in the case of server-side detection, a URL strategy must be designed with extra use of resources. Of course, webmasters have managed similar issues all their careers. Internationalizing a website presents the same challenges: one could have content served in multiple languages from the same URL (or even JSP or PHP page) or simply provide sibling websites, one for each supported language. Support for the potential lack of JavaScript presents a similar issue, as does the fact that an international content provider may wish to offer different (i.e. more relevant) content to visitors from different geographic regions, even where the language is the same. Supporting this means extra effort and cost. Typically, after the cost versus benefit equation is solved, some companies will go for the benefit in spite of the cost.</p>
<p>After so many words, let us see how the following code implements everything we’ve illustrated above.</p>
<h3>The Code</h3>
<p>Everything that has been discussed so far is illustrated in practice with a self-contained example that I built (along with my friend Steve Kamerman, COO at ScientiaMobile) to reinforce the points in this article. Be aware that, for the sake of clarity, the example hardwires many of the resources that would normally be isolated in separate databases or configuration elements.</p>
<p>Here is a list of the main components in the code:</p>
<ul>
<li>a DDR;</li>
<li>an MVC framework;</li>
<li>a controller with the segmentation logic;</li>
<li>a server-side image-resizing framework;</li>
<li>the views &mdash; feature phone, smartphone and tablet/desktop, in our case.</li>
</ul>
<p>Let’s discuss each of them.</p>
<h4>Device Description Repository</h4>
<p>A DDR is a software framework that enables an application to associate an HTTP request with the properties of the client (Web browser, mobile device, Internet-enabled wristwatch, etc.). In our example, I will be using ScientiaMobile’s DDR, WURFL Cloud, because it’s the easiest to install on all platforms and also comes with a <a href="http://www.scientiamobile.com/cloud">free offering</a> for those who want to play around with it.</p>
<p>Of course, any other DDR could be used in place of WURFL Cloud, including AGPL-licensed WURFL or other open-source frameworks based on user-agent string analysis through regular expressions.</p>
<p>For the purpose of this article, here is the core bit of code that explains how to use the DDR (in the <code>index.php</code> file):</p>
<pre><code class="language-php">:
require_once dirname(__FILE__).'/lib/WurflCloudClient/Client/Client.php';
  :

// Disable caching for testing
$cache_enabled = false;

$wurfl_config = new WurflCloud_Client_Config();
$wurfl_config-&gt;api_key = 'XXXXX:YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY';
  :
if ($cache_enabled) {
	$wurfl = new WurflCloud_Client_Client($wurfl_config);
} else {
	$wurfl = new WurflCloud_Client_Client($wurfl_config, new WurflCloud_Cache_Null());
	header("Cache-Control: no-cache, must-revalidate");
	header("Expires: Sat, 26 Jul 1997 05:00:00 GMT");
}
$wurfl-&gt;detectDevice();
</code></pre>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The cache is disabled because this is handy for testing purposes. But you’ll want to enable it on a production website, or else every HTTP request from your users will be a request to the cloud.</p>
<p>Once this code has run, you will be able to look up device capabilities on your server, without any need to interact with the client through JavaScript or the like, as simply as this:</p>
<pre><code class="language-php">
$wurfl-&gt;getDeviceCapability('is_tablet')
</code></pre>
<p>All of the magic of looking up the HTTP request and recovering a profile for the device is happening under the hood.</p>
<h4>Model-View-Controller Framework</h4>
<p><a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Model%E2%80%93view%E2%80%93controller">MVC</a> is a popular programming pattern among Java developers that over the years has made inroads among programmers of other languages (including PHP). In short, the MVC framework analyzes an incoming HTTP request and “dispatches” the actual handling to a different PHP page that has been deemed to be more apt for the job. In our case, the framework will route the HTTP request to the PHP page that would implement the best UI for that “segment.”</p>
<p>For the record, the MVC framework we’re using in our example is homemade, but Steve explains that it was inspired by a micro-framework named <a href="http://silex.sensiolabs.org/">Silex</a>.</p>
<p>The framework itself is implemented in the <code>lib/SimpleApp.php</code> file:</p>
<pre><code class="language-php">
require_once dirname(__FILE__).'/lib/SimpleApp.php'; 
  :
$app = new SimpleApp();
</code></pre>
<p>Once the MVC framework is included, dispatching an HTTP request to the right view (see below) is as simple as this:</p>
<pre><code class="language-php">
$app-&gt;render('image/smartphone.php', $view_data);
</code></pre>
<p>The interesting part is that the URL will not be affected by this. Users will only see the <code>index.php</code> page that responded to the request. This effectively solves the problem of URL uniqueness that we discussed above.</p>
<h4>Controller</h4>
<p>The controller (the “C” in MVC) is in charge of segmentation (i.e. deciding the view to which a certain HTTP client should be directed based on its profile). Here is the core of the controller (in <code>index.php</code>):</p>
<pre><code class="language-php">
if ($wurfl-&gt;getDeviceCapability('is_smartphone')) {
	$app-&gt;render('index/smartphone.php', $view_data);
} else if ($wurfl-&gt;getDeviceCapability('is_mobile') 
&amp;&amp; !$wurfl-&gt;getDeviceCapability('is_tablet')) {
	$app-&gt;render('index/featurephone.php', $view_data);
} else {
	$app-&gt;render('index/desktop.php', $view_data);
}
</code></pre>
<p>In light of what we have explained, this part should be rather self-explanatory: <code>smartphone.php</code> handles smartphones, <code>featurephone.php</code> handles feature phones, and everything else (including tablets) is handled by <code>desktop.php</code>. There are actually two sets of views, one that manages the discovery page (i.e. the thumbnails with pictures) and one that represents the single picture.</p>
<p>The <code>is_smartphone</code> capability is a so-called “virtual capability” &mdash; i.e. a computed property that relies on other capabilities and that represents ScientiaMobile’s understanding of what a smartphone is. A lot of people find this handy. Of course, nothing prevents a WURFL user from choosing the capabilities and rolling a particular segmentation that make the most sense for their business model.</p>
<h4>Image Resizing (RESS)</h4>
<p>RESS stands for “<a href="http://www.lukew.com/ff/entry.asp?1392"><strong>re</strong>sponsive images and <strong>s</strong>erver-<strong>s</strong>ide components</a>,” making it the most screwed-up abbreviation I have ever seen in my life. Because it is now common, though, I will use it, too. The premise of RESS is fairly reasonable: RWD is cool, but <strong>sending 500 KB pictures to a mobile device is not a good idea</strong> for a variety of reasons. This is why even the most inveterate RWD promoters will concede that resizing pictures on the server in order to speed up downloading and rendering on mobile devices is still a good idea. Of course, CSS and JavaScript files are also resources that you’ll want to make as light as possible. These also fall under the RESS umbrella.</p>
<p>Users of WURFL Cloud also have access to a service called Image Resizer. In short, Image Resizer enables you to create a URL that piggybacks the following bits onto itself:</p>
<ul>
<li>the URL of the original picture,</li>
<li>a combination of parameters that specify how the picture should be resized and manipulated.</li>
</ul>
<p>Requesting the URL will result in a picture with the desired features being obtained. For the record, other services of this kind are around, such as <a href="http://www.sencha.com/learn/how-to-use-src-sencha-io/">Sencha.io Src</a> and the up-and-coming <a href="http://whateverweb.com/">WhateverWeb</a>, which promises to go beyond simple image resizing. Call me a romantic, but I prefer that we eat our own dog food for this example.</p>
<p>A photographer also graciously gave me some pictures of Chicago for this article, which I’ve hosted at <a href="http://cto.scientiamobile.com/chicago/"><code>http://cto.scientiamobile.com/chicago/</code></a> (i.e. in a place where Image Resizer can pick them up):</p>
<p>Let’s see how Image Resizer is used in practice (see <code>views/index/smartphone.php</code>):</p>
<pre><code class="language-php">
// Compute the size of the image thumbnails
$thumb_width = 95;
$thumb_height = 95;
$rszr_tumbnail = "http://rszr1.wurflcloud.com/234341/w_$thumb_width/
                  h_$thumb_height/m_cropbox/";
  :
&lt;div style="width: 100%; float: left; margin: 5px;"&gt;
  &lt;?php foreach ($images as $id =&gt; $image) { ?&gt;
   &lt;div style="float: left; margin: 5px;"&gt;
      &lt;a href="&lt;?php echo $app-&gt;getUriPrefix().'/image/'.$id; ?&gt;"&gt;
        :
       &lt;img alt="" src="&lt;?php echo $rszr_tumbnail.$image['src']; ?&gt;" /&gt;
      &lt;/a&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;
  &lt;?php } ?&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</code></pre>
<p>This will generate markup like the following snippet:</p>
<pre><code class="language-markup tmp-html">
&lt;div style="float: left; margin: 5px;"&gt;&lt;a href="/smash/image/1"&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://rszr1.wurflcloud.com/234341/w_95/ h_95/m_cropbox/http://cto.scientiamobile.com/chicago/chicago2.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
</code></pre>
<p>In reality, I’ve cheated a bit. I cut some interesting bits from the code above. In particular, I’ve removed a trick to use a really important technique called the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_URI_scheme">data URI scheme</a>, which enables developers to nest pictures in the HTML itself in the form of ASCII Base64 garbage. As you can imagine, not all devices support the feature (although smartphones usually do). This is where WURFL’s <code>image_inlining</code> capability, along with the ability of the image resizer to provide the picture already in Base64 format, comes in handy. The <code>image_inlining</code> will tell you whether the data URI scheme is supported:</p>
<pre><code class="language-php">
$image_inlining = $wurfl-&gt;getDeviceCapability('image_inlining');
if ($image_inlining) {
	$rszr_tumbnail = "http://rszr1.wurflcloud.com/234341/w_$thumb_width/
                         h_$thumb_height/m_cropbox/in_true/"; } else {
	$rszr_tumbnail = "http://rszr1.wurflcloud.com/234341/w_$thumb_width/
                         h_$thumb_height/m_cropbox/";
}	
  :
&lt;div style="width: 100%; float: left; margin: 5px;"&lt;
&lt;?php foreach ($images as $id =&gt; $image) { ?&gt;
  &lt;div style="float: left; margin: 5px;"&gt;
    &lt;a href="&lt;?php echo $app-&gt;getUriPrefix().'/image/'.$id; ?&gt;"&gt;
    &lt;?php if ($image_inlining) { ?&gt;
      &lt;img alt="" src="&lt;?php echo file_get_contents($rszr_tumbnail.$image['src']); ?&gt;"/&gt; 
    &lt;?php } else { ?&gt;
      &lt;img alt="" src="&lt;?php echo $rszr_tumbnail.$image['src'];?&gt;"/&gt; 
    &lt;?php } ?&gt; 
  &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;?php } ?&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</code></pre>
<p>In the case of a device that supports image inlining, the code above will produce the following:</p>
<pre><code class="language-markup tmp-html">
&lt;div style="float: left; margin: 5px;"&gt;
&lt;a href="/smash/image/1"&gt; &lt;img alt="" src="data:image/jpeg;base64,/9j/4AAQSkZJRgABAQAAAQABAAD//gA7Q1JFQVRPUjogZ2QtanBlZ..
  :
AUhMQYSQVEHYXETIjKBCBRCkaGxwQkjM1LwFWJy0QoWJDThJfEXGBkaJicoKSo1Njc4OTpDREVGR0hJSlN
   : 
cH14z9RXHTc6jb6dWdM3GmrdT//Z" /&gt; &lt;/a&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</code></pre>
<p>As we discussed earlier, this is particularly crucial because of the importance of minimizing the number of HTTP requests demanded by a mobile device to download a page, an aspect that is simply not worth optimizing in classic Web programming: too much extra work for way too little gain.</p>
<p>Of course, the data URI scheme will greatly increase the perceived download speed on smartphones and non-smartphones alike.</p>
<h4>The Views: Feature Phone, Smartphone and Desktop/Tablet</h4>
<p>The three segments we initially defined map one to one with our three views (feature phone, smartphone and tablet/desktop), according to the MVC paradigm. Each view offers a user experience that is best suited to the respective class of devices and browsers.</p>
<p>It goes without saying that adopters of a DDR still retain control over the UX of a deployed application simply by configuring a device to access a given view (for example, by downgrading a misbehaving smartphone to the feature-phone view).</p>
<p>The feature-phone view is particularly interesting because you’ll want to serve <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XHTML_Mobile_Profile">XHTML Mobile Profile</a> (XHTML MP) as a markup to those devices. Developers who approach mobile today might get away with ignoring XHTML MP, but for years XHTML MP has been the standard mobile Web markup. Still today, smartphones will immediately recognize a website created in XHTML MP as being a mobile website, even when no <code>viewport</code> meta tag is available. Be aware that XHTML MP is typically better served with a different MIME type than <code>text/html</code>.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Covering XHTML MP is beyond the scope of this article. If you are curious about the world of mobile programming on feature phones, my document “<a href="http://www.passani.it/gap/">Global Authoring Practices for the Mobile Web</a>” enjoyed some popularity for some time. Most people find it very informative still today.</p>
<p>The following screenshots visualize what the different UIs mean in practice:</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/feature-phones1.png"><img alt="Feature Phones" title="Feature Phones" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/feature-phones-500-compr.png" width="500" height="526" /></a><br /><em>The view on feature phones.</em></p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/smartphones-compr.png"><img alt="View on smartphones" title="View on smartphones" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/smartphones-500-compr.png" width="500" height="427" /></a><br /><em>The view on smartphones.</em></p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/ipad-compr.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133789" alt="Tablet" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/ipad-500-compr.png" width="500" height="375" /></a><br />
<em>The view on tablets and desktop. Above: The page on an iPad.</em></p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/xbox_mini.jpg" rel="attachment wp-att-133790"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133790" alt="Xbox (MSIE 10)" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/xbox-500_mini.jpg" width="500" height="375" /></a><br /><em>Here is the same page on the Xbox 360 (IE 10).</em></p>
<p>Of course, this example is just a proof of concept. Nothing prevents a programmer from making the desktop view even more responsive than it already is, or from adopting something like the good <a href="http://www.photoswipe.com/">PhotoSwipe</a> to provide interactive slideshows on smartphones and tablets (but not on older phones, where they would be unlikely to work). Divide and conquer.</p>
<h3>Conclusion</h3>
<p>Purely client-side approaches such as RWD and PE can make Web pages accessible on smartphones. For companies and organizations, this means that supporting mobile devices could be cheaper now than it was a couple of years back. Yet, these savings come at the cost of sacrificing certain aspects of a full-fledged cross-channel Web offering.</p>
<p>Large organizations may still want to adopt server-side device detection in some form to deliver a great UX to everyone who accesses their websites. While RWD and PE strategies can (and should) be adopted by companies, a hybrid client- and server-side approach is the most likely to <strong>deliver a great service to desktop, tablet and mobile users alike</strong>.</p>
<p>We’ve discussed an instance of such a hybrid approach by showing how segmentation, server-side resized images and the data URI scheme are key components to a great user experience across devices and browsers.</p>
<p>Have a look at the <a href="http://cto.scientiamobile.com/smash/">demo app</a>.</p>
<p><em>(al) (ea)</em></p>
<hr />
<p><small>© Luca Passani for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/14/providing-the-best-mobile-user-experience-possible/">A Client- And Server-Side Approach: Providing The Best Mobile User Experience Possible</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/14/providing-the-best-mobile-user-experience-possible/feed/atom/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="" length="" type="" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Fables, Myths And Narratives: Converting Our Stories Into Multi-Screen Experiences</title>
		<link>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/13/fable-myth-narrative-create-multiscreen-narratives/</link>
		<comments>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/13/fable-myth-narrative-create-multiscreen-narratives/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2013 12:24:40 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>newsfeed</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Smashing Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://mgmt.smashingmagazine.com/?p=157019</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><table width="650"><tr><td width="650">
<div><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0"><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" border="0" alt=""></a></div>
</td>
</tr></table><p>Storytelling takes many forms. In the past, stories were told orally, with people telling and retelling myths, fables and even histories. As writing technology became more prevalent, <a title="The Brothers Grimm" href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brothers_Grimm">we began to record our stories</a>, and we told them in the pages of books. Now, our society is awash in different devices and technologies, and those traditions of spoken stories and printed stories are blurring.</p>
<p>Multi-screen narratives are being told across all kinds of platforms, pages and devices, making for truly immersive experiences. We are watching them, tapping them and learning from them. They immerse us in the storyteller&#8217;s world. This article outlines what I believe are the <strong>five essentials of telling multi-screen stories</strong>.</p>
<h3>How I Fell In Love With Interactive Storytelling</h3>
<p>First, a little background. My childhood was spent in Nigeria, West Africa. I am a member of the Tiv tribe, a group of about 6 million people clustered in Nigeria&#8217;s Benue River Valley. As a child, I heard a lot of Nigerian folktales, about animals, humans and even magic. In Nigerian narrative tradition, stories are often told orally, in front of a gathered audience. During <a title="Nigerian Festival" href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Zx4NvT_DVX4&#38;feature=player_embedded">festivals</a> and cultural events, men even dress up in <a title="Nigerian Masquerade costume video" href="http://vimeo.com/18917127">elaborate costumes</a> and perform stories for the crowds. I have vivid memories of these stories and have always been curious about how they could be translated into something digital and interactive.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.nairaland.com/986883/some-funny-really-nice-nigerian/4#12362934"><img alt="kwagh-hir-nigerian-masquerade" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/kwagh-hir-nigerian-masquerade.jpg" width="500" height="400"></a><br /><em>The Kwagh Hir, or Thing of Magic, my tribe&#8217;s largest cultural festival (Image: <a title="naptu2 on Nairaland" href="http://www.nairaland.com/986883/some-funny-really-nice-nigerian/4#12362934">Naptu2</a>)</em></p>
<p>Those fables are a piece of my cultural inheritance. They always seemed to contain essential truths about humans. Take the story of the Ear and the Mosquito. One day, the Ear steals food from the Mosquito and refuses to pay it back. In anger, the Mosquito visits the Ear every evening, demanding the food to be returned, annoying Ear all night with his buzzing. It&#8217;s an old tale, <a title="Why Mosquitoes Buzz in Peoples Ears book, by Verna Aardema" href="http://www.amazon.com/Why-Mosquitoes-Buzz-Peoples-Ears/dp/0140549056">with many versions</a>, but the moral is consistent: don&#8217;t steal from your friends.</p>
<p><strong>Creating modern, interactive versions of these stories</strong> is possible, but <strong>how exactly do we do that?</strong> Let&#8217;s begin by talking about what I mean by the word &#8220;multi-screen.&#8221;</p>
<h3>A Bit About Context And Screens</h3>
<p>When speaking about multi-screen storytelling, remember that screens <a href="http://www.cennydd.co.uk/2013/designing-with-context">have different contexts</a>, not only different capabilities. The same screen on which you carelessly watch videos at home becomes a closely guarded viewport when you&#8217;re watching a movie on a crowded train. The context in which people view stories is more important than the device&#8217;s specifications. When we tell interactive stories, we need to be aware of this, and embrace it.</p>
<p>I like to focus on the following screens:</p>
<ul><li>Sensors (<a href="http://www.gimcrackd.com/etc/src/">Twine</a>, GPS, <a href="http://www.arduino.cc/">Arduino</a>, motion detectors, etc.)</li>
<li>Mobiles and tablets (phones, tablets, laptops and everything in between)</li>
<li>Flat-screens (desktops, TVs, etc.)</li>
<li>Public and immersive displays (store kiosks, large stadium screens, projectors, Kinects, etc.)</li>
</ul><p>Not all of these need to be used at the same time, because they won&#8217;t all be appropriate to the story you are telling. Context is extremely important.</p>
<p>Now, as promised, here are the <strong>five essentials of multi-screen storytelling</strong>.</p>
<h3>1. Divide Your Story Into Separate Content Blocks</h3>
<p>When we create multi-screen narratives, we need to <strong>find natural breakpoints</strong> in the story, places where the <strong>visual or narrative content</strong> can easily be separated. This enables us to deliver different segments to different devices, in different contexts.</p>
<p>Kolobok is a Slavic children&#8217;s story about the adventures of a round yellow cake. For the Moscow International Festival, a large team of designers and animators from SilaSveta Studio incorporated it into a <a href="http://portfolios.risd.edu/gallery/Kolobok/5648689">truly fascinating demonstration</a> of storytelling. Before the show, the team set up a large touchscreen at the children&#8217;s height. With their hands, the kids could manipulate parts of the animation by adding movement and color.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/kolobok-story-on-touchscreen.jpg"><img alt="kolobok-story-on-touchscreen" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/kolobok-story-on-touchscreen.jpg" width="500" height="281"></a><br /><em>A public display for children to play with</em></p>
<p>For the show itself, the full story was projected onto the facade of a large building, allowing the crowd of adults and their children to watch the narrative unfold. Along with sound, it made for another discrete content block, one that closely resembled a 3-D movie.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/kolobok-story-on-building.jpg"><img alt="kolobok-story-on-building" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/kolobok-story-on-building.jpg" width="500" height="281"></a><br /><em>The full animated story in front of a large festival crowd</em></p>
<p>While the touchscreen and the movie were different views of the same content, they could exist as independent pieces and did not have to appear next to each other. The SilaSveta team found the natural breakpoints in its story and created two separate visual experiences to match them.</p>
<h4>Questions to Ask</h4>
<ul><li><strong>Where are the breakpoints in the story?</strong> Divide your content so that it makes sense in context. The practice of responsive design gives us <a title="Mark Boulton on designing for content first" href="http://www.markboulton.co.uk/journal/a-richer-canvas">numerous guidelines</a> on how to do this.</li>
<li><strong>Can those content blocks exist independently?</strong> Sometimes, the answer is no, but it depends on the story. In the Kolobok example above, they can. In other interactive stories, such as <a title="Snow Fall from the NY Times" href="http://www.nytimes.com/projects/2012/snow-fall/#/?part=tunnel-creek">Snow Fall</a> from the New York Times, the blocks are chapters in a single story and should be kept together.</li>
</ul><h3>2. Offer People Multiple Perspectives</h3>
<p><a href="http://bear71.nfb.ca/#/bear71">Bear 71</a> is an award-winning multi-screen experience created by Jeremy Mendes and Leanne Allison. The creators tell the story of a bear living in Banff National Park in Canada. It feels like a cross between a role-playing game and a TV documentary, and as a <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=58jHqrymqPM">linear narrative with a non-linear interface</a>, it works beautifully.</p>
<p><a href="http://bear71.nfb.ca/#/bear71"><img alt="bear71-story-site" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/bear71-story-site.jpg" width="500" height="328"></a><br /><em>The Bear 71 story is told in a highly abstracted interface.</em></p>
<p><strong>Multiple viewpoints are accessible</strong>.&#160;Online, you roam in a stylized landscape, watch crittercam footage from the forest, and otherwise live as bears do &#8212; freely. Even though it may look like a game interface, you are not so much &#8220;playing&#8221; as you are participating in a story. Watching real crittercam footage, you see what the forest silently sees. You also have the option to turn on your webcam (&#8220;stealth mode&#8221;) to see other users around the world, all watching the same story online.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/bear71-AR-installation.jpg"><img alt="bear71-AR-installation" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/bear71-AR-installation.jpg" width="500" height="400"></a></p>
<p>During shows and installations, the team responsible for Bear 71 set up augmented-reality applications and motion-detection cameras, so that visitors could experience <a href="http://iambear71.tumblr.com/post/16604858064/walls-of-surveillance-images-of-bear71-subjects">what it&#8217;s like to have their pictures taken</a> with one.&#160;By playing with the augmented-reality apps and the motion-detection cameras at the installations, <strong>users got a bit of the same physical experience that the bears had</strong>.</p>
<h4>Questions to Ask</h4>
<ul><li><strong>Does the narrative change when viewed from a different perspective?</strong> A variety of perspectives can make a narrative much more fascinating. Bear 71 forces us to see the world first from the bear&#8217;s perspective and to sympathize with its loss of habitat, but other viewpoints take a slightly different angle. The voyeurism common in our digital sharing culture takes on a different meaning when used for animal surveillance.</li>
<li><strong>What data sets can be used in the narrative?</strong> Bear 71 cleverly combines crittercam video, GPS data, cell tower data, augmented reality, and topographical data. The photographs of visitors to the installation provide an additional emotional layer of data.&#160;The data we bring into our stories helps to define additional viewpoints and characters.</li>
</ul><h3>3. Redefine A Tradition</h3>
<p>As Western culture has moved more deeply into Nigeria, Nigeria&#8217;s traditions are weakening. I wanted to take a piece of my culture and put it in the cloud, instead of leaving it locked in the heads of our oral storytellers. That meant redefining how the stories are relayed, how they are saved and, most importantly, what messages they convey to the audience.</p>
<p>In 2011, I started a project named <a href="http://pixel-fable.com/">Pixel Fable</a> in which I take those traditional stories and reinterpret them online. In essence, I&#8217;m creating an <strong>interactive archive of Nigerian stories</strong>. As mentioned earlier, the oral histories of Nigerians are rich, but capturing them and translating them into digital stories means they will reach a wider audience.&#160;About 25% of my website&#8217;s visitors come from the US, while another 25% come from Japan. Canada, France and Germany also send a fair amount of traffic.</p>
<p>Pixel Fable uses responsive websites, iOS apps and augmented-reality animations&#160;to reinterpret Nigeria&#8217;s oral history.</p>
<p><a href="http://tapestry.is/yJe4E/"><img alt="pixel-fable-logo" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/pixel-fable-logo.jpg" width="500" height="352"></a><br /><em>An introductory screen from &#8220;<a title="Cricket and Mudbrick from Pixel Fable" href="http://tapestry.is/yJe4E/">Cricket and Mud Brick</a>,&#8221; a new Pixel Fable story built with the Tapestry app</em></p>
<p>I&#8217;ve relied on <strong>two primary contexts to reinterpret the old Nigerian storytelling tradition</strong>. The first is people on their tablets and phones, clicking on and reading the stories. The <a href="http://www.nielsen.com/us/en/newswire/2013/the-teen-transition--adolescents-of-today--adults-of-tomorrow.html">spread of mobile devices</a> makes this inevitable &#8212; why not tell African fables in a more accessible context? The second is my attempt to update the moral lessons for our modern age. While the original story of the Ear and the Mosquito may be a funny tale about annoying insects, the lesson can be updated to speak about how mosquitoes spread malaria in Nigeria. There&#8217;s room to redefine our old myths for the 21st century.</p>
<h4>Questions to Ask</h4>
<ul><li><strong>Will people love or hate the reimagined version?</strong> Not every fable or myth can (<a href="http://www.npr.org/2012/03/02/147573582/the-lorax-a-campy-and-whimsical-seussical">or should</a>) be recreated digitally. However, if people have an emotional reaction to a story that you have designed and pushed out to multiple screens, that is usually a good sign.</li>
<li><strong>If people talk about your narrative, will it bring about change in society?</strong> Each Pixel Fable story has a message. Most fables do. Some revolve around love triangles, others around the wisdom of elders, and there&#8217;s even one about why you shouldn&#8217;t get angry at your friends. They are small messages, but put together, they force us to reconsider how we treat the narrative history of people in Nigeria and West Africa.</li>
</ul><h3>4. Immerse People In The Narrative</h3>
<p>The Walking Dead, the famous comic and now TV show, used a <a href="http://www.amctv.com/shows/the-walking-dead/story-sync">polling Web app</a> (AMC&#8217;s Story Sync, if you like marketing-speak) to ask viewers questions and show related content as an episode was being broadcast on TV. While the app was simply timed to each scene, it was an experiment in multi-screen storytelling that invited <strong>audience participation</strong>, not just audience attention. Polling has a <a href="http://www.engadget.com/2013/01/11/the-state-of-the-second-screen/">gimmicky feel to it</a>, but that probably came about as a result of Hollywood pressure and doesn&#8217;t reflect the value of the concept in general.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/walking-dead-story-sync.jpg"><img alt="walking-dead-story-sync" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/walking-dead-story-sync.jpg" width="500" height="340"></a><br /><em>Polling and syncing apps extend narratives from the TV to the couch.</em></p>
<p>The creators also added <a href="http://www.amctv.com/shows/the-walking-dead/mobile">mobile gaming</a> to the mix, bringing viewers &#8220;into&#8221; the story in a completely different way, in different contexts.</p>
<p>All of these facets of each story&#8217;s arc <strong>enabled people to immerse themselves</strong> in this apocalyptic narrative. Jason Spero of Google <a title="Multi-screen mania" href="http://gigaom.com/2012/08/29/multi-screen-mania-how-our-devices-work-together/">notes</a> the need for a seamless experience as users move between devices. Other people, however, say that a second-screen experience can be extremely distracting, forcing viewers to <a href="http://gigaom.com/2012/09/09/can-breaking-bads-story-sync-get-viewers-to-give-up-their-dvrs/">miss key parts</a> of the TV show. It is the opposite of an immersive experience, they say, and is confusing to use.&#160;In my opinion, each content block should work independently to avoid putting users in this position.</p>
<h4>Questions to Ask</h4>
<ul><li><strong>Will people forget where they are?</strong> I&#8217;ll be the first to admit that this is not always a good thing. I can&#8217;t count the number of times that I&#8217;ve almost missed my train stop because my head was buried in my phone. Context, not only device capability, is key. Do you want users to get lost in the story or just engage in a manageable chunk?</li>
<li><strong>Do the screens you have chosen feel natural?</strong> By this,&#160;I&#8217;m not referring to pixel density. That is simply impossible to control, and if the story if good, it won&#8217;t matter anyway. The screens that people choose will depend a lot on the tasks they want to complete, so make your story feel natural for whatever content block they are interacting with.</li>
</ul><h3>5. Design Contextual Interactions</h3>
<p>Recently, a number of storytelling apps have relied on location to serve additional content, much in the same way that Foursquare or Google Maps do. <a href="http://www.thesilenthistory.com/">The Silent History</a> is a dystopian science-fiction story about children who do not speak. The iPad app contains the whole story, but by visiting certain geo-tagged locations, users can access additional content.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/silent-history-story.jpg"><img alt="silent-history-story" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/silent-history-story.jpg" width="500" height="307"></a></p>
<p>For a novel about children&#160;all over the US, <strong>inviting readers to physically go to where the story&#8217;s kids are</strong> makes perfect sense. The additional contextual interaction makes the story more layered and thought-provoking, in a way that a simple app would not be.</p>
<p>We use map data every day, to look for restaurants, check the weather, see road conditions and even check for public transit delays. Other <strong>contextual interactions</strong> make sense when creating digital stories: taking photographs, texting, sharing and saving information, even <a href="https://getmyo.com/">body motion</a>. Use these, along with your UI and UX skill sets, to devise new storytelling methods.</p>
<h4>Questions to Ask</h4>
<ul><li><strong>Does the device matter?</strong> With the rise of responsive design workflows, our content should not be device-dependent. Some things, however, such as camera or GPS functionality, may be integral to a part of your story, and so the device would need to be factored in.</li>
<li><strong>Should the interface be designed as a seamless part of the narrative?</strong> As people who work on the Web, we really have a strength here. If we choose to make the interface part of the story, then we can rely on our experience in building websites and content management systems.</li>
<li><strong>Will your story &#8220;remember&#8221; anything? </strong>As a child, I folded over the top corner of the page when I had to put a book down. It was a simple way to keep my place. With a narrative split across multiple devices, it might be necessary to design an interaction that flags where you&#8217;ve gotten to and then returns you there when you visit again. That all depends on the content, but the question does need to be asked. Everyone hates losing their place on the Internet and having to navigate back, so perhaps we should enable a memory in our stories as well.</li>
</ul><h3>Conclusion</h3>
<p>We have conceptualized different uses of multiple screens to tell stories. All of us, from every corner of the globe, have intensely rich cultures <strong>filled with stories and fables</strong>. Using them to create interactive narratives is another way to <a title="Books and Print Sandbox" href="http://www.react-hub.org.uk/books-and-print-sandbox/commissions/2013/">explore the power of the Web</a>, to wow people and to record our cultural history.</p>
<p>I would love to see what you come up with, or hear about other examples of clever digital storytelling.</p>
<p><em>(al) (ea)</em></p>
<hr /><p><small>&#169; Senongo Akpem for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p> <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/13/fable-myth-narrative-create-multiscreen-narratives/">Continue reading <span class="meta-nav">&#8594;</span></a></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/13/fable-myth-narrative-create-multiscreen-narratives/">Fables, Myths And Narratives: Converting Our Stories Into Multi-Screen Experiences</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table width="650">
<tr>
<td width="650">
<div style="width:650px;"><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0" /><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" border="0" alt="" /></a></div>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>Storytelling takes many forms. In the past, stories were told orally, with people telling and retelling myths, fables and even histories. As writing technology became more prevalent, <a title="The Brothers Grimm" href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brothers_Grimm">we began to record our stories</a>, and we told them in the pages of books. Now, our society is awash in different devices and technologies, and those traditions of spoken stories and printed stories are blurring.</p>
<p>Multi-screen narratives are being told across all kinds of platforms, pages and devices, making for truly immersive experiences. We are watching them, tapping them and learning from them. They immerse us in the storyteller’s world. This article outlines what I believe are the <strong>five essentials of telling multi-screen stories</strong>.</p>
<h3>How I Fell In Love With Interactive Storytelling</h3>
<p>First, a little background. My childhood was spent in Nigeria, West Africa. I am a member of the Tiv tribe, a group of about 6 million people clustered in Nigeria’s Benue River Valley. As a child, I heard a lot of Nigerian folktales, about animals, humans and even magic. In Nigerian narrative tradition, stories are often told orally, in front of a gathered audience. During <a title="Nigerian Festival" href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Zx4NvT_DVX4&amp;feature=player_embedded">festivals</a> and cultural events, men even dress up in <a title="Nigerian Masquerade costume video" href="http://vimeo.com/18917127">elaborate costumes</a> and perform stories for the crowds. I have vivid memories of these stories and have always been curious about how they could be translated into something digital and interactive.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.nairaland.com/986883/some-funny-really-nice-nigerian/4#12362934"><img alt="kwagh-hir-nigerian-masquerade" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/kwagh-hir-nigerian-masquerade.jpg" width="500" height="400" /></a><br /><em>The Kwagh Hir, or Thing of Magic, my tribe’s largest cultural festival (Image: <a title="naptu2 on Nairaland" href="http://www.nairaland.com/986883/some-funny-really-nice-nigerian/4#12362934">Naptu2</a>)</em></p>
<p>Those fables are a piece of my cultural inheritance. They always seemed to contain essential truths about humans. Take the story of the Ear and the Mosquito. One day, the Ear steals food from the Mosquito and refuses to pay it back. In anger, the Mosquito visits the Ear every evening, demanding the food to be returned, annoying Ear all night with his buzzing. It’s an old tale, <a title="Why Mosquitoes Buzz in Peoples Ears book, by Verna Aardema" href="http://www.amazon.com/Why-Mosquitoes-Buzz-Peoples-Ears/dp/0140549056">with many versions</a>, but the moral is consistent: don’t steal from your friends.</p>
<p><strong>Creating modern, interactive versions of these stories</strong> is possible, but <strong>how exactly do we do that?</strong> Let’s begin by talking about what I mean by the word “multi-screen.”</p>
<h3>A Bit About Context And Screens</h3>
<p>When speaking about multi-screen storytelling, remember that screens <a href="http://www.cennydd.co.uk/2013/designing-with-context">have different contexts</a>, not only different capabilities. The same screen on which you carelessly watch videos at home becomes a closely guarded viewport when you’re watching a movie on a crowded train. The context in which people view stories is more important than the device’s specifications. When we tell interactive stories, we need to be aware of this, and embrace it.</p>
<p>I like to focus on the following screens:</p>
<ul>
<li>Sensors (<a href="http://www.gimcrackd.com/etc/src/">Twine</a>, GPS, <a href="http://www.arduino.cc/">Arduino</a>, motion detectors, etc.)</li>
<li>Mobiles and tablets (phones, tablets, laptops and everything in between)</li>
<li>Flat-screens (desktops, TVs, etc.)</li>
<li>Public and immersive displays (store kiosks, large stadium screens, projectors, Kinects, etc.)</li>
</ul>
<p>Not all of these need to be used at the same time, because they won’t all be appropriate to the story you are telling. Context is extremely important.</p>
<p>Now, as promised, here are the <strong>five essentials of multi-screen storytelling</strong>.</p>
<h3>1. Divide Your Story Into Separate Content Blocks</h3>
<p>When we create multi-screen narratives, we need to <strong>find natural breakpoints</strong> in the story, places where the <strong>visual or narrative content</strong> can easily be separated. This enables us to deliver different segments to different devices, in different contexts.</p>
<p>Kolobok is a Slavic children’s story about the adventures of a round yellow cake. For the Moscow International Festival, a large team of designers and animators from SilaSveta Studio incorporated it into a <a href="http://portfolios.risd.edu/gallery/Kolobok/5648689">truly fascinating demonstration</a> of storytelling. Before the show, the team set up a large touchscreen at the children’s height. With their hands, the kids could manipulate parts of the animation by adding movement and color.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/kolobok-story-on-touchscreen.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-157205" alt="kolobok-story-on-touchscreen" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/kolobok-story-on-touchscreen.jpg" width="500" height="281" /></a><br /><em>A public display for children to play with</em></p>
<p>For the show itself, the full story was projected onto the facade of a large building, allowing the crowd of adults and their children to watch the narrative unfold. Along with sound, it made for another discrete content block, one that closely resembled a 3-D movie.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/kolobok-story-on-building.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-157204" alt="kolobok-story-on-building" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/kolobok-story-on-building.jpg" width="500" height="281" /></a><br /><em>The full animated story in front of a large festival crowd</em></p>
<p>While the touchscreen and the movie were different views of the same content, they could exist as independent pieces and did not have to appear next to each other. The SilaSveta team found the natural breakpoints in its story and created two separate visual experiences to match them.</p>
<h4>Questions to Ask</h4>
<ul>
<li><strong>Where are the breakpoints in the story?</strong> Divide your content so that it makes sense in context. The practice of responsive design gives us <a title="Mark Boulton on designing for content first" href="http://www.markboulton.co.uk/journal/a-richer-canvas">numerous guidelines</a> on how to do this.</li>
<li><strong>Can those content blocks exist independently?</strong> Sometimes, the answer is no, but it depends on the story. In the Kolobok example above, they can. In other interactive stories, such as <a title="Snow Fall from the NY Times" href="http://www.nytimes.com/projects/2012/snow-fall/#/?part=tunnel-creek">Snow Fall</a> from the New York Times, the blocks are chapters in a single story and should be kept together.</li>
</ul>
<h3>2. Offer People Multiple Perspectives</h3>
<p><a href="http://bear71.nfb.ca/#/bear71">Bear 71</a> is an award-winning multi-screen experience created by Jeremy Mendes and Leanne Allison. The creators tell the story of a bear living in Banff National Park in Canada. It feels like a cross between a role-playing game and a TV documentary, and as a <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=58jHqrymqPM">linear narrative with a non-linear interface</a>, it works beautifully.</p>
<p><a href="http://bear71.nfb.ca/#/bear71"><img alt="bear71-story-site" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/bear71-story-site.jpg" width="500" height="328" /></a><br /><em>The Bear 71 story is told in a highly abstracted interface.</em></p>
<p><strong>Multiple viewpoints are accessible</strong>. Online, you roam in a stylized landscape, watch crittercam footage from the forest, and otherwise live as bears do — freely. Even though it may look like a game interface, you are not so much “playing” as you are participating in a story. Watching real crittercam footage, you see what the forest silently sees. You also have the option to turn on your webcam (“stealth mode”) to see other users around the world, all watching the same story online.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/bear71-AR-installation.jpg"><img alt="bear71-AR-installation" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/bear71-AR-installation.jpg" width="500" height="400" /></a></p>
<p>During shows and installations, the team responsible for Bear 71 set up augmented-reality applications and motion-detection cameras, so that visitors could experience <a href="http://iambear71.tumblr.com/post/16604858064/walls-of-surveillance-images-of-bear71-subjects">what it’s like to have their pictures taken</a> with one. By playing with the augmented-reality apps and the motion-detection cameras at the installations, <strong>users got a bit of the same physical experience that the bears had</strong>.</p>
<h4>Questions to Ask</h4>
<ul>
<li><strong>Does the narrative change when viewed from a different perspective?</strong> A variety of perspectives can make a narrative much more fascinating. Bear 71 forces us to see the world first from the bear’s perspective and to sympathize with its loss of habitat, but other viewpoints take a slightly different angle. The voyeurism common in our digital sharing culture takes on a different meaning when used for animal surveillance.</li>
<li><strong>What data sets can be used in the narrative?</strong> Bear 71 cleverly combines crittercam video, GPS data, cell tower data, augmented reality, and topographical data. The photographs of visitors to the installation provide an additional emotional layer of data. The data we bring into our stories helps to define additional viewpoints and characters.</li>
</ul>
<h3>3. Redefine A Tradition</h3>
<p>As Western culture has moved more deeply into Nigeria, Nigeria’s traditions are weakening. I wanted to take a piece of my culture and put it in the cloud, instead of leaving it locked in the heads of our oral storytellers. That meant redefining how the stories are relayed, how they are saved and, most importantly, what messages they convey to the audience.</p>
<p>In 2011, I started a project named <a href="http://pixel-fable.com/">Pixel Fable</a> in which I take those traditional stories and reinterpret them online. In essence, I’m creating an <strong>interactive archive of Nigerian stories</strong>. As mentioned earlier, the oral histories of Nigerians are rich, but capturing them and translating them into digital stories means they will reach a wider audience. About 25% of my website’s visitors come from the US, while another 25% come from Japan. Canada, France and Germany also send a fair amount of traffic.</p>
<p>Pixel Fable uses responsive websites, iOS apps and augmented-reality animations to reinterpret Nigeria’s oral history.</p>
<p><a href="http://tapestry.is/yJe4E/"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-157211" alt="pixel-fable-logo" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/pixel-fable-logo.jpg" width="500" height="352" /></a><br /><em>An introductory screen from “<a title="Cricket and Mudbrick from Pixel Fable" href="http://tapestry.is/yJe4E/">Cricket and Mud Brick</a>,” a new Pixel Fable story built with the Tapestry app</em></p>
<p>I’ve relied on <strong>two primary contexts to reinterpret the old Nigerian storytelling tradition</strong>. The first is people on their tablets and phones, clicking on and reading the stories. The <a href="http://www.nielsen.com/us/en/newswire/2013/the-teen-transition--adolescents-of-today--adults-of-tomorrow.html">spread of mobile devices</a> makes this inevitable — why not tell African fables in a more accessible context? The second is my attempt to update the moral lessons for our modern age. While the original story of the Ear and the Mosquito may be a funny tale about annoying insects, the lesson can be updated to speak about how mosquitoes spread malaria in Nigeria. There’s room to redefine our old myths for the 21st century.</p>
<h4>Questions to Ask</h4>
<ul>
<li><strong>Will people love or hate the reimagined version?</strong> Not every fable or myth can (<a href="http://www.npr.org/2012/03/02/147573582/the-lorax-a-campy-and-whimsical-seussical">or should</a>) be recreated digitally. However, if people have an emotional reaction to a story that you have designed and pushed out to multiple screens, that is usually a good sign.</li>
<li><strong>If people talk about your narrative, will it bring about change in society?</strong> Each Pixel Fable story has a message. Most fables do. Some revolve around love triangles, others around the wisdom of elders, and there’s even one about why you shouldn’t get angry at your friends. They are small messages, but put together, they force us to reconsider how we treat the narrative history of people in Nigeria and West Africa.</li>
</ul>
<h3>4. Immerse People In The Narrative</h3>
<p>The Walking Dead, the famous comic and now TV show, used a <a href="http://www.amctv.com/shows/the-walking-dead/story-sync">polling Web app</a> (AMC’s Story Sync, if you like marketing-speak) to ask viewers questions and show related content as an episode was being broadcast on TV. While the app was simply timed to each scene, it was an experiment in multi-screen storytelling that invited <strong>audience participation</strong>, not just audience attention. Polling has a <a href="http://www.engadget.com/2013/01/11/the-state-of-the-second-screen/">gimmicky feel to it</a>, but that probably came about as a result of Hollywood pressure and doesn’t reflect the value of the concept in general.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/walking-dead-story-sync.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-157215" alt="walking-dead-story-sync" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/walking-dead-story-sync.jpg" width="500" height="340" /></a><br /><em>Polling and syncing apps extend narratives from the TV to the couch.</em></p>
<p>The creators also added <a href="http://www.amctv.com/shows/the-walking-dead/mobile">mobile gaming</a> to the mix, bringing viewers “into” the story in a completely different way, in different contexts.</p>
<p>All of these facets of each story’s arc <strong>enabled people to immerse themselves</strong> in this apocalyptic narrative. Jason Spero of Google <a title="Multi-screen mania" href="http://gigaom.com/2012/08/29/multi-screen-mania-how-our-devices-work-together/">notes</a> the need for a seamless experience as users move between devices. Other people, however, say that a second-screen experience can be extremely distracting, forcing viewers to <a href="http://gigaom.com/2012/09/09/can-breaking-bads-story-sync-get-viewers-to-give-up-their-dvrs/">miss key parts</a> of the TV show. It is the opposite of an immersive experience, they say, and is confusing to use. In my opinion, each content block should work independently to avoid putting users in this position.</p>
<h4>Questions to Ask</h4>
<ul>
<li><strong>Will people forget where they are?</strong> I’ll be the first to admit that this is not always a good thing. I can’t count the number of times that I’ve almost missed my train stop because my head was buried in my phone. Context, not only device capability, is key. Do you want users to get lost in the story or just engage in a manageable chunk?</li>
<li><strong>Do the screens you have chosen feel natural?</strong> By this, I’m not referring to pixel density. That is simply impossible to control, and if the story if good, it won’t matter anyway. The screens that people choose will depend a lot on the tasks they want to complete, so make your story feel natural for whatever content block they are interacting with.</li>
</ul>
<h3>5. Design Contextual Interactions</h3>
<p>Recently, a number of storytelling apps have relied on location to serve additional content, much in the same way that Foursquare or Google Maps do. <a href="http://www.thesilenthistory.com/">The Silent History</a> is a dystopian science-fiction story about children who do not speak. The iPad app contains the whole story, but by visiting certain geo-tagged locations, users can access additional content.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/silent-history-story.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-157216" alt="silent-history-story" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/silent-history-story.jpg" width="500" height="307" /></a></p>
<p>For a novel about children all over the US, <strong>inviting readers to physically go to where the story’s kids are</strong> makes perfect sense. The additional contextual interaction makes the story more layered and thought-provoking, in a way that a simple app would not be.</p>
<p>We use map data every day, to look for restaurants, check the weather, see road conditions and even check for public transit delays. Other <strong>contextual interactions</strong> make sense when creating digital stories: taking photographs, texting, sharing and saving information, even <a href="https://getmyo.com/">body motion</a>. Use these, along with your UI and UX skill sets, to devise new storytelling methods.</p>
<h4>Questions to Ask</h4>
<ul>
<li><strong>Does the device matter?</strong> With the rise of responsive design workflows, our content should not be device-dependent. Some things, however, such as camera or GPS functionality, may be integral to a part of your story, and so the device would need to be factored in.</li>
<li><strong>Should the interface be designed as a seamless part of the narrative?</strong> As people who work on the Web, we really have a strength here. If we choose to make the interface part of the story, then we can rely on our experience in building websites and content management systems.</li>
<li><strong>Will your story “remember” anything? </strong>As a child, I folded over the top corner of the page when I had to put a book down. It was a simple way to keep my place. With a narrative split across multiple devices, it might be necessary to design an interaction that flags where you’ve gotten to and then returns you there when you visit again. That all depends on the content, but the question does need to be asked. Everyone hates losing their place on the Internet and having to navigate back, so perhaps we should enable a memory in our stories as well.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Conclusion</h3>
<p>We have conceptualized different uses of multiple screens to tell stories. All of us, from every corner of the globe, have intensely rich cultures <strong>filled with stories and fables</strong>. Using them to create interactive narratives is another way to <a title="Books and Print Sandbox" href="http://www.react-hub.org.uk/books-and-print-sandbox/commissions/2013/">explore the power of the Web</a>, to wow people and to record our cultural history.</p>
<p>I would love to see what you come up with, or hear about other examples of clever digital storytelling.</p>
<p><em>(al) (ea)</em></p>
<hr />
<p><small>© Senongo Akpem for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/13/fable-myth-narrative-create-multiscreen-narratives/">Fables, Myths And Narratives: Converting Our Stories Into Multi-Screen Experiences</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/13/fable-myth-narrative-create-multiscreen-narratives/feed/atom/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="" length="" type="" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Keeping The Big &lt;picture&gt; Small: How To Avoid Duplicate Downloads In Responsive Images</title>
		<link>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/prevent-duplicate-images-downloaded-picture-element/</link>
		<comments>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/prevent-duplicate-images-downloaded-picture-element/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 10 May 2013 13:52:03 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>newsfeed</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Smashing Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://mgmt.smashingmagazine.com/?p=159032</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><table width="650"><tr><td width="650">
<div><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0"><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" border="0" alt=""></a></div>
</td>
</tr></table><p>The <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> element is a new addition to HTML5 that&#8217;s being championed by the W3C&#8217;s <a href="http://responsiveimages.org/">Responsive Images Community Group</a> (RICG). It is intended to provide a declarative, markup-based solution to enable responsive images without the need of JavaScript libraries or complicated server-side detection.</p>
<p>The <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> element supports a number of different types of fallback content, <strong>but the current implementation of these fallbacks is problematic</strong>. In this article, we&#8217;ll explore how the fallbacks work, how they fail and what can be done about it.</p>
<h3>The <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> Element And Fallback Content</h3>
<p>Like <code>&#60;video&#62;</code> and <code>&#60;audio&#62;</code>, <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> uses <code>&#60;source&#62;</code> elements to provide a set of images that the browser can choose from. The <code>&#60;source&#62;</code> elements may optionally contain <code>type</code> and <code>media</code> attributes to let the browser know the file type and media type of the source, respectively. Given the information in the attributes, the browser should render the first <code>&#60;source&#62;</code> with a supported file type and matching media query. For example:</p>
<pre><code>
&#60;picture&#62;
    &#60;source src="landscape.webp" type="image/webp" media="screen and (min-width: 20em) and (orientation: landscape)" /&#62;
    &#60;source src="landscape.jpg" type="image/jpg" media="screen and (min-width: 20em) and (orientation: landscape)" /&#62;
    &#60;source src="portrait.webp" type="image/webp" media="screen and (max-width: 20em) and (orientation: portrait)" /&#62;
    &#60;source src="portrait.jpg" type="image/jpg" media="screen and (max-width: 20em) and (orientation: portrait)" /&#62;
&#60;/picture&#62;
</code></pre>
<p>For situations in which a browser doesn&#8217;t know how to deal with <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> (or <code>&#60;video&#62;</code> or <code>&#60;audio&#62;</code>) or cannot render any of the <code>&#60;source&#62;</code> elements, a developer can <strong>include fallback content</strong>. This fallback content is often either an image or descriptive text; if the fallback content is an <code>&#60;img&#62;</code>, then a further fallback is provided in the <code>alt</code> attribute (or <code>longdesc</code>), as normal.</p>
<pre><code>
&#60;picture&#62;
    &#60;source type="image/webp" src="image.webp" /&#62;
    &#60;source type="image/vnd.ms-photo" src="image.jxr" /&#62;
    &#60;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants"&#62;
&#60;/picture&#62;
</code></pre>
<p>The <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> element differs from <code>&#60;video&#62;</code> and <code>&#60;audio&#62;</code> in that it also allows <code>srcset</code>. The <code>srcset</code> attribute enables a developer to specify different images based on a device&#8217;s pixel density. When creating a responsive image using both <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> and <code>srcset</code>, we might expect something like the following:</p>
<pre><code>
&#60;picture&#62;
    &#60;source srcset="big.jpg 1x, big-2x.jpg 2x, big-3x.jpg 3x" type="image/jpeg" media="(min-width: 40em)" /&#62;
    &#60;source srcset="med.jpg 1x, med-2x.jpg 2x, med-3x.jpg 3x" type="image/jpeg" /&#62;
    &#60;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants" /&#62;
&#60;/picture&#62;
</code></pre>
<p>The idea behind a <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> example like this is that exactly one image should be downloaded, according to the user&#8217;s context:</p>
<ul><li>Users with <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> support and a viewport at least 40 ems wide should get the <code>big</code> image.</li>
<li>Users with <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> support and a viewport narrower than 40 ems should get the <code>med</code> image.</li>
<li>Users without <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> support should get the fallback image.</li>
</ul><p>If the browser chooses to display the <code>big</code> or <code>med</code> source, it can choose an image at an appropriate resolution based on the <code>srcset</code> attribute:</p>
<ul><li>A browser on a low-resolution device (such as an iMac) should show the <code>1x</code> image.</li>
<li>A browser on a higher-resolution device (such as an iPhone with a Retina display) should show the <code>2x</code> image.</li>
<li>A browser on a next-generation device with even higher resolution should show the <code>3x</code> image.</li>
</ul><p><strong>The benefit to the user is that only one image file is downloaded</strong>, regardless of feature support, viewport dimensions or screen density.</p>
<p>The <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> element also has the ability to use non-image fallbacks, which should be great for accessibility: if no image can be displayed or if a user needs a description of an image, then a <code>&#60;p&#62;</code> or <code>&#60;span&#62;</code> or <code>&#60;table&#62;</code> or any other element may be included as a fallback. This allows for more robust and content-appropriate fallbacks than a simple <code>alt</code> attribute.</p>
<h3>The Fallback Problem</h3>
<p>Right now, the <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> element is not supported in any shipped browsers. Developers who want to use <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> can use <a href="http://scottjehl.com/">Scott Jehl</a>&#8217;s <a href="https://github.com/scottjehl/picturefill">Picturefill</a> polyfill. Also, <a href="http://blog.yoav.ws/">Yoav Weiss</a> has created a Chromium-based prototype <a href="http://downloads.responsiveimages.org/">reference implementation</a> that has partial support for <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code>. This Chromium build not only shows that browser support for <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> is technically possible, but also enables us to check functionality and behavior against our expectations.</p>
<p>When testing examples like the above in his Chromium build, Yoav spotted a problem: even though <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> is supported, and even though one of the first two <code>&#60;source&#62;</code> elements was being loaded, the fallback <code>&#60;img&#62;</code> was <em>also</em> loaded. <strong>Two images were being downloaded, even though only one was being used.</strong></p>
<p>This happens because browsers &#8220;look ahead&#8221; as HTML is being downloaded and immediately start downloading images. As Yoav explains:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;When the parser encounters an img tag it creates an HTMLImageElement node and adds its attributes to it. When the attributes are added, the node is not aware of its parents, and when an &#8216;src&#8217; attribute is added, an image download is immediately triggered.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>This kind of &#8220;look ahead&#8221; parsing works great most of the time because the browser can start downloading images even before it has finished downloading all of the HTML. But in cases where an <code>img</code> element is a child of <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> (or <code>&#60;video&#62;</code> or <code>&#60;audio&#62;</code>), the browser wouldn&#8217;t (currently) care about the parent element: it would just see an <code>img</code> and start downloading. The problem also occurs if we forget about the parent element and just consider an <code>&#60;img&#62;</code> that has both the <code>src</code> and <code>srcset</code> attributes: the parser would download the <code>src</code> image before choosing and downloading a resource from <code>srcset</code>.</p>
<pre><code>
&#60;picture&#62;
    &#60;source srcset="big.jpg 1x, big-2x.jpg 2x, big-3x.jpg 3x" media="(min-width: 40em)" /&#62;
    &#60;source srcset="med.jpg 1x, med-2x.jpg 2x, med-3x.jpg 3x" /&#62;
    &#60;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants" /&#62;
    &#60;!-- fallback.jpg is *always* downloaded --&#62;
&#60;/picture&#62;

&#60;img src="fallback.jpg" srcset="med.jpg 1x, med-2x.jpg 2x, med-3x.jpg 3x" alt="fancy pants" /&#62;
&#60;!-- fallback.jpg is *always* downloaded --&#62;

&#60;video&#62;
    &#60;source src="video.mp4" type="video/mp4" /&#62;
    &#60;source src="video.webm" type="video/webm" /&#62;
    &#60;source src="video.ogv" type="video/ogg" /&#62;
    &#60;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants" /&#62;
    &#60;!-- fallback.jpg is *always* downloaded --&#62;
&#60;/video&#62;
</code></pre>
<p>In all of these cases, we would have multiple images being downloaded instead of just the one being displayed. But who cares? Well, your users who are downloading extra content and wasting time and money would care, especially the ones with bandwidth caps and slow connections. And maybe you, too, if you&#8217;re paying for the bandwidth you serve.</p>
<h3>A Potential Solution</h3>
<p>This problem needs both short- and long-term solutions.</p>
<p>In the long term, we need to make sure that browser implementations of <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> (and <code>&#60;video&#62;</code> and <code>&#60;audio&#62;</code>) can overcome this bug. For example, <a href="http://berjon.com/">Robin Berjon</a> has suggested that it might be possible to treat the contents of <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> as inert, like the contents of <code>&#60;template&#62;</code>, and to use the Shadow DOM (see, for example, &#8220;<a href="http://www.html5rocks.com/en/tutorials/webcomponents/template/">HTML5&#8217;s New Template Tag: Standardizing Client-Side Templating</a>&#8221;). Yoav has suggested using an attribute on <code>&#60;img&#62;</code> to indicate that the browser should wait to download the <code>src</code>.</p>
<p>While changing the way the parser works is technically possible, it would make the implementation more complicated. Changing the parser could also affect JavaScript code and libraries that assume a download has been triggered as soon as a <code>src</code> attribute is added to an <code>&#60;img&#62;</code>. These long-term changes would require cooperation from browser vendors, JavaScript library creators and developers.</p>
<p>In the short term, we need a working solution that avoids wasted bandwidth when experimenting with <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> and <code>srcset</code>, and when using <code>&#60;video&#62;</code> and <code>&#60;audio&#62;</code> with <code>&#60;img&#62;</code> fallbacks. Because of the difficulty and time involved in updating specifications and browsers, a short-term solution would need to rely on existing tools and browser behaviors.</p>
<p>So, what is currently available to us that solves this in the short term? Our old friends <code>&#60;object&#62;</code> and <code>&#60;embed&#62;</code>, both of which can be used to display images. If you load an image using these tags, it will <strong>display properly in the appropriate fallback conditions, but it won&#8217;t otherwise be downloaded</strong>.</p>
<p>Different browsers behave differently according to whether we use <code>&#60;object&#62;</code>, <code>&#60;embed&#62;</code> or both. To find the best solution, I tested (using a slightly modified version of <a href="https://gist.github.com/4062299">this gist</a>) in:</p>
<ul><li>Android browser 528.5+/4.0/525.20.1 on Android 1.6 (using a virtualized Sony Xperia X10 on BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Android browser 533.1/4.0/533.1 on Android 2.3.3 (using a virtualized Samsung Galaxy S II on BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Android browser 534.30/4.0/534.30 on Android 4.2 (using a virtualized LG Nexus 4 on BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Chrome 25.0.1364.160 on OS X 10.8.2</li>
<li>Chromium 25.0.1336.0 (169465) (RICG Build) on OS X 10.8.2</li>
<li>Firefox 19.0.2 on OS X 10.8.2</li>
<li>Internet Explorer 6.0.3790.1830 on Windows XP (using BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Internet Explorer 7.0.5730.13 on Windows XP (using BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Internet Explorer 8.0.6001.19222 on Windows 7 (using BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Internet Explorer 9.0.8112.16421 on Windows 7 (using BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Internet Explorer 10.0.9200.16384 (desktop) on Windows 8 (using BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Opera 12.14 build 1738 on OS X 10.8.2</li>
<li>Opera Mobile 9.80/2.11.355/12.10 on Android 2.3.7 (using a virtualized Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 on Opera Mobile Emulator for Mac)</li>
<li>Safari 6.0.2 (8536.26.17) on OS X 10.8.2</li>
<li>Safari (Mobile) 536.26/6.0/10B144/8536.25 on iOS 6.1 (10B144) (using an iPhone 4)</li>
<li>Safari (Mobile) 536.26/6.0/10B144/8536.25 on iOS 6.1 (10B141) (using an iPad 2)</li>
</ul><p>I ran five tests:</p>
<ol><li><code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> falls back to <code>&#60;object&#62;</code></li>
<li><code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> falls back to <code>&#60;embed&#62;</code></li>
<li><code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> falls back to <code>&#60;object&#62;</code>, which falls back to <code>&#60;embed&#62;</code></li>
<li><code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> falls back to <code>&#60;object&#62;</code>, which falls back to <code>&#60;img&#62;</code></li>
<li><code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> falls back to <code>&#60;img&#62;</code></li>
</ol><p><strong>I found the following support:</strong></p>
<table><caption>What the user sees</caption>
<thead><tr><th></th>
<th>Test 1</th>
<th>Test 2</th>
<th>Test 3</th>
<th>Test 4</th>
<th>Test 5</th>
</tr></thead><tbody><tr><th>Android 1.6</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>Android 2.3</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>Android 4.2</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>Chrome 25</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>Chromium 25 (RICG)</th>
<td>picture/source image</td>
<td>picture/source image</td>
<td>picture/source image</td>
<td>picture/source image</td>
<td>picture/source image</td>
</tr><tr><th>Firefox 19</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 6</th>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 7</th>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 8</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 9</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image (cropped and scrollable)</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 10</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image (cropped and scrollable)</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>Opera 12.1</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>Opera Mobile 12.1</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari 6</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari iOS 6 (iPad)</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari iOS 6 (iPhone)</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr></tbody></table><table><caption>HTTP requests</caption>
<thead><tr><th></th>
<th>Test 1</th>
<th>Test 2</th>
<th>Test 3</th>
<th>Test 4</th>
<th>Test 5</th>
</tr></thead><tbody><tr><th>Android 1.6</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>Android 2.3</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>Android 4.2</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>Chrome 25</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>Chromium 25 (RICG)</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
</tr><tr><th>Firefox 19</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 6</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>none</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 7</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>none</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 8</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>none</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 9</th>
<td>1 HEAD, 1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 HEAD, 1 GET</td>
<td>1 HEAD, 2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 10</th>
<td>1 HEAD, 1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 HEAD, 1 GET</td>
<td>1 HEAD, 2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>Opera 12.1</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>Opera Mobile 12.1</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari 6</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari iOS 6 (iPad)</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari iOS 6 (iPhone)</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr></tbody></table><table><caption>Image-aware context menu</caption>
<thead><tr><th></th>
<th>Test 1</th>
<th>Test 2</th>
<th>Test 3</th>
<th>Test 4</th>
<th>Test 5</th>
</tr></thead><tbody><tr><th>Android 1.6</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>Android 2.3</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>Android 4.2</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>Chrome 25</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>Chromium 25 (RICG)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Firefox 19</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 6</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 7</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 8</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 9</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>IE 10</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>Opera 12.1</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>Opera Mobile 12.1</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari 6</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari iOS 6 (iPad)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari iOS 6 (iPhone)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr></tbody></table><h3>Making Sure The Content Is Accessible</h3>
<p>Although the specifics of how to provide fallback content for <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> are <a href="https://github.com/ResponsiveImagesCG/picture-element/pull/23">still being debated</a> (see also <a href="https://github.com/ResponsiveImagesCG/picture-element/issues/6">this thread</a>), I wanted to test how Apple&#8217;s VoiceOver performed with different elements. For these experiments, I checked whether VoiceOver read <code>alt</code> attributes in various places, as well as fallback <code>&#60;span&#62;</code> elements. Unfortunately, I wasn&#8217;t able to test using other screen readers or assistive technology, although I&#8217;d love to hear about your experiences.</p>
<table><caption>Read by VoiceOver</caption>
<thead><tr><th></th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>picture</code></th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>source</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>source</code>)</th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>object</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>object</code>)</th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>embed</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>embed</code>)</th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>embed</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>object</code> &#8594; <code>embed</code>)</th>
</tr></thead><tbody><tr><th>Chrome 25</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Chromium 25 (RICG)</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Firefox 19</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Opera 12.1</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari 6</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari iOS 6 (iPad)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari iOS 6 (iPhone)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr></tbody></table><table><caption>Read by VoiceOver</caption>
<thead><tr><th></th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>img</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>object</code> &#8594; <code>img</code>)</th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>img</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>img</code>)</th>
<th><code>span</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>span</code>)</th>
<th><code>span</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>object</code> &#8594; <code>span</code>)</th>
</tr></thead><tbody><tr><th>Chrome 25</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Chromium 25 (RICG)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Firefox 19</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Opera 12.1</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari 6</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari iOS 6 (iPad)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr><tr><th>Safari iOS 6 (iPhone)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr></tbody></table><h3>Bulletproof Syntax</h3>
<p>Based on these data, I&#8217;ve come up with the following &#8220;bulletproof&#8221; solution:</p>
<pre><code>
&#60;picture alt="fancy pants"&#62;
    &#60;!-- loaded by browsers that support picture and that support one of the sources --&#62;
    &#60;source srcset="big.jpg 1x, big-2x.jpg 2x, big-3x.jpg" type="image/jpeg" media="(min-width: 40em)" /&#62;
    &#60;source srcset="med.jpg 1x, med-2x.jpg 2x, big-3x.jpg" type="image/jpeg" /&#62;

    &#60;!-- loaded by IE 8+, non-IE browsers that don&#8217;t support picture, and browsers that support picture but cannot find an appropriate source --&#62;
    &#60;![if gte IE 8]&#62;
    &#60;object data="fallback.jpg" type="image/jpeg"&#62;&#60;/object&#62;
    &#60;span class="fake-alt"&#62;fancy pants&#60;/span&#62;
    &#60;![endif]&#62;

    &#60;!-- loaded by IE 6 and 7 --&#62;
    &#60;!--[if lt IE 8]&#62;
    &#60;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants" /&#62;
    &#60;![endif]--&#62;
&#60;/picture&#62;

.fake-alt {
    border: 0;
    clip: rect(0 0 0 0);
    height: 1px;
    margin: -1px;
    overflow: hidden;
    padding: 0;
    position: absolute;
    width: 1px;
}
</code></pre>
<p>Here we have a <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> element, two sources to choose from for browsers that support <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code>, a fallback for most other browsers using <code>&#60;object&#62;</code> and a <code>&#60;span&#62;</code> (see note just below), and a separate <code>&#60;img&#62;</code> fallback for IE 7 and below. The empty <code>alt</code> prevents the actual image from being announced to screen readers, and the <code>&#60;span&#62;</code> is hidden using CSS (which is equivalent to <a href="http://html5boilerplate.com/">HTML5 Boilerplate</a>&#8217;s <code>.visuallyhidden</code> class) but still available to screen readers. The <code>&#60;embed&#62;</code> element is not needed.</p>
<p>(<strong>Note:</strong> The use of the <code>&#60;span&#62;</code> as a fake <code>alt</code> is necessary so that VoiceOver reads the text in Opera. Even though Opera has a relatively small footprint, and even though it&#8217;s in the process of being switched to WebKit, I still think it&#8217;s worth our consideration. However, if you don&#8217;t care about supporting that particular browser, you could get rid of the <code>&#60;span&#62;</code> and use an <code>alt</code> on the <code>&#60;object&#62;</code> instead (even though that isn&#8217;t strictly allowed by the specification). This is assuming that the <code>&#60;span&#62;</code> and <code>alt</code> have the same content. If you have a richer fallback element, such as a <code>&#60;table&#62;</code>, using both it <em>and</em> a non-empty <code>alt</code> attribute might be desirable.)</p>
<p>A similar solution should also work with <code>&#60;audio&#62;</code>, although <code>&#60;img&#62;</code> fallbacks for that element are, admittedly, rare. When dealing with <code>&#60;video&#62;</code>, the problem goes away if our fallback image is the same as our poster image. If these may be the same, then the &#8220;bulletproof&#8221; syntax for <code>&#60;video&#62;</code> would be this:</p>
<pre><code>
&#60;video poster="fallback.jpg"&#62;
    &#60;!-- loaded by browsers that support video and that support one of the sources --&#62;
    &#60;source src="video.mp4" type="video/mp4" /&#62;
    &#60;source src="video.webm" type="video/webm" /&#62;
    &#60;source src="video.ogv" type="video/ogg" /&#62;

    &#60;!-- loaded by browsers that don't support video, and browsers that support video but cannot find an appropriate source --&#62;
    &#60;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants" /&#62;
&#60;/video&#62;
</code></pre>
<p>However, if your <code>&#60;video&#62;</code> needs a separate fallback and poster image, then you might want to consider using the same structure as the <code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> solution above.</p>
<p>Note that <code>&#60;video&#62;</code> and <code>&#60;audio&#62;</code> don&#8217;t have <code>alt</code> attributes, and even if you add them, they will be ignored by VoiceOver. For accessible video, you might want to look into the work being done with <a href="http://dev.w3.org/html5/webvtt/">Web Video Text Tracks</a> (WebVTT).</p>
<p>Unfortunately, extensive testing with <code>&#60;video&#62;</code> and <code>&#60;audio&#62;</code> elements is beyond the scope of this article, so let us know in the comments if you find anything interesting with these.</p>
<h3>How Good (Or Bad) Is This Solution?</h3>
<p>Let&#8217;s get the bad out of the way first, shall we? This solution is hacky. It&#8217;s obviously not workable as a real, long-term solution. It is crazy verbose; no one in their right mind wants to code all of this just to put an image on a page.</p>
<p>Also, semantically, we really should use an <code>&#60;img&#62;</code> element to display an image, not an <code>&#60;object&#62;</code>. That&#8217;s what <code>&#60;img&#62;</code> is for.</p>
<p>And there are some practical issues:</p>
<ul><li>Chrome and Safari won&#8217;t show proper context menus for the images, meaning that users won&#8217;t be able to open or save them easily.</li>
<li>IE 9 and 10 send an extra HEAD request along with the GET request.</li>
<li>Using a <code>&#60;span&#62;</code> as a fake <code>alt</code> is pretty sketchy, and although it worked for my tests in VoiceOver, it could potentially cause other accessibility problems.</li>
</ul><p>All that being said, as a short-term solution, it&#8217;s not <em>too</em> bad. <strong>We get these benefits:</strong></p>
<ul><li>A visible image in every browser is tested (<code>&#60;picture&#62;</code> and <code>&#60;source&#62;</code> when supported, and the fallback otherwise).</li>
<li>Only one HTTP GET request in every browser is tested (and the extra <code>HEAD</code> request and response in IE are tiny).</li>
<li>VoiceOver is supported (and is hopefully supported with other screen readers).</li>
</ul><pre><code>
&#60;!-- show screenshot of network pane here --&#62;
</code></pre>


<p>The semantics of the solution, while not ideal, are not horrible either: the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/html5/embedded-content-0.html#the-object-element">HTML5 specification</a> states that an <code>&#60;object&#62;</code> &#8220;element can represent an external resource, which, depending on the type of the resource, will either be treated as an <strong>image</strong>, as a nested browsing context, or as an external resource to be processed by a plugin&#8221; (emphasis mine).</p>
<p>And although the <code>&#60;span&#62;</code> is not as nice as a real <code>alt</code> attribute, using a visually hidden element for accessibility is not uncommon. Consider, for example, &#8220;Skip to content&#8221; links that are visibly hidden but available to screen readers.</p>
<h3>Next Steps</h3>
<p>The best part about this solution, though, is that it highlights how bad the current situation is. This is a real problem, and it deserves a better solution than the monstrosity I&#8217;ve proposed.</p>
<p>We need discussion and participation from both developers and browser vendors on this. Getting support from browser makers is crucial; a specification can be written for any old thing, but it doesn&#8217;t become real until it is implemented in browsers. <strong>Support from developers is needed</strong> to make sure that the solution is good enough to get used in the real world. This consensus-based approach is what was used to add the <code>&#60;main&#62;</code> element to the specification recently; Steve Faulkner discusses this process a bit in his excellent <a href="http://html5doctor.com/interview-steve-faulkner-html5-editor-new-doctor/">interview with HTML5 Doctor</a>.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;re interested in helping to solve this problem, please consider joining the discussion:</p>
<ul><li><a href="http://www.w3.org/community/respimg/">Join the RICG</a>, and participate in the <a href="irc://irc.w3.org:6665/#respimg">#respimg IRC channel</a> and the <a href="http://list.responsiveimages.org/">public-respimg mailing list</a>.</li>
<li>Check out the <a href="http://gh.responsiveimages.org/">RICG on GitHub</a>, and consider adding your voice to the <a href="https://github.com/ResponsiveImagesCG/picture-element/issues/5#issuecomment-15807311">discussion on this issue</a>.</li>
<li>Join the <a href="http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/public-html/">W3C public-html mailing list</a> and <a href="http://lists.whatwg.org/listinfo.cgi/whatwg-whatwg.org">the WHATWG mailing list</a> to follow and contribute to discussions about the specifications.</li>
<li>Help fix problems with current implementations by reviewing, patching, commenting on and filing bugs for <a href="https://bugs.webkit.org/">WebKit</a>, <a href="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/">Mozilla</a> and <a href="https://connect.microsoft.com/IE/">Internet Explorer</a>.</li>
</ul><p>The next step towards a long-term solution is to achieve consensus among developers and browser vendors on how this should work. Don&#8217;t get left out of the conversation.</p>
<p><em>Thanks to fellow RICG members Yoav Weiss, Marcos C&#225;ceres and Mat Marquis for providing feedback on this article.</em></p>
<p><em>(al)</em></p>
<hr /><p><small>&#169; David Newton for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p> <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/prevent-duplicate-images-downloaded-picture-element/">Continue reading <span class="meta-nav">&#8594;</span></a></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/prevent-duplicate-images-downloaded-picture-element/">Keeping The Big &lt;picture&gt; Small: How To Avoid Duplicate Downloads In Responsive Images</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table width="650">
<tr>
<td width="650">
<div style="width:650px;"><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0" /><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" border="0" alt="" /></a></div>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>The <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> element is a new addition to HTML5 that’s being championed by the W3C’s <a href="http://responsiveimages.org/">Responsive Images Community Group</a> (RICG). It is intended to provide a declarative, markup-based solution to enable responsive images without the need of JavaScript libraries or complicated server-side detection.</p>
<p>The <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> element supports a number of different types of fallback content, <strong>but the current implementation of these fallbacks is problematic</strong>. In this article, we’ll explore how the fallbacks work, how they fail and what can be done about it.</p>
<h3>The <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> Element And Fallback Content</h3>
<p>Like <code>&lt;video&gt;</code> and <code>&lt;audio&gt;</code>, <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> uses <code>&lt;source&gt;</code> elements to provide a set of images that the browser can choose from. The <code>&lt;source&gt;</code> elements may optionally contain <code>type</code> and <code>media</code> attributes to let the browser know the file type and media type of the source, respectively. Given the information in the attributes, the browser should render the first <code>&lt;source&gt;</code> with a supported file type and matching media query. For example:</p>
<pre><code class="language-markup">
&lt;picture&gt;
    &lt;source src="landscape.webp" type="image/webp" media="screen and (min-width: 20em) and (orientation: landscape)" /&gt;
    &lt;source src="landscape.jpg" type="image/jpg" media="screen and (min-width: 20em) and (orientation: landscape)" /&gt;
    &lt;source src="portrait.webp" type="image/webp" media="screen and (max-width: 20em) and (orientation: portrait)" /&gt;
    &lt;source src="portrait.jpg" type="image/jpg" media="screen and (max-width: 20em) and (orientation: portrait)" /&gt;
&lt;/picture&gt;
</code></pre>
<p>For situations in which a browser doesn’t know how to deal with <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> (or <code>&lt;video&gt;</code> or <code>&lt;audio&gt;</code>) or cannot render any of the <code>&lt;source&gt;</code> elements, a developer can <strong>include fallback content</strong>. This fallback content is often either an image or descriptive text; if the fallback content is an <code>&lt;img&gt;</code>, then a further fallback is provided in the <code>alt</code> attribute (or <code>longdesc</code>), as normal.</p>
<pre><code class="language-markup">
&lt;picture&gt;
    &lt;source type="image/webp" src="image.webp" /&gt;
    &lt;source type="image/vnd.ms-photo" src="image.jxr" /&gt;
    &lt;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants"&gt;
&lt;/picture&gt;
</code></pre>
<p>The <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> element differs from <code>&lt;video&gt;</code> and <code>&lt;audio&gt;</code> in that it also allows <code>srcset</code>. The <code>srcset</code> attribute enables a developer to specify different images based on a device’s pixel density. When creating a responsive image using both <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> and <code>srcset</code>, we might expect something like the following:</p>
<pre><code class="language-markup">
&lt;picture&gt;
    &lt;source srcset="big.jpg 1x, big-2x.jpg 2x, big-3x.jpg 3x" type="image/jpeg" media="(min-width: 40em)" /&gt;
    &lt;source srcset="med.jpg 1x, med-2x.jpg 2x, med-3x.jpg 3x" type="image/jpeg" /&gt;
    &lt;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants" /&gt;
&lt;/picture&gt;
</code></pre>
<p>The idea behind a <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> example like this is that exactly one image should be downloaded, according to the user’s context:</p>
<ul>
<li>Users with <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> support and a viewport at least 40 ems wide should get the <code>big</code> image.</li>
<li>Users with <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> support and a viewport narrower than 40 ems should get the <code>med</code> image.</li>
<li>Users without <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> support should get the fallback image.</li>
</ul>
<p>If the browser chooses to display the <code>big</code> or <code>med</code> source, it can choose an image at an appropriate resolution based on the <code>srcset</code> attribute:</p>
<ul>
<li>A browser on a low-resolution device (such as an iMac) should show the <code>1x</code> image.</li>
<li>A browser on a higher-resolution device (such as an iPhone with a Retina display) should show the <code>2x</code> image.</li>
<li>A browser on a next-generation device with even higher resolution should show the <code>3x</code> image.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>The benefit to the user is that only one image file is downloaded</strong>, regardless of feature support, viewport dimensions or screen density.</p>
<p>The <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> element also has the ability to use non-image fallbacks, which should be great for accessibility: if no image can be displayed or if a user needs a description of an image, then a <code>&lt;p&gt;</code> or <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> or <code>&lt;table&gt;</code> or any other element may be included as a fallback. This allows for more robust and content-appropriate fallbacks than a simple <code>alt</code> attribute.</p>
<h3>The Fallback Problem</h3>
<p>Right now, the <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> element is not supported in any shipped browsers. Developers who want to use <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> can use <a href="http://scottjehl.com/">Scott Jehl</a>’s <a href="https://github.com/scottjehl/picturefill">Picturefill</a> polyfill. Also, <a href="http://blog.yoav.ws/">Yoav Weiss</a> has created a Chromium-based prototype <a href="http://downloads.responsiveimages.org/">reference implementation</a> that has partial support for <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code>. This Chromium build not only shows that browser support for <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> is technically possible, but also enables us to check functionality and behavior against our expectations.</p>
<p>When testing examples like the above in his Chromium build, Yoav spotted a problem: even though <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> is supported, and even though one of the first two <code>&lt;source&gt;</code> elements was being loaded, the fallback <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> was <em>also</em> loaded. <strong>Two images were being downloaded, even though only one was being used.</strong></p>
<p>This happens because browsers “look ahead” as HTML is being downloaded and immediately start downloading images. As Yoav explains:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;When the parser encounters an img tag it creates an HTMLImageElement node and adds its attributes to it. When the attributes are added, the node is not aware of its parents, and when an ‘src’ attribute is added, an image download is immediately triggered.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>This kind of “look ahead” parsing works great most of the time because the browser can start downloading images even before it has finished downloading all of the HTML. But in cases where an <code>img</code> element is a child of <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> (or <code>&lt;video&gt;</code> or <code>&lt;audio&gt;</code>), the browser wouldn’t (currently) care about the parent element: it would just see an <code>img</code> and start downloading. The problem also occurs if we forget about the parent element and just consider an <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> that has both the <code>src</code> and <code>srcset</code> attributes: the parser would download the <code>src</code> image before choosing and downloading a resource from <code>srcset</code>.</p>
<pre><code class="language-markup">
&lt;picture&gt;
    &lt;source srcset="big.jpg 1x, big-2x.jpg 2x, big-3x.jpg 3x" media="(min-width: 40em)" /&gt;
    &lt;source srcset="med.jpg 1x, med-2x.jpg 2x, med-3x.jpg 3x" /&gt;
    &lt;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants" /&gt;
    &lt;!-- fallback.jpg is *always* downloaded --&gt;
&lt;/picture&gt;

&lt;img src="fallback.jpg" srcset="med.jpg 1x, med-2x.jpg 2x, med-3x.jpg 3x" alt="fancy pants" /&gt;
&lt;!-- fallback.jpg is *always* downloaded --&gt;

&lt;video&gt;
    &lt;source src="video.mp4" type="video/mp4" /&gt;
    &lt;source src="video.webm" type="video/webm" /&gt;
    &lt;source src="video.ogv" type="video/ogg" /&gt;
    &lt;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants" /&gt;
    &lt;!-- fallback.jpg is *always* downloaded --&gt;
&lt;/video&gt;
</code></pre>
<p>In all of these cases, we would have multiple images being downloaded instead of just the one being displayed. But who cares? Well, your users who are downloading extra content and wasting time and money would care, especially the ones with bandwidth caps and slow connections. And maybe you, too, if you’re paying for the bandwidth you serve.</p>
<h3>A Potential Solution</h3>
<p>This problem needs both short- and long-term solutions.</p>
<p>In the long term, we need to make sure that browser implementations of <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> (and <code>&lt;video&gt;</code> and <code>&lt;audio&gt;</code>) can overcome this bug. For example, <a href="http://berjon.com/">Robin Berjon</a> has suggested that it might be possible to treat the contents of <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> as inert, like the contents of <code>&lt;template&gt;</code>, and to use the Shadow DOM (see, for example, “<a href="http://www.html5rocks.com/en/tutorials/webcomponents/template/">HTML5’s New Template Tag: Standardizing Client-Side Templating</a>”). Yoav has suggested using an attribute on <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> to indicate that the browser should wait to download the <code>src</code>.</p>
<p>While changing the way the parser works is technically possible, it would make the implementation more complicated. Changing the parser could also affect JavaScript code and libraries that assume a download has been triggered as soon as a <code>src</code> attribute is added to an <code>&lt;img&gt;</code>. These long-term changes would require cooperation from browser vendors, JavaScript library creators and developers.</p>
<p>In the short term, we need a working solution that avoids wasted bandwidth when experimenting with <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> and <code>srcset</code>, and when using <code>&lt;video&gt;</code> and <code>&lt;audio&gt;</code> with <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> fallbacks. Because of the difficulty and time involved in updating specifications and browsers, a short-term solution would need to rely on existing tools and browser behaviors.</p>
<p>So, what is currently available to us that solves this in the short term? Our old friends <code>&lt;object&gt;</code> and <code>&lt;embed&gt;</code>, both of which can be used to display images. If you load an image using these tags, it will <strong>display properly in the appropriate fallback conditions, but it won’t otherwise be downloaded</strong>.</p>
<p>Different browsers behave differently according to whether we use <code>&lt;object&gt;</code>, <code>&lt;embed&gt;</code> or both. To find the best solution, I tested (using a slightly modified version of <a href="https://gist.github.com/4062299">this gist</a>) in:</p>
<ul>
<li>Android browser 528.5+/4.0/525.20.1 on Android 1.6 (using a virtualized Sony Xperia X10 on BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Android browser 533.1/4.0/533.1 on Android 2.3.3 (using a virtualized Samsung Galaxy S II on BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Android browser 534.30/4.0/534.30 on Android 4.2 (using a virtualized LG Nexus 4 on BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Chrome 25.0.1364.160 on OS X 10.8.2</li>
<li>Chromium 25.0.1336.0 (169465) (RICG Build) on OS X 10.8.2</li>
<li>Firefox 19.0.2 on OS X 10.8.2</li>
<li>Internet Explorer 6.0.3790.1830 on Windows XP (using BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Internet Explorer 7.0.5730.13 on Windows XP (using BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Internet Explorer 8.0.6001.19222 on Windows 7 (using BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Internet Explorer 9.0.8112.16421 on Windows 7 (using BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Internet Explorer 10.0.9200.16384 (desktop) on Windows 8 (using BrowserStack)</li>
<li>Opera 12.14 build 1738 on OS X 10.8.2</li>
<li>Opera Mobile 9.80/2.11.355/12.10 on Android 2.3.7 (using a virtualized Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 on Opera Mobile Emulator for Mac)</li>
<li>Safari 6.0.2 (8536.26.17) on OS X 10.8.2</li>
<li>Safari (Mobile) 536.26/6.0/10B144/8536.25 on iOS 6.1 (10B144) (using an iPhone 4)</li>
<li>Safari (Mobile) 536.26/6.0/10B144/8536.25 on iOS 6.1 (10B141) (using an iPad 2)</li>
</ul>
<p>I ran five tests:</p>
<ol>
<li><code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> falls back to <code>&lt;object&gt;</code></li>
<li><code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> falls back to <code>&lt;embed&gt;</code></li>
<li><code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> falls back to <code>&lt;object&gt;</code>, which falls back to <code>&lt;embed&gt;</code></li>
<li><code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> falls back to <code>&lt;object&gt;</code>, which falls back to <code>&lt;img&gt;</code></li>
<li><code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> falls back to <code>&lt;img&gt;</code></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>I found the following support:</strong></p>
<table class="table-overview">
<caption>What the user sees</caption>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>Test 1</th>
<th>Test 2</th>
<th>Test 3</th>
<th>Test 4</th>
<th>Test 5</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th>Android 1.6</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Android 2.3</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Android 4.2</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Chrome 25</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Chromium 25 (RICG)</th>
<td>picture/source image</td>
<td>picture/source image</td>
<td>picture/source image</td>
<td>picture/source image</td>
<td>picture/source image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Firefox 19</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 6</th>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 7</th>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 8</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>no image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 9</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image (cropped and scrollable)</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 10</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image (cropped and scrollable)</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Opera 12.1</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Opera Mobile 12.1</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari 6</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari iOS 6 (iPad)</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari iOS 6 (iPhone)</th>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
<td>fallback image</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table class="table-overview">
<caption>HTTP requests</caption>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>Test 1</th>
<th>Test 2</th>
<th>Test 3</th>
<th>Test 4</th>
<th>Test 5</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th>Android 1.6</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Android 2.3</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Android 4.2</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Chrome 25</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Chromium 25 (RICG)</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Firefox 19</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 6</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>none</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 7</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>none</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 8</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>none</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 9</th>
<td>1 HEAD, 1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 HEAD, 1 GET</td>
<td>1 HEAD, 2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 10</th>
<td>1 HEAD, 1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 HEAD, 1 GET</td>
<td>1 HEAD, 2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Opera 12.1</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Opera Mobile 12.1</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari 6</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari iOS 6 (iPad)</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari iOS 6 (iPhone)</th>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
<td>2 GETs</td>
<td>1 GET</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table class="table-overview">
<caption>Image-aware context menu</caption>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th>Test 1</th>
<th>Test 2</th>
<th>Test 3</th>
<th>Test 4</th>
<th>Test 5</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th>Android 1.6</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Android 2.3</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Android 4.2</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Chrome 25</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Chromium 25 (RICG)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Firefox 19</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 6</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 7</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 8</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 9</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>IE 10</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Opera 12.1</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Opera Mobile 12.1</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari 6</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari iOS 6 (iPad)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari iOS 6 (iPhone)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Making Sure The Content Is Accessible</h3>
<p>Although the specifics of how to provide fallback content for <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> are <a href="https://github.com/ResponsiveImagesCG/picture-element/pull/23">still being debated</a> (see also <a href="https://github.com/ResponsiveImagesCG/picture-element/issues/6">this thread</a>), I wanted to test how Apple’s VoiceOver performed with different elements. For these experiments, I checked whether VoiceOver read <code>alt</code> attributes in various places, as well as fallback <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> elements. Unfortunately, I wasn’t able to test using other screen readers or assistive technology, although I’d love to hear about your experiences.</p>
<table class="table-overview">
<caption>Read by VoiceOver</caption>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>picture</code></th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>source</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>source</code>)</th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>object</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>object</code>)</th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>embed</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>embed</code>)</th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>embed</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>object</code> &#8594; <code>embed</code>)</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th>Chrome 25</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Chromium 25 (RICG)</th>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Firefox 19</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Opera 12.1</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari 6</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari iOS 6 (iPad)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari iOS 6 (iPhone)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table class="table-overview">
<caption>Read by VoiceOver</caption>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>img</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>object</code> &#8594; <code>img</code>)</th>
<th><code>alt</code> on <code>img</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>img</code>)</th>
<th><code>span</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>span</code>)</th>
<th><code>span</code> (<code>picture</code> &#8594; <code>object</code> &#8594; <code>span</code>)</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<th>Chrome 25</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Chromium 25 (RICG)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Firefox 19</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Opera 12.1</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari 6</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari iOS 6 (iPad)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<th>Safari iOS 6 (iPhone)</th>
<td>no</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>yes</td>
<td>no</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Bulletproof Syntax</h3>
<p>Based on these data, I’ve come up with the following “bulletproof” solution:</p>
<pre><code class="language-markup">
&lt;picture alt="fancy pants"&gt;
    &lt;!-- loaded by browsers that support picture and that support one of the sources --&gt;
    &lt;source srcset="big.jpg 1x, big-2x.jpg 2x, big-3x.jpg" type="image/jpeg" media="(min-width: 40em)" /&gt;
    &lt;source srcset="med.jpg 1x, med-2x.jpg 2x, big-3x.jpg" type="image/jpeg" /&gt;

    &lt;!-- loaded by IE 8+, non-IE browsers that don’t support picture, and browsers that support picture but cannot find an appropriate source --&gt;
    &lt;![if gte IE 8]&gt;
    &lt;object data="fallback.jpg" type="image/jpeg"&gt;&lt;/object&gt;
    &lt;span class="fake-alt"&gt;fancy pants&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;![endif]&gt;

    &lt;!-- loaded by IE 6 and 7 --&gt;
    &lt;!--[if lt IE 8]&gt;
    &lt;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants" /&gt;
    &lt;![endif]--&gt;
&lt;/picture&gt;

.fake-alt {
    border: 0;
    clip: rect(0 0 0 0);
    height: 1px;
    margin: -1px;
    overflow: hidden;
    padding: 0;
    position: absolute;
    width: 1px;
}
</code></pre>
<p>Here we have a <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> element, two sources to choose from for browsers that support <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code>, a fallback for most other browsers using <code>&lt;object&gt;</code> and a <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> (see note just below), and a separate <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> fallback for IE 7 and below. The empty <code>alt</code> prevents the actual image from being announced to screen readers, and the <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> is hidden using CSS (which is equivalent to <a href="http://html5boilerplate.com/">HTML5 Boilerplate</a>’s <code>.visuallyhidden</code> class) but still available to screen readers. The <code>&lt;embed&gt;</code> element is not needed.</p>
<p>(<strong>Note:</strong> The use of the <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> as a fake <code>alt</code> is necessary so that VoiceOver reads the text in Opera. Even though Opera has a relatively small footprint, and even though it’s in the process of being switched to WebKit, I still think it’s worth our consideration. However, if you don’t care about supporting that particular browser, you could get rid of the <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> and use an <code>alt</code> on the <code>&lt;object&gt;</code> instead (even though that isn’t strictly allowed by the specification). This is assuming that the <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> and <code>alt</code> have the same content. If you have a richer fallback element, such as a <code>&lt;table&gt;</code>, using both it <em>and</em> a non-empty <code>alt</code> attribute might be desirable.)</p>
<p>A similar solution should also work with <code>&lt;audio&gt;</code>, although <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> fallbacks for that element are, admittedly, rare. When dealing with <code>&lt;video&gt;</code>, the problem goes away if our fallback image is the same as our poster image. If these may be the same, then the “bulletproof” syntax for <code>&lt;video&gt;</code> would be this:</p>
<pre><code class="language-markup">
&lt;video poster="fallback.jpg"&gt;
    &lt;!-- loaded by browsers that support video and that support one of the sources --&gt;
    &lt;source src="video.mp4" type="video/mp4" /&gt;
    &lt;source src="video.webm" type="video/webm" /&gt;
    &lt;source src="video.ogv" type="video/ogg" /&gt;

    &lt;!-- loaded by browsers that don't support video, and browsers that support video but cannot find an appropriate source --&gt;
    &lt;img src="fallback.jpg" alt="fancy pants" /&gt;
&lt;/video&gt;
</code></pre>
<p>However, if your <code>&lt;video&gt;</code> needs a separate fallback and poster image, then you might want to consider using the same structure as the <code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> solution above.</p>
<p>Note that <code>&lt;video&gt;</code> and <code>&lt;audio&gt;</code> don’t have <code>alt</code> attributes, and even if you add them, they will be ignored by VoiceOver. For accessible video, you might want to look into the work being done with <a href="http://dev.w3.org/html5/webvtt/">Web Video Text Tracks</a> (WebVTT).</p>
<p>Unfortunately, extensive testing with <code>&lt;video&gt;</code> and <code>&lt;audio&gt;</code> elements is beyond the scope of this article, so let us know in the comments if you find anything interesting with these.</p>
<h3>How Good (Or Bad) Is This Solution?</h3>
<p>Let’s get the bad out of the way first, shall we? This solution is hacky. It’s obviously not workable as a real, long-term solution. It is crazy verbose; no one in their right mind wants to code all of this just to put an image on a page.</p>
<p>Also, semantically, we really should use an <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> element to display an image, not an <code>&lt;object&gt;</code>. That’s what <code>&lt;img&gt;</code> is for.</p>
<p>And there are some practical issues:</p>
<ul>
<li>Chrome and Safari won’t show proper context menus for the images, meaning that users won’t be able to open or save them easily.</li>
<li>IE 9 and 10 send an extra HEAD request along with the GET request.</li>
<li>Using a <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> as a fake <code>alt</code> is pretty sketchy, and although it worked for my tests in VoiceOver, it could potentially cause other accessibility problems.</li>
</ul>
<p>All that being said, as a short-term solution, it’s not <em>too</em> bad. <strong>We get these benefits:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A visible image in every browser is tested (<code>&lt;picture&gt;</code> and <code>&lt;source&gt;</code> when supported, and the fallback otherwise).</li>
<li>Only one HTTP GET request in every browser is tested (and the extra <code>HEAD</code> request and response in IE are tiny).</li>
<li>VoiceOver is supported (and is hopefully supported with other screen readers).</li>
<pre><code class="language-markup">
&lt;!-- show screenshot of network pane here --&gt;
</code></pre>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The semantics of the solution, while not ideal, are not horrible either: the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/html5/embedded-content-0.html#the-object-element">HTML5 specification</a> states that an <code>&lt;object&gt;</code> “element can represent an external resource, which, depending on the type of the resource, will either be treated as an <strong>image</strong>, as a nested browsing context, or as an external resource to be processed by a plugin” (emphasis mine).</p>
<p>And although the <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> is not as nice as a real <code>alt</code> attribute, using a visually hidden element for accessibility is not uncommon. Consider, for example, “Skip to content” links that are visibly hidden but available to screen readers.</p>
<h3>Next Steps</h3>
<p>The best part about this solution, though, is that it highlights how bad the current situation is. This is a real problem, and it deserves a better solution than the monstrosity I’ve proposed.</p>
<p>We need discussion and participation from both developers and browser vendors on this. Getting support from browser makers is crucial; a specification can be written for any old thing, but it doesn’t become real until it is implemented in browsers. <strong>Support from developers is needed</strong> to make sure that the solution is good enough to get used in the real world. This consensus-based approach is what was used to add the <code>&lt;main&gt;</code> element to the specification recently; Steve Faulkner discusses this process a bit in his excellent <a href="http://html5doctor.com/interview-steve-faulkner-html5-editor-new-doctor/">interview with HTML5 Doctor</a>.</p>
<p>If you’re interested in helping to solve this problem, please consider joining the discussion:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://www.w3.org/community/respimg/">Join the RICG</a>, and participate in the <a href="irc://irc.w3.org:6665/#respimg">#respimg IRC channel</a> and the <a href="http://list.responsiveimages.org/">public-respimg mailing list</a>.</li>
<li>Check out the <a href="http://gh.responsiveimages.org/">RICG on GitHub</a>, and consider adding your voice to the <a href="https://github.com/ResponsiveImagesCG/picture-element/issues/5#issuecomment-15807311">discussion on this issue</a>.</li>
<li>Join the <a href="http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/public-html/">W3C public-html mailing list</a> and <a href="http://lists.whatwg.org/listinfo.cgi/whatwg-whatwg.org">the WHATWG mailing list</a> to follow and contribute to discussions about the specifications.</li>
<li>Help fix problems with current implementations by reviewing, patching, commenting on and filing bugs for <a href="https://bugs.webkit.org/">WebKit</a>, <a href="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/">Mozilla</a> and <a href="https://connect.microsoft.com/IE/">Internet Explorer</a>.</li>
</ul>
<p>The next step towards a long-term solution is to achieve consensus among developers and browser vendors on how this should work. Don’t get left out of the conversation.</p>
<p><em>Thanks to fellow RICG members Yoav Weiss, Marcos Cáceres and Mat Marquis for providing feedback on this article.</em></p>
<p><em>(al)</em></p>
<hr />
<p><small>© David Newton for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/prevent-duplicate-images-downloaded-picture-element/">Keeping The Big &lt;picture&gt; Small: How To Avoid Duplicate Downloads In Responsive Images</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/prevent-duplicate-images-downloaded-picture-element/feed/atom/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="" length="" type="" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Sharing Your Experiences: How To Contribute To WordPress</title>
		<link>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/how-to-contribute-to-wordpress/</link>
		<comments>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/how-to-contribute-to-wordpress/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 10 May 2013 11:47:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>newsfeed</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Smashing Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WordPress]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://mgmt.smashingmagazine.com/?p=161561</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><table width="650"><tr><td width="650">
<div><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0"><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" border="0" alt=""></a></div>
</td>
</tr></table><p>WordPress is built by volunteers. People from all over the world collaborate to create the core software, write the documentation, provide support, translate WordPress, organize events and generally keep the project running. Individuals work on WordPress in their free time, and companies ask their employees to get involved.</p>
<p>Part of WordPress&#8217; success is that the community consists not only of developers, but of designers, user experience experts, support volunteers, writers, users, accessibility experts and enthusiasts. This diverse input strengthens the project. It also means you have more space to get involved. Whatever your skill set, the WordPress community has room for you.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/splash2.jpg"><img alt="splash" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/splash2.jpg" width="500" height="333"></a><br /><em>A bunch of WordPress contributors.</em></p>
<p><strong>In this article, we&#8217;ll talk about the different contributor groups and how you can take part.</strong> I spoke with the current team reps and project leads, who have offered advice on how to get started with their contributor groups. But first, why should you get involved with WordPress?</p>
<h3>Why Get Involved?</h3>
<p>I had a chat with Matt Mullenweg, one of the founding developers of WordPress, about contributing to the project. We started off talking about the mix of people who contribute to WordPress. There are contributors who are sponsored by businesses that use WordPress, such as Automattic, Dreamhost and 10up, and then there are passionate individuals who dedicate their own time to the project.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;People who use WordPress are passionate about open source, want to democratize publishing and like to learn. I would say that&#8217;s the number-one biggest characteristic, because contributing to open source, and particularly the WordPress project, is <strong>probably one of the best learning opportunities on the Internet</strong>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/matt.jpg"><img title="core team" alt="matt mullenweg" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/matt.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>Matt chats about the future of WordPress at the WordPress Community Summit 2012. (Image: <a title="IMG_1928 &#124; Flickr - Photo Sharing!" href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149353398/in/pool-wpcs2012/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<p>For Matt, this is the greatest benefit you will get from contributing. You get to be part of a large, supportive community that has an impact on the lives of millions and millions of people. Something you do in an afternoon can have an effect on people all over the world.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;You can&#8217;t knock on the door at Google and say, &#8220;Hey, do you mind if I help you out with your home page? I have some ideas for you.&#8221; But you could come to us and say, &#8220;Hey, I have some ideas for your dashboard, and here are some patches.&#8221;&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>A number of challenges face the WordPress project:</p>
<ul><li><strong>Contributor balance</strong><br />
Currently, the number of contributors is skewed towards people involved with code. Plenty of opportunities lie in other areas &#8212; support, documentation and marketing, for example &#8212; but not so many people are getting involved.</li>
<li><strong>Mobile</strong><br />
Not enough people are getting involved with mobile. Most of the people involved with mobile are currently sponsored by Automattic. Because mobile is fast becoming the way that people interact with the Internet, this is a crucial group and currently has a dearth of contributors.</li>
</ul><p>With that in mind, let&#8217;s look at the ways you can get involved with WordPress.</p>
<h3>Core</h3>
<p>Mark Jaquith is an <a href="http://coveredwebservices.com/">independent developer</a> and one of the lead developers of WordPress. These days, he is a jack of all trades in the project, working closely with younger and newer developers, helping to point them in the right direction. He was also the release lead for the 3.6 release cycle. The core team comprises all sorts of developers and designers &#8212; PHP and JavaScript developers and front-end developers and designers. These are the people who build the WordPress that you install on your server.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/mark.jpg"><img title="core team" alt="mark jaquith" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/mark.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>Being a lead WordPress developer makes Mark Jaquith happy. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/themitcho/8177703347/in/pool-wpcs2012/">Michael Yoshitaka Erlewine</a>)</em></p>
<p>I asked Mark how the the core contributor team works. He describes it as a set of concentric rings:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;You have the leads in the inner sanctum, and then you have the people with permanent commit access, and then you have the people to whom we give temporary commit access for release, and then there are the people whose patches are implicitly trusted and go in without too much inspection. It just keeps going out from there. Those are very fluid boundaries, so people flow between them.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>As much as possible, the core team tries to work by consensus. Issues are discussed, publicly if possible, although anything contentious may be addressed in private discussion.</p>
<p>One of the biggest challenges facing WordPress is that not everyone is on the project full time. Even Automattic employees have other responsibilities within Automattic. This means that people can contribute varying amounts of time. If a lot of people see a dip in their free time, this can cause problems for the project. The core team tries to mitigate this by having more contributors and more people who can commit. However, a balance has to be struck because if there are too many committers, no one would know what&#8217;s going on.</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>You can start getting involved in a number of ways:</p>
<ul><li><strong>Live chats</strong><br />
Tap into the weekly live chats (Wednesdays 21:00 UTC, irc.freenode.net, #wordpress-dev). Before diving in, you should gauge at what point in the release cycle the project is at:
<ul><li><strong>Early stages</strong><br />
Planning the next release.</li>
<li><strong>Middle stages</strong><br />
Guiding the features and checking on progress.</li>
<li><strong>Final stages</strong><br />
Bug scrubs.</li>
<li><strong>After a release</strong><br />
Mostly an open forum, a good time to ask for advice on moving your ticket forward.</li>
</ul></li>
<li><strong>Firehose</strong><br />
You can subscribe to <a title="WordPress Trac" href="http://core.trac.wordpress.org/">trac</a> notifications and get notified of every comment in every ticket. It&#8217;s a lot of data to process, but you should get an idea of how the project works, various people&#8217;s roles, how much authority they have, and best practices.</li>
<li><strong>Ideas</strong><br />
If you have an idea for a feature or anything else WordPress-related, a good place to start is to write a blog post about it. There is an ideas forum, but it&#8217;s not very well used. If you have a concrete idea, with a vision of how to implement it, a blog post may well get you more traction. It will give you space to flesh out the idea and provide an opportunity for other community members to comment on it.</li>
</ul><p>Ready to get involved with WordPress core? Other than development skills, I asked Mark what skills someone should have:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;The number one skill you need for just about any job, but specifically working on open source, is communication skills. You need to have clarity, consistency, compassion, relatability, a little bit of a thick skin and a decent sense of humor.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>User Interface</h4>
<p>In recent history, the UI group has been separate to core, but there has been discussion about merging it into the core group. UI handles WordPress&#8217; user interface, user experience, and other elements related to quality, accessibility and graphic design.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/ui.jpg"><img title="core team" alt="ui group" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/ui.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>The UI group talks UI in Georgia. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149244022/sizes/m/in/pool-2130142@N23/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<p>Helen Hou-Sandi is the lead user interface developer at 10up, and is also involved in WordPress&#8217; core with a focus on UI. She outlined six areas that the UI group currently focuses on:</p>
<ul><li><strong>Graphic design</strong><br />
This is only occasional work.</li>
<li><strong>UX design</strong><br />
Including wireframes, storyboards and concepts.</li>
<li><strong>User testing</strong><br />
Dave Martin from Automattic has been running a lot of user tests recently to help identify issues.</li>
<li><strong>Front-end development</strong><br />
The HTML and particularly CSS to create the admin interface.</li>
<li><strong>Quality assurance</strong><br />
While this is within the purview of the UI group, Helen noted that improvements could be made in this area.</li>
<li><strong>Accessibility</strong><br />
This has its own group, but the UI group also tries to ensure that accessibility gets the attention it deserves.</li>
</ul><p>The UI group has a number of different challenges. A particular problem for contributors can be that the CSS is huge. Jumping into them can be scary for some people.</p>
<p>I asked Helen what she gets out of contributing to WordPress:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;I love the community, and I think that the basic premise that WordPress is built on &#8212; democratizing publishing for everybody &#8212; is a really important one.&#8230; The premise that it&#8217;s making content management and creation easier and more accessible for more people was something that I loved, and altruism wins out.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>There are a number of ways to get involved:</p>
<ul><li><strong>IRC</strong><br />
Stop by the UI chat (Tuesdays at 19:00 UTC) or the chat room and introduce yourself, although doing it outside of meeting hours is usually best.</li>
<li><strong>Make blog</strong><br />
Stop by the Make blog and introduce yourself. Offer to get involved with projects that are starting up.</li>
</ul><p>Those are the two official places to get involved, but Helen said that she doesn&#8217;t mind someone reaching out on Twitter or even chatting about getting involved at WordCamps.</p>
<p>The UI group needs people with a lot of different skills, including CSS and PHP development. What the group really needs right now are JavaScript developers. Anyone who&#8217;s comfortable with things like Backbone.js or TinyMCE would be a huge asset.</p>
<p>UX designers are extremely valuable to the team because they are focused on the user&#8217;s perspective, rather than the designer&#8217;s perspective. Of particular value are people with a good sense of how an interface and workflow should work. As with all of the groups, being able to function as part of a team is important:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Good communication skills are pretty important. They should be willing to chase something for a while, because things get lost all the time. We forget or we drop the ball, so somebody who&#8217;s willing to almost nag in a way and is confident enough to ask, &#8220;Hey, what&#8217;s going on with this?&#8221; is really good to have on board. To watch someone develop that kind of confidence is a really good thing to see.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>Mobile</h3>
<p>The mobile group builds <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/mobile/">apps for six different platforms</a>: iOS, Android, BlackBerry, Nokia, Windows, WebOS. It also helps to expand the API and XML-RPC layer, and it investigates new APIs and ways of tackling mobile. Its rep is Isaac Keyet, a mobile designer at Automattic. The mobile group isn&#8217;t currently involved in the move towards responsiveness in WordPress core, but Isaac would like to see the team becoming more involved in it in the future.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/isaac.jpg"><img title="isaac" alt="isaac" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/isaac.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>Isaac Keyet leads the WordPress mobile group. (Image <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/themitcho/8133912055/in/pool-wpcs2012/">Michael Yoshitaka Erlewine</a>)</em></p>
<p>Given that mobile is growing exponentially, it&#8217;s crucial that more people volunteer for the WordPress mobile group. In addition to Isaac, only six developers are in the group. If you&#8217;re a mobile developer and you&#8217;d like to be involved in an open-source project, then WordPress is a great place to start.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>A number of technical issues affect development of the native apps. This is particularly true when dealing with XML-RPC or the API. Any plugin or theme can add to or modify the XML-RPC layer. This means that the app has to deal with malfunctions and improper responses in the XML-RPC layer and in the responses that are returned from the blog.</p>
<p>To deal with this, the team is using client-side clean-up libraries, which take the responses and clean them up. But the XML-RPC layer can fail in so many different ways that the libraries are not complete. This makes it a constant struggle to ensure that everything works in all possible instances.</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>As with the other groups, there are two ports of call for getting involved:</p>
<ul><li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/mobile/">Make WordPress Mobile</a></li>
<li>The WordPress Mobile IRC Chat: 16:00 UTC on freenode, #wordpress-mobile</li>
</ul><p>It&#8217;s no surprise that WordPress attracts PHP developers, and it&#8217;s not a place that mobile developers would instinctively think to look. The mobile apps are written in:</p>
<ul><li><strong>Java</strong>: BlackBerry and Android</li>
<li><strong>Objective-C</strong>: iOS</li>
<li><strong>C#</strong>: Windows</li>
</ul><p>Contributors with coding skills in any of these languages are extremely welcome. And there is a particular need for Windows Phone developers right now. This is the fastest-growing app at the moment; so, if you&#8217;re a C# developer, visit the weekly chat and see how you can help out.</p>
<p>Another skill that the group currently needs is graphic design. Isaac is the only person currently working on graphic design for the group. As he is overloaded with work, which means that designs can&#8217;t be escalated as quickly as the group would like.</p>
<p>If you really want to make a difference to the future of WordPress, the mobile group is a great place to start.</p>
<h3>Polyglots</h3>
<p>The <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/polyglots/">polyglots team</a> is responsible for translating WordPress and for wider global outreach. It is led by Z&#233; Fontainhas, a Portuguese WordPress consultant who speaks countless languages and is very active in the global community.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/ze.jpg"><img title="ze" alt="ze fontainhas" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/ze.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>Z&#233; Fontainhas speaks all of the languages. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/themitcho/8177731200/in/pool-wpcs2012/">Michael Yoshitaka Erlewine</a>)</em></p>
<p>Z&#233; identifies three major areas that the Polyglots team is responsible for:</p>
<ul><li><strong>Translations</strong><br />
The team translates WordPress core, as well as a number of plugins, such as BuddyPress and the import/export plugins.</li>
<li><strong>GlotPress</strong><br />
GlotPress is the translation tool that makes collaborating on a translation of WordPress possible. It is open source, just like WordPress. Developers and designers are needed to test patches, suggest features and fix bugs.</li>
<li><strong>Community</strong><br />
The global team will be a new branch of the polyglots team, focusing on increasing WordPress&#8217; visibility worldwide and on connecting people from worldwide communities.</li>
</ul><h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>Many of the challenges facing the polyglots team have to do with raising awareness and managing perceptions. Around 40% of all downloads of WordPress are not for the English language version, yet WordPress continues to be very US-centric.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;The proof of that is that we are talking about &#8220;international&#8221; as if it were an objective concept. It isn&#8217;t; it&#8217;s meaning really depends on where you&#8217;re looking from. So, when someone in the US says &#8220;international,&#8221; it means the world outside of the States, but when I say it, &#8220;rest of the world&#8221; includes the US. We need to first stop using that term. It means different things to different people.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Other challenges include ensuring that developers prepare their code for translation. This means implementing proper practices for plugins, themes and even core code to be ready for translation.</p>
<p>Of course, things will always get lost in translation:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;The &#8220;Howdy&#8221; of the dashboard screen is untranslatable for mostly everybody in another language because the spirit gets lost. There&#8217;s no real translation for that.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>All you need to get involved is a WordPress.org user name. Then think about what you&#8217;d like to do:</p>
<ul><li><strong>Translation</strong><br />
Check whether a team is translating into your chosen language. Get in touch with them to see how you can help out. [find list of teams/contacts]</li>
<li><strong>GlotPress</strong><br />
Head to <a title="GlotPress" href="http://glotpress.trac.wordpress.org/">GlotPress trac</a> to see what tickets you feel you can help out with.</li>
<li><strong>Community</strong><br />
Keep an eye out for the new global blog, which will be launching soon.</li>
</ul><p>Essential skills for translating WordPress are pretty obvious: language skills and knowledge of how to translate. You have to understand context, and you have to understand English. With the community, you need to have an awareness of how communities work and how they can better interact with each other.</p>
<h3>Support</h3>
<p>Support forum volunteers are the backbone of WordPress. They patiently answer questions like &#8220;OMG my site is broken! Can you fix it?&#8221; in WordPress.org&#8217;s support forum. The team is currently led by Mika Epstein, the in-house WordPress expert at Dreamhost. Mika also reviews plugins for the plugin repository &#8212; she&#8217;s one busy lady!</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/mika.jpg"><img title="mika" alt="Mika Epstein" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/mika.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>For Mika Epstein, support never stops. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149221441/in/pool-wpcs2012/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<p>Around 30 moderators are currently in the <a href="http://wordpress.org/support/">WordPress.org support forums</a>. Only about 12 of the moderators are active, answering queries every day. About 200 people actively answer questions.</p>
<p>WordPress&#8217; support volunteers focus on the following areas:</p>
<ul><li><a href="http://wordpress.org/support/">WordPress.org support forums</a><br />
This is often the first port of call for people looking for WordPress support. Volunteers help people with things ranging from forming their request correctly to writing code. There&#8217;s room for volunteers at every level of the WordPress experience.</li>
<li>IRC Chatroom<br />
Some people prefer to request support via the chatroom. If you want to instantly give feedback to people, you could start hanging out in the IRC chatroom on freenode at #wordpress.</li>
<li><a href="http://wordpress.stackexchange.com/">WordPress Stack Exchange</a><br />
Questions that used to show up on the wp-hackers mailing list have now found a home on WordPress Stack Exchange. If you&#8217;re keen to answer more advanced questions, you could dive in here.</li>
</ul><p>Since the Community Summit, there has been discussion on how to create training courses on different aspects of WordPress. This now comes under the purview of the support group. The material will be available to anyone who wants to use it for teaching or training, but also anyone who wants to learn from it. Both online and offline training material will be created. These are intended to help people do more with WordPress and make it easier for them to contribute.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>The biggest challenge facing the support team is the signal-to-noise ratio. Many more people are asking questions than answering them. People get impatient and start bumping their threads or getting snarky. They expect fast responses, or they want a phone number to call. When people get irate, it&#8217;s easy for a supporter to get irate, too. After all, the volunteer is spending their own free time helping.</p>
<p>Another issue is that people think they don&#8217;t have enough knowledge to sufficiently answer questions. But, as Mika says:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s hard to know everything. And that actually scares a lot of people off. They think, &#8220;Well, I don&#8217;t know everything, so I can&#8217;t answer anything.&#8221; No, no, no. Just answer the one thing. That would make us really happy.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>The first step is to create an account and dig around the support forums.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s always scary when you&#8217;re trying to join a new community. You feel like you&#8217;re in high school all over again. You&#8217;re this itty bitty freshman, and everybody else is a great huge, hulking senior. They&#8217;re adults. They know what they&#8217;re doing. And you&#8217;re like, &#8220;There is no way I can ever be that cool.&#8221;&#8221;</p>
<p>If you remember high school, four years go by, and all of a sudden you were the cool guy. You were the great person. Everybody looked up to you. <strong>You have to remember that you don&#8217;t start out being an expert. None of us did.</strong></p>
</blockquote>
<p>Just look around and see if there are discussions you could get involved in. If a discussion is more than a couple of months old, just leave it alone because the person who made the request has probably moved on.</p>
<p>If you want to do more than poke around the forums and you want to be really useful, go to the forums and click the &#8220;<a href="http://wordpress.org/support/view/no-replies">No Replies</a>&#8221; link.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/noreplies.jpg"><img title="no replieds" alt="a screenshot of the no replies link at the bottom of the WordPress support forums landing page" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/noreplies.jpg"></a><br /><em>Be super-helpful by answering unanswered questions.</em></p>
<p>Some supporters just go to the last page of queries with no replies and work their way up.</p>
<p>Another way to be helpful is to flag posts as spam, or to alert a moderator when someone double-posts a lot. On the right side of the post, you&#8217;ll see a section called &#8220;Tags.&#8221; Just add the tag &#8220;ModLook&#8221; (all one word), and a moderator will know to look at it.</p>
<p>To get involved in the new training initiative, stop by the post &#8220;<a href="http://make.wordpress.org/support/2013/01/training-group-team-reps-and-growing-the-team/">Training Group, Team Reps, and Growing the Team</a>&#8221; in the support section.</p>
<h3>Theme Review</h3>
<p>The theme review team sets guidelines for the quality of themes hosted in WordPress&#8217; <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/">Theme Directory</a>. It reviews every submitted theme against those guidelines and, if it meets the standard, pushes it to the repository.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/themereview.jpg"><img title="theme review" alt="theme review" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/themereview.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>Chip Bennett talks about theme review. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149374784/in/pool-wpcs2012/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<p>The representative of the theme review team is Chip Bennett, the developer behind the <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/oenology">Oenology</a> theme. I chatted with him recently about how the theme review process works:</p>
<ol><li>A developer submits a theme on WordPress.org, using the &#8220;<a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/upload/">Theme Authors</a>&#8221; link. The uploader runs the theme through a script, unpacks it and puts it through a bunch of tests. If it passes the tests, the theme is repacked and stored in a special subversion repository for themes. It then generates a ticket in the <a href="http://themes.trac.wordpress.org/">Theme Trac</a>.</li>
<li>The ticket goes into a queue. The queue is prioritized based on whether the theme is currently approved, whether it has been reviewed before, and how long it has been in the queue.</li>
<li>A reviewer will take on the highest priority theme. They review the ticket, which includes a link to the ZIP file, or a link to a diff file if the theme has been previously submitted.</li>
<li>In reviewing the theme against the guidelines, the reviewer looks for the following things:
<ul><li>code quality,</li>
<li>theme files,</li>
<li>front-end tests,</li>
<li>theme unit test data.</li>
</ul></li>
<li>If the theme passes the review criteria, then the ticket is closed and resolved as &#8220;Approved.&#8221;</li>
<li>If the theme doesn&#8217;t pass, the reviewer posts comments on the ticket, explaining the issues and what is required and perhaps making some recommendations.</li>
</ol><p>The longest theme reviews take around two to three hours, the whole way through. If there are major issues, the review will be stopped early, and the reviewer will note the issues for the developer to address.</p>
<p>Currently, about 70 to 80 people can close tickets. Around 10 people have reviewed more than 50 or 100 tickets. This means that participation is wide but shallow. The goal is to not leave a ticket in the queue for longer than a few days. On average, 10 tickets are submitted per day.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>A major challenge for the theme review team is the sheer volume of submissions, making reviews take longer than they would like. There are also occasional challenges to the review guidelines, although that has lessened in the past two years.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Hopefully people have seen the benefits that the improved theme review guidelines have brought to the directory and overall code themes, so we don&#8217;t get a whole lot of challenges on the theme review guidelines themselves.&#8221;</p>
<p>We constantly have to review them as WordPress changes. Each release cycle, we have to look at them, find out what needs to change and understand how the various changes to core will impact themes to make sure we incorporate those.</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>The first place to start is the <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/themes">Make WordPress Themes</a> blog, which is becoming the hub of activity for the theme review team. You&#8217;ll find a link to the <a title="theme-reviewers Info Page" href="http://lists.wordpress.org/mailman/listinfo/theme-reviewers">reviewers mailing list</a>, where a lot of the communication happens.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;re just starting out, you won&#8217;t have trac privileges to close tickets, so you&#8217;ll need to request a ticket to be assigned to you. To do this, post a comment on the &#8220;<a title="WordPress &#8250; Trac Ticket Request Queue &#171;  Make WordPress Themes" href="http://make.wordpress.org/themes/about/trac-ticket-request-queue/">Trac Ticket Request Queue</a>&#8221; page with your trac user name, and then one of the admins will assign the next ticket to you. Once you&#8217;ve done a few, you&#8217;ll get review privileges and be able to do it on your own.</p>
<p>You may also want to get involved in discussions about guidelines:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;We always welcome more people to contribute by reviewing themes, submitting themes and taking part in the discussion. The more developers we have participating in discussion about the guidelines and the process, it can only make it better.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>Plugin Directory</h3>
<p>The plugin directory team is a relatively small group that is responsible for WordPress&#8217; <a title="What You Need To Know About WordPress 3.5" href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/">Plugin Directory</a>. Its current rep is Scott Rielly.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/scott.jpg"><img title="scott reilly" alt="scott reilly" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/scott.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>Scott Reilly helps to secure and monitor WordPress&#8217; plugin directory. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149374784/in/pool-wpcs2012/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<p>The team does the following:</p>
<ul><li>Processes all incoming plugin submissions. There could be more than 40 submissions in a day. Each plugin is reviewed for guideline violations and coding best practices. If there is a problem with the plugin and it isn&#8217;t malicious, the team works with the author to fix the issue.</li>
<li>Deals with support requests sent to <code>plugins@wordpress.org</code>.</li>
<li>Monitors and curates the plugin directory, including looking for guideline violations and security exploits.</li>
<li>Monitors the security-exploit database and announcements for anything relating to plugins.</li>
</ul><h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>The biggest challenge facing the team, says Scott, is not having enough time in the day.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Given the volume of newly submitted plugins each day, the constant updates by plugin developers and the support emails, it&#8217;s a constant effort to stay on top of everything &#8212; particularly because we&#8217;ll all just volunteers to the team. But we&#8217;ve been working to remedy this with enhanced admin tools and, eventually, additional team members.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Another challenge is that spammers always try to game the system. The plugin directory is a target for people who want to inject spam into the websites of WordPress users. &#8220;In many ways, it&#8217;s an arms race,&#8221; says Scott. &#8220;They keep trying new stuff, and we keep shutting them down once we become aware of it&#8221;</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>The first way to help out with the plugin directory is to check out plugins and evaluate code. If you find any guideline violations or malicious code, send an email <a href="mailto:plugins@wordspress.org">plugins@wordpress.org</a>. Include the name of the plugin and a link to its page, as well as a list of the issues. The team will get in touch with the plugin&#8217;s author and get the issues fixed.</p>
<p>The team isn&#8217;t currently set up to accept many new people in an official capacity, Scott says:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Part of it is getting internal tools and documentation organized in order to facilitate a larger team, and part of it is that we need to be selective of candidates since full membership grants capabilities that require adequate vetting.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>But the team is on the lookout for new members. Recently, <a title="Pippins Plugins" href="http://pippinsplugins.com/">Pippin Williamson</a> was brought on board. The team keeps an eye out for potential team members amongst WordPress contributors who have demonstrated their ability through &#8220;code, competence and trustworthiness.&#8221; If you want to be invited to join the plugin directory team, help out across the community, showing off your technical expertise. Anyone who wants to get involved with reviewing plugins will need a deep knowledge of WordPress, of PHP and its best practices and of the <a title=" WordPress Plugins" href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/about/guidelines/">plugin guidelines</a>. Security expertise and the ability to understand other developers&#8217; code are also desired. &#8220;Not just to understand what it does and what it&#8217;s supposed to do, but also how it may be wayward or exploitable in its implementation.&#8221;</p>
<h3>Documentation</h3>
<p>Often, when people think about WordPress documentation, the first thing they think of is the Codex. While the Codex is the cornerstone of WordPress documentation, it&#8217;s one element of a wider drive towards improving documentation. I&#8217;m currently the acting rep for documentation, which means that I&#8217;m responsible for reporting back to the community on the week&#8217;s activities.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/siobhan.jpg"><img title="siobhan" alt="siobhan mckeown" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/siobhan.jpg" width="250"></a><br /><em>Me, telling people they should use fewer words. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/themitcho/8177693175/in/pool-wpcs2012/">Michael Yoshitaka Erlewine</a>)</em></p>
<p>As with getting involved in any aspect of WordPress, contributing to documentation will improve your WordPress skills, not to mention your technical writing skills. It&#8217;s also a great way to give back to the community. Currently, there are a few ways to get involved:</p>
<ul><li><strong>Codex</strong><br />
The Codex always needs updating to maintain it as a useful resource for users. There&#8217;s always a flurry of activity around a new WordPress release as the Codex is updated to reflect any changes. Anyone can edit the Codex; all you need is a WordPress.org account. Lorelle VanFossen has listed <a href="http://wpdocsteam.wordpress.com/">all of the tasks</a> in the Codex that currently need completing.</li>
<li><strong>Handbooks</strong><br />
The handbooks are a collection of guides that teach people how to contribute to WordPress. There will also be handbooks for theme development and plugin development. This project will be active over the coming year.</li>
</ul><p>We are also discussing the possibility of conducting a review of the inline help tabs, and looking at other ways that we can generally be helpful with documentation.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>A major challenge for the documentation team is to keep everything updated. WordPress has a fast release cycle, so the docs team has to be quick to stay on top of updating the Codex. Another challenge is that the Codex itself is such a huge resource. Keeping abreast of what needs to be done can be hard. A lot of functions lack practical examples, which people would find very useful for learning.</p>
<p>Also, sometimes the problem is that people don&#8217;t realize they can edit the Codex &#8212; you can, and you definitely should!</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>The easiest way to help out with documentation is to go to the Codex and log in with your WordPress.org user name. Once you&#8217;re logged in, you&#8217;ll see an &#8220;Edit&#8221; link at the top of the right sidebar. Click that button and you&#8217;re editing the Codex!</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/codex.jpg"><img title="no replieds" alt="a screenshot of the Views menu on the codex sidebar. The edit button has a red arrow pointing to it" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/codex.jpg"></a><br /><em>Editing the Codex is easy &#8212; go try it!</em></p>
<p>Even fixing a typo improves the documentation. If you&#8217;re using the Codex and you see an issue, fix it. If you have had to go elsewhere to find a solution, add that solution to the Codex so that others will benefit from it.</p>
<p>You could also stop by the <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/docs">Make WordPress Documentation</a> blog, where you can say hello and get involved with the docs team. There is currently a major push to get the handbooks together, but you&#8217;ll find other projects that you can get involved with on the blog. We also have a weekly chat with the support team. This takes place on Thursdays at 9:00 pm UTC in the freenode IRC channel #wordpress-sfd.</p>
<h3>Events</h3>
<p>WordCamps and meetups are events at which WordPress users can get together to share knowledge, learn and socialize. One of the current reps for the Events blog is Andrea Middleton. She works on the WordCamp program, reviewing applications and providing a point of contact for organizing teams. The events contributor group consists of people who have organized WordCamps and meetups.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/events.jpg"><img title="events" alt="WordPress people" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/events.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>Events organizers have to deal with a lot of people standing around, staring at stuff. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149193905/in/pool-wpcs2012/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>Organizing an event has many challenges &#8212; you&#8217;ve got to get good speakers who will engage the audience, find sponsors and a venue, sort out catering, arrange AV, manage a budget, organize a team of volunteers. You&#8217;ve got to get a lot of details right in order to organize a successful event. Once you&#8217;ve been through the baptism of fire, you&#8217;ll be an experienced event organizer, which is a great time to get involved with the events contributor group.</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>Having experience as an organizer of meetups or any volunteer-run event is a great asset if you want to get involved with the events group. Having good accounting and communication skills also helps. As Andrea says:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;I think anyone looking to get involved with an ongoing open-source project, from whatever area of contribution, should come bearing humility, tolerance, patience, respect and a healthy sense of humor. We&#8217;re a meritocracy, and we value civil discourse.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>If you want to organize a WordCamp but don&#8217;t have a local community, start with a meetup. These will get people out of their house and talking about WordPress. WordCamps are most successful in regions that have vibrant WordPress communities. WordCamps are great, but they are just once a year &#8212; meetups happen every month and, as Andrea points out, they &#8220;sometimes have a more persistent effect on people&#8217;s lives and how they interact with WordPress.&#8221;</p>
<p>To get involved with the events group, <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/events/">stop by the blog and say hi</a>.</p>
<h3>Accessibility</h3>
<p>The accessibility group was created to support core developers with issues regarding accessibility. Its rep is currently Mel Pedley. I asked Mel about the motivation for creating the group:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Because a11y [accessibility] isn&#8217;t a binary subject but one based on experience, best practice, judgement and balance, the core devs were being hit with conflicting opinions that just caused even more confusion. They needed one point of contact with regard to tackling a11y problems &#8212; hence, the group.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The group comprises technical developers and assistive-technology users. The group looks at issues and figure out solutions, passing answers back to the core developers.</p>
<p>The team is in the process of expanding to cover themes and plugins, and one day it would like to cover everything that falls under WordPress.org.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>Mel identified three major challenges facing the accessibility group. First:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Wrangling any group of a11y experts is always a challenge. Put four of them in a room and you&#8217;ll get five opinions. :-) It&#8217;s also quite slow, in my experience, to create real change. Things tend to change <em>very</em> slowly. So, keeping momentum is a major issue. I hope that we can address this by throwing a wider net &#8212; publishing best practice support documents and getting involved in outlying a11y projects &#8212; like Joseph O&#8217;Connor&#8217;s &#8220;Cites&#8221; project, which involves teams in cities across the world each developing an accessible theme.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Secondly, the teams needs to get users with a greater range of assistive technology involved. There are screen reader users, but Mel is keen to get VR, braille and switch users involved, as well as dyslexics, so that there is a pan-disability user group. Successful accessibility is all about getting the right mix of people.</p>
<p>The third challenge is to convince the large community that accessibility doesn&#8217;t mean boring design or ugly UIs. You can have beautiful, graphically rich and accessible designs. Mel has been involved in <a href="http://accessites.org/">Accessites.org</a> to prove this point, and she wants to showcase what was learned there on WordPress.</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>To get involved, start following the <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/accessibility/">Make WordPress Accessibility/</a> blog. You can also get in touch with Mel. The group is happy to hear from anyone interested in promoting accessibility and making WordPress more accessible.</p>
<p>There are two distinct streams for getting involved:</p>
<ul><li><strong>Users</strong><br />
This includes anyone who uses assistive technologies to access the Web. The group would value your feedback on existing issues and solutions.</li>
<li><strong>Technical</strong><br />
This is any WordPress developer. You can translate users&#8217; needs into practical solutions.</li>
</ul><p>And a note to any WordPress developers:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;If you want to develop more accessible themes or plugins but aren&#8217;t sure where to start or how to tackle a particular problem, we&#8217;re here to help.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>Community</h3>
<p>The community builders group was set up after the WordPress Community Summit to focus on outreach, mentorship programs and contributor engagement. The group&#8217;s current reps are Jane Wells and Andrea Rennick. Some of the things that the community group will be tackling are mentorship programs, college outreach, diversity, school programs, WordPress.org improvements, and finding new contributors at events.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/andrea.jpg"><img title="andrea rondeau" alt="Andrea Rennick" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/andrea.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>Andrea likes hugging people. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrea_r/8144790885/in/pool-wpcs2012">Andrea Rennick</a>)</em></p>
<p>I asked Andrea what the group will be doing:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Mostly it involves finding new members in the community who want to contribute and directing them to where they need to go. It also means answering a lot of questions. This requires a broad understanding of how each of the current groups works and what each group entails.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>I asked Andrea about what challenges she thinks the group will face:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;At the minute, there&#8217;s no one spot where people can go to with their questions about getting involved with WordPress. Also, there are issues around dissemination, which really needs to be improved. The new <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/updates/">Make WordPress.org Updates</a> blog is an example of attempts to improve communication. Reps will post weekly updates so that everyone stays informed of what&#8217;s going on across the groups.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>But those aren&#8217;t the only challenges:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Other sticky spots I can see being a challenge are things that are present in any large group of passionate people; things can be misinterpreted, feelings are hurt, tempers flare, and sometimes someone is needed to help smooth things over.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>Because the group is currently being formed, there are plenty of opportunities to get involved. People of any skill level are needed &#8212; even if your limit is installing WordPress and navigating the admin area, you still have enough skill to help others. Stop by the <a title="Hello World! &#171;  Make.WordPress.Org Community" href="http://make.wordpress.org/community/2012/11/16/hello-world/">Make WordPress Community</a> blog, leave your name in the comments, and say how you would like to help out.</p>
<h3>BuddyPress and bbPress</h3>
<p><a href="http://buddypress.org/">BuddyPress</a> and <a href="http://bbpress.org/">bbPress</a> are the younger siblings of WordPress. If you get excited about social networking, communities and forums, they could be the places to get your feet wet. BuddyPress is &#8220;social networking in a box.&#8221; You can use it to build a <a title="BuddyPress: One Plugin, Five Communities" href="http://wp.smashingmagazine.com/2012/09/26/buddypress-one-plugin-five-communities/">community around WordPress</a>. bbPress is a forum plugin for WordPress.</p>
<p>The lead developer of BuddyPress and bbPress is John James Jacoby (aka JJJ or J-Trip). JJJ manages the overall direction of the project, gets more contributors involved and helps out with development. The role he focuses on the most is building an active contributor community so that everyone can make the most of their unique skills and abilities.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/jjj.jpg"><img title="jjj" alt="John James Jacoby" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/jjj.jpg" width="500"></a><br /><em>JJJ leads the BuddyPress and bbPress projects. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrea_r/8144790885/in/pool-wpcs2012">Andrea Rennick</a>)</em></p>
<p>BuddyPress and bbPress are like microcosms of WordPress itself, with contributors needed in many of the same areas, just on a smaller scale. There are a lot of ways to get involved with the plugins: refactoring code, helping in the support forums, developing new features and functionality, working on user experience and design, helping with the codices, and writing plugins.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>The biggest challenge facing bbPress has been maintaining momentum. There isn&#8217;t always a lot of focus on it, and other distractions come up for developers. This is frustrating for JJJ because people assume that the project is dead when it is still active.</p>
<p>The biggest challenge with BuddyPress is that the code has changed so much since it was launched. Its direction has changed, and the code has been adapted. This means that a bunch of code is hanging around that they want to get rid of but can&#8217;t because doing so would break everyone&#8217;s installation.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;I like the house to be presentable when I have visitors come over. And when I know the house is not very clean, even though people might not really see it, we feel like we can do a better job with it. That might just be me. But for the project as a whole, because we have so much code, our release cycles are not as quick as we&#8217;d like them to be. We always have to fix a bunch of things, or we linger in beta for too long, or we don&#8217;t get to beta fast enough.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>The easiest way to get involved is to help out in the BuddyPress and bbPress support forums.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Having someone&#8217;s experience of the forums be a rewarding, fun thing is the easiest way to be helpful. If you think you know anything, you probably know more than somebody else, and sharing that knowledge goes a long way for someone who&#8217;s looking for help.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Help is also needed on both of the codices. As JJJ points out, this often feels like a thankless job because writing and formatting take so much time. But it&#8217;s a really useful place to get involved, especially because so few people are doing it.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;re interested in getting involved with development, join #buddypress-dev on Wednesdays at 19:00 UTC, or #bbpress on Wednesdays at 21:00 UTC. Contributors are always hanging around outside those hours.</p>
<h3>What&#8217;s In It For You?</h3>
<p>I asked all of my interviewees about what contributors get out of being involved in WordPress. There were commonalities across all of their responses: the joy of being part of a community, the thrill of creating something used by millions of people across the world, the rate at which you learn, and the pleasure of being involved in democratizing publishing. While the responses were varied, Mark Jaquith&#8217;s response sums them all up:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;I consider it part of my continuing education. I mean, tech is such a fast-moving industry that if you stand back and, say, just focus on the planning board and aren&#8217;t involved in the process and the technologies and the new skills, you&#8217;ll be left behind in a few months. It&#8217;s just part of the upkeep for me &#8212; that&#8217;s number one.&#8221;</p>
<p>Number two is because I enjoy it. I enjoy making things. I enjoy working on software that&#8217;s used by tens of millions of people. It&#8217;s a fairly powerful and rewarding feeling. And the other thing is that it raises your status inside the community, which is helpful, because it&#8217;s a very tight-knit community, and a lot of your business links are going to come from the community. A lot of your potential partners on ventures and projects are going to come from within the community. And by contributing and staying close to that tight knit group, you keep those connections alive.</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>Tips For Getting Involved</h3>
<p>Now that you&#8217;re excited about contributing to WordPress, and you&#8217;ve found a contributor group that fits, here are some tips:</p>
<ul><li>Before diving in, do a bit or research and see how the group operates and what&#8217;s currently on the agenda. This will help you figure out where you fit in and whether your ideas have been discussed before. Reading though the P2s will usually suffice.</li>
<li>Stop by the P2 for the group you&#8217;re interested in and say &#8220;Hi.&#8221;</li>
<li>If you&#8217;re not sure what to get involved with, stop by the #wordpress-contribute IRC chatroom on freenode. Some people should be around to help you get started.</li>
<li>Read through the P2, mailing lists or trac. Check that your ideas haven&#8217;t been proposed before, and if they have, see what the reasons were for refusing them.</li>
<li>Go to WordCamps and Meetups! My involvement in WordPress has increased massively since I started meeting people in person.</li>
<li>Reach out to people on Twitter or, if they publicize their address, via email.</li>
</ul><h3>Some Final Advice</h3>
<p>A few pieces of advice didn&#8217;t fit neatly anywhere else in this article but are too valuable to be discarded. First of all, Matt has some words on starting out with contributing to WordPress:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Remember that everyone who&#8217;s involved at WordPress started where the people who are reading this article are today, including myself. It looks big and scary. The first time someone said to me &#8220;You should patch that and put a diff on SourceForge,&#8221; I was like, &#8220;I don&#8217;t know what half the words in that sentence mean.&#8221; I had to figure out patches, I had to figure out what a diff is, I has to figure out what SourceForge is. We all started there. You&#8217;ve just got to dive in.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>And Mika has some words on the value of every WordPress contributor.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t ever feel that just because you don&#8217;t know how to code like Nacin and Otto that you&#8217;re not just as valuable as they are. Because without us, too, WordPress would fall apart. A healthy community is healthy on all levels, and everybody does know that.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>Contributor Information</h3>
<h4>Make WordPress Blogs</h4>
<p>Here are the discussion blogs where the different groups carry on discussion and post updates:</p>
<ul><li><a title="Make WordPress.org" href="http://make.wordpress.org/">Master List</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/updates/">Updates</a><br />
regular updates from the reps of every team</li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/core">Core</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/support">Support</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/plugins">Plugins</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/themes">Themes</a><br />
including Theme Review</li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/ui">UI</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/mobile">Mobile</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/polyglots">Polyglots</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/docs">Documentation</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/community">Community</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/meta">Changes to WordPress.org</a></li>
</ul><h4>Chat Schedule</h4>
<p>WordPress has a number of rooms on the freenode IRC channel. This is where the weekly chats take place. Remember that the chats are for getting things done, not just for saying hi, but they are a great time to find out how things work. People also usually hang out in the chat rooms throughout the day, which tends to be a better time to introduce yourself. Don&#8217;t be upset if people don&#8217;t respond &#8212; there are time-zone differences to take into account, and many WordPress people leave IRC on throughout the day, even if they&#8217;re not at their computer.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;re confused, the <a title="IRC &#171; WordPress Codex" href="http://codex.wordpress.org/IRC">Codex has some information on IRC</a></p>
<ul><li><strong>Tuesday</strong>: UI<br />
19:00 UTC in #wordpress-ui</li>
<li><strong>Wednesday</strong>: Mobile<br />
16:00 UTC in #wordpress-mobile</li>
<li><strong>Wednesday</strong>: BuddyPress<br />
19:00 UTC in #buddypress-dev</li>
<li><strong>Wednesday</strong>: bbPress<br />
20:00 UTC in #bbpress</li>
<li><strong>Wednesday</strong>: Core<br />
21:00 UTC in #wordpress-dev</li>
<li><strong>Thursday</strong>: Support and docs<br />
21:00 UTC in #wordpress-sfd</li>
</ul><p>If you want help getting started, don&#8217;t forget that you can stop by #wordpress-contribute, where people are on hand to help.</p>
<p><em>(al) (il)</em></p>
<hr /><p><small>&#169; Siobhan McKeown for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p> <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/how-to-contribute-to-wordpress/">Continue reading <span class="meta-nav">&#8594;</span></a></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/how-to-contribute-to-wordpress/">Sharing Your Experiences: How To Contribute To WordPress</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table width="650">
<tr>
<td width="650">
<div style="width:650px;"><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0" /><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" border="0" alt="" /></a></div>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>WordPress is built by volunteers. People from all over the world collaborate to create the core software, write the documentation, provide support, translate WordPress, organize events and generally keep the project running. Individuals work on WordPress in their free time, and companies ask their employees to get involved.</p>
<p>Part of WordPress’ success is that the community consists not only of developers, but of designers, user experience experts, support volunteers, writers, users, accessibility experts and enthusiasts. This diverse input strengthens the project. It also means you have more space to get involved. Whatever your skill set, the WordPress community has room for you.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/splash2.jpg"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-108291" alt="splash" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/splash2.jpg" width="500" height="333" /></a><br /><em>A bunch of WordPress contributors.</em></p>
<p><strong>In this article, we’ll talk about the different contributor groups and how you can take part.</strong> I spoke with the current team reps and project leads, who have offered advice on how to get started with their contributor groups. But first, why should you get involved with WordPress?</p>
<h3>Why Get Involved?</h3>
<p>I had a chat with Matt Mullenweg, one of the founding developers of WordPress, about contributing to the project. We started off talking about the mix of people who contribute to WordPress. There are contributors who are sponsored by businesses that use WordPress, such as Automattic, Dreamhost and 10up, and then there are passionate individuals who dedicate their own time to the project.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;People who use WordPress are passionate about open source, want to democratize publishing and like to learn. I would say that’s the number-one biggest characteristic, because contributing to open source, and particularly the WordPress project, is <strong>probably one of the best learning opportunities on the Internet</strong>.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/matt.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="core team" alt="matt mullenweg" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/matt.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>Matt chats about the future of WordPress at the WordPress Community Summit 2012. (Image: <a title="IMG_1928 | Flickr - Photo Sharing!" href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149353398/in/pool-wpcs2012/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<p>For Matt, this is the greatest benefit you will get from contributing. You get to be part of a large, supportive community that has an impact on the lives of millions and millions of people. Something you do in an afternoon can have an effect on people all over the world.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;You can’t knock on the door at Google and say, “Hey, do you mind if I help you out with your home page? I have some ideas for you.” But you could come to us and say, “Hey, I have some ideas for your dashboard, and here are some patches.”&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>A number of challenges face the WordPress project:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Contributor balance</strong><br />
Currently, the number of contributors is skewed towards people involved with code. Plenty of opportunities lie in other areas &mdash; support, documentation and marketing, for example &mdash; but not so many people are getting involved.</li>
<li><strong>Mobile</strong><br />
Not enough people are getting involved with mobile. Most of the people involved with mobile are currently sponsored by Automattic. Because mobile is fast becoming the way that people interact with the Internet, this is a crucial group and currently has a dearth of contributors.</li>
</ul>
<p>With that in mind, let’s look at the ways you can get involved with WordPress.</p>
<h3>Core</h3>
<p>Mark Jaquith is an <a href="http://coveredwebservices.com/">independent developer</a> and one of the lead developers of WordPress. These days, he is a jack of all trades in the project, working closely with younger and newer developers, helping to point them in the right direction. He was also the release lead for the 3.6 release cycle. The core team comprises all sorts of developers and designers &mdash; PHP and JavaScript developers and front-end developers and designers. These are the people who build the WordPress that you install on your server.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/mark.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="core team" alt="mark jaquith" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/mark.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>Being a lead WordPress developer makes Mark Jaquith happy. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/themitcho/8177703347/in/pool-wpcs2012/">Michael Yoshitaka Erlewine</a>)</em></p>
<p>I asked Mark how the the core contributor team works. He describes it as a set of concentric rings:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;You have the leads in the inner sanctum, and then you have the people with permanent commit access, and then you have the people to whom we give temporary commit access for release, and then there are the people whose patches are implicitly trusted and go in without too much inspection. It just keeps going out from there. Those are very fluid boundaries, so people flow between them.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>As much as possible, the core team tries to work by consensus. Issues are discussed, publicly if possible, although anything contentious may be addressed in private discussion.</p>
<p>One of the biggest challenges facing WordPress is that not everyone is on the project full time. Even Automattic employees have other responsibilities within Automattic. This means that people can contribute varying amounts of time. If a lot of people see a dip in their free time, this can cause problems for the project. The core team tries to mitigate this by having more contributors and more people who can commit. However, a balance has to be struck because if there are too many committers, no one would know what’s going on.</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>You can start getting involved in a number of ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Live chats</strong><br />
Tap into the weekly live chats (Wednesdays 21:00 UTC, irc.freenode.net, #wordpress-dev). Before diving in, you should gauge at what point in the release cycle the project is at:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Early stages</strong><br />
Planning the next release.</li>
<li><strong>Middle stages</strong><br />
Guiding the features and checking on progress.</li>
<li><strong>Final stages</strong><br />
Bug scrubs.</li>
<li><strong>After a release</strong><br />
Mostly an open forum, a good time to ask for advice on moving your ticket forward.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>Firehose</strong><br />
You can subscribe to <a title="WordPress Trac" href="http://core.trac.wordpress.org/">trac</a> notifications and get notified of every comment in every ticket. It’s a lot of data to process, but you should get an idea of how the project works, various people’s roles, how much authority they have, and best practices.</li>
<li><strong>Ideas</strong><br />
If you have an idea for a feature or anything else WordPress-related, a good place to start is to write a blog post about it. There is an ideas forum, but it’s not very well used. If you have a concrete idea, with a vision of how to implement it, a blog post may well get you more traction. It will give you space to flesh out the idea and provide an opportunity for other community members to comment on it.</li>
</ul>
<p>Ready to get involved with WordPress core? Other than development skills, I asked Mark what skills someone should have:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;The number one skill you need for just about any job, but specifically working on open source, is communication skills. You need to have clarity, consistency, compassion, relatability, a little bit of a thick skin and a decent sense of humor.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>User Interface</h4>
<p>In recent history, the UI group has been separate to core, but there has been discussion about merging it into the core group. UI handles WordPress’ user interface, user experience, and other elements related to quality, accessibility and graphic design.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/ui.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="core team" alt="ui group" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/ui.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>The UI group talks UI in Georgia. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149244022/sizes/m/in/pool-2130142@N23/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<p>Helen Hou-Sandi is the lead user interface developer at 10up, and is also involved in WordPress’ core with a focus on UI. She outlined six areas that the UI group currently focuses on:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Graphic design</strong><br />
This is only occasional work.</li>
<li><strong>UX design</strong><br />
Including wireframes, storyboards and concepts.</li>
<li><strong>User testing</strong><br />
Dave Martin from Automattic has been running a lot of user tests recently to help identify issues.</li>
<li><strong>Front-end development</strong><br />
The HTML and particularly CSS to create the admin interface.</li>
<li><strong>Quality assurance</strong><br />
While this is within the purview of the UI group, Helen noted that improvements could be made in this area.</li>
<li><strong>Accessibility</strong><br />
This has its own group, but the UI group also tries to ensure that accessibility gets the attention it deserves.</li>
</ul>
<p>The UI group has a number of different challenges. A particular problem for contributors can be that the CSS is huge. Jumping into them can be scary for some people.</p>
<p>I asked Helen what she gets out of contributing to WordPress:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;I love the community, and I think that the basic premise that WordPress is built on &mdash; democratizing publishing for everybody &mdash; is a really important one.… The premise that it’s making content management and creation easier and more accessible for more people was something that I loved, and altruism wins out.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>There are a number of ways to get involved:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>IRC</strong><br />
Stop by the UI chat (Tuesdays at 19:00 UTC) or the chat room and introduce yourself, although doing it outside of meeting hours is usually best.</li>
<li><strong>Make blog</strong><br />
Stop by the Make blog and introduce yourself. Offer to get involved with projects that are starting up.</li>
</ul>
<p>Those are the two official places to get involved, but Helen said that she doesn’t mind someone reaching out on Twitter or even chatting about getting involved at WordCamps.</p>
<p>The UI group needs people with a lot of different skills, including CSS and PHP development. What the group really needs right now are JavaScript developers. Anyone who’s comfortable with things like Backbone.js or TinyMCE would be a huge asset.</p>
<p>UX designers are extremely valuable to the team because they are focused on the user’s perspective, rather than the designer’s perspective. Of particular value are people with a good sense of how an interface and workflow should work. As with all of the groups, being able to function as part of a team is important:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Good communication skills are pretty important. They should be willing to chase something for a while, because things get lost all the time. We forget or we drop the ball, so somebody who’s willing to almost nag in a way and is confident enough to ask, “Hey, what’s going on with this?” is really good to have on board. To watch someone develop that kind of confidence is a really good thing to see.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>Mobile</h3>
<p>The mobile group builds <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/mobile/">apps for six different platforms</a>: iOS, Android, BlackBerry, Nokia, Windows, WebOS. It also helps to expand the API and XML-RPC layer, and it investigates new APIs and ways of tackling mobile. Its rep is Isaac Keyet, a mobile designer at Automattic. The mobile group isn’t currently involved in the move towards responsiveness in WordPress core, but Isaac would like to see the team becoming more involved in it in the future.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/isaac.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="isaac" alt="isaac" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/isaac.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>Isaac Keyet leads the WordPress mobile group. (Image <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/themitcho/8133912055/in/pool-wpcs2012/">Michael Yoshitaka Erlewine</a>)</em></p>
<p>Given that mobile is growing exponentially, it’s crucial that more people volunteer for the WordPress mobile group. In addition to Isaac, only six developers are in the group. If you’re a mobile developer and you’d like to be involved in an open-source project, then WordPress is a great place to start.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>A number of technical issues affect development of the native apps. This is particularly true when dealing with XML-RPC or the API. Any plugin or theme can add to or modify the XML-RPC layer. This means that the app has to deal with malfunctions and improper responses in the XML-RPC layer and in the responses that are returned from the blog.</p>
<p>To deal with this, the team is using client-side clean-up libraries, which take the responses and clean them up. But the XML-RPC layer can fail in so many different ways that the libraries are not complete. This makes it a constant struggle to ensure that everything works in all possible instances.</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>As with the other groups, there are two ports of call for getting involved:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/mobile/">Make WordPress Mobile</a></li>
<li>The WordPress Mobile IRC Chat: 16:00 UTC on freenode, #wordpress-mobile</li>
</ul>
<p>It’s no surprise that WordPress attracts PHP developers, and it’s not a place that mobile developers would instinctively think to look. The mobile apps are written in:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Java</strong>: BlackBerry and Android</li>
<li><strong>Objective-C</strong>: iOS</li>
<li><strong>C#</strong>: Windows</li>
</ul>
<p>Contributors with coding skills in any of these languages are extremely welcome. And there is a particular need for Windows Phone developers right now. This is the fastest-growing app at the moment; so, if you’re a C# developer, visit the weekly chat and see how you can help out.</p>
<p>Another skill that the group currently needs is graphic design. Isaac is the only person currently working on graphic design for the group. As he is overloaded with work, which means that designs can’t be escalated as quickly as the group would like.</p>
<p>If you really want to make a difference to the future of WordPress, the mobile group is a great place to start.</p>
<h3>Polyglots</h3>
<p>The <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/polyglots/">polyglots team</a> is responsible for translating WordPress and for wider global outreach. It is led by Zé Fontainhas, a Portuguese WordPress consultant who speaks countless languages and is very active in the global community.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/ze.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="ze" alt="ze fontainhas" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/ze.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>Zé Fontainhas speaks all of the languages. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/themitcho/8177731200/in/pool-wpcs2012/">Michael Yoshitaka Erlewine</a>)</em></p>
<p>Zé identifies three major areas that the Polyglots team is responsible for:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Translations</strong><br />
The team translates WordPress core, as well as a number of plugins, such as BuddyPress and the import/export plugins.</li>
<li><strong>GlotPress</strong><br />
GlotPress is the translation tool that makes collaborating on a translation of WordPress possible. It is open source, just like WordPress. Developers and designers are needed to test patches, suggest features and fix bugs.</li>
<li><strong>Community</strong><br />
The global team will be a new branch of the polyglots team, focusing on increasing WordPress’ visibility worldwide and on connecting people from worldwide communities.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>Many of the challenges facing the polyglots team have to do with raising awareness and managing perceptions. Around 40% of all downloads of WordPress are not for the English language version, yet WordPress continues to be very US-centric.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;The proof of that is that we are talking about “international” as if it were an objective concept. It isn’t; it’s meaning really depends on where you’re looking from. So, when someone in the US says “international,” it means the world outside of the States, but when I say it, “rest of the world” includes the US. We need to first stop using that term. It means different things to different people.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Other challenges include ensuring that developers prepare their code for translation. This means implementing proper practices for plugins, themes and even core code to be ready for translation.</p>
<p>Of course, things will always get lost in translation:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;The “Howdy” of the dashboard screen is untranslatable for mostly everybody in another language because the spirit gets lost. There’s no real translation for that.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>All you need to get involved is a WordPress.org user name. Then think about what you’d like to do:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Translation</strong><br />
Check whether a team is translating into your chosen language. Get in touch with them to see how you can help out. [find list of teams/contacts]</li>
<li><strong>GlotPress</strong><br />
Head to <a title="GlotPress" href="http://glotpress.trac.wordpress.org/">GlotPress trac</a> to see what tickets you feel you can help out with.</li>
<li><strong>Community</strong><br />
Keep an eye out for the new global blog, which will be launching soon.</li>
</ul>
<p>Essential skills for translating WordPress are pretty obvious: language skills and knowledge of how to translate. You have to understand context, and you have to understand English. With the community, you need to have an awareness of how communities work and how they can better interact with each other.</p>
<h3>Support</h3>
<p>Support forum volunteers are the backbone of WordPress. They patiently answer questions like “OMG my site is broken! Can you fix it?” in WordPress.org’s support forum. The team is currently led by Mika Epstein, the in-house WordPress expert at Dreamhost. Mika also reviews plugins for the plugin repository &mdash; she’s one busy lady!</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/mika.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="mika" alt="Mika Epstein" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/mika.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>For Mika Epstein, support never stops. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149221441/in/pool-wpcs2012/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<p>Around 30 moderators are currently in the <a href="http://wordpress.org/support/">WordPress.org support forums</a>. Only about 12 of the moderators are active, answering queries every day. About 200 people actively answer questions.</p>
<p>WordPress’ support volunteers focus on the following areas:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://wordpress.org/support/">WordPress.org support forums</a><br />
This is often the first port of call for people looking for WordPress support. Volunteers help people with things ranging from forming their request correctly to writing code. There’s room for volunteers at every level of the WordPress experience.</li>
<li>IRC Chatroom<br />
Some people prefer to request support via the chatroom. If you want to instantly give feedback to people, you could start hanging out in the IRC chatroom on freenode at #wordpress.</li>
<li><a href="http://wordpress.stackexchange.com/">WordPress Stack Exchange</a><br />
Questions that used to show up on the wp-hackers mailing list have now found a home on WordPress Stack Exchange. If you’re keen to answer more advanced questions, you could dive in here.</li>
</ul>
<p>Since the Community Summit, there has been discussion on how to create training courses on different aspects of WordPress. This now comes under the purview of the support group. The material will be available to anyone who wants to use it for teaching or training, but also anyone who wants to learn from it. Both online and offline training material will be created. These are intended to help people do more with WordPress and make it easier for them to contribute.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>The biggest challenge facing the support team is the signal-to-noise ratio. Many more people are asking questions than answering them. People get impatient and start bumping their threads or getting snarky. They expect fast responses, or they want a phone number to call. When people get irate, it’s easy for a supporter to get irate, too. After all, the volunteer is spending their own free time helping.</p>
<p>Another issue is that people think they don’t have enough knowledge to sufficiently answer questions. But, as Mika says:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;It’s hard to know everything. And that actually scares a lot of people off. They think, “Well, I don’t know everything, so I can’t answer anything.” No, no, no. Just answer the one thing. That would make us really happy.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>The first step is to create an account and dig around the support forums.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;It’s always scary when you’re trying to join a new community. You feel like you’re in high school all over again. You’re this itty bitty freshman, and everybody else is a great huge, hulking senior. They’re adults. They know what they’re doing. And you’re like, “There is no way I can ever be that cool.”&#8221;</p>
<p>If you remember high school, four years go by, and all of a sudden you were the cool guy. You were the great person. Everybody looked up to you. <strong>You have to remember that you don’t start out being an expert. None of us did.</strong></p>
</blockquote>
<p>Just look around and see if there are discussions you could get involved in. If a discussion is more than a couple of months old, just leave it alone because the person who made the request has probably moved on.</p>
<p>If you want to do more than poke around the forums and you want to be really useful, go to the forums and click the “<a href="http://wordpress.org/support/view/no-replies">No Replies</a>” link.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/noreplies.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="no replieds" alt="a screenshot of the no replies link at the bottom of the WordPress support forums landing page" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/noreplies.jpg" /></a><br />
<em>Be super-helpful by answering unanswered questions.</em></p>
<p>Some supporters just go to the last page of queries with no replies and work their way up.</p>
<p>Another way to be helpful is to flag posts as spam, or to alert a moderator when someone double-posts a lot. On the right side of the post, you’ll see a section called “Tags.” Just add the tag “ModLook” (all one word), and a moderator will know to look at it.</p>
<p>To get involved in the new training initiative, stop by the post “<a href="http://make.wordpress.org/support/2013/01/training-group-team-reps-and-growing-the-team/">Training Group, Team Reps, and Growing the Team</a>” in the support section.</p>
<h3>Theme Review</h3>
<p>The theme review team sets guidelines for the quality of themes hosted in WordPress’ <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/">Theme Directory</a>. It reviews every submitted theme against those guidelines and, if it meets the standard, pushes it to the repository.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/themereview.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="theme review" alt="theme review" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/themereview.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>Chip Bennett talks about theme review. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149374784/in/pool-wpcs2012/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<p>The representative of the theme review team is Chip Bennett, the developer behind the <a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/oenology">Oenology</a> theme. I chatted with him recently about how the theme review process works:</p>
<ol>
<li>A developer submits a theme on WordPress.org, using the “<a href="http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/upload/">Theme Authors</a>” link. The uploader runs the theme through a script, unpacks it and puts it through a bunch of tests. If it passes the tests, the theme is repacked and stored in a special subversion repository for themes. It then generates a ticket in the <a href="http://themes.trac.wordpress.org/">Theme Trac</a>.</li>
<li>The ticket goes into a queue. The queue is prioritized based on whether the theme is currently approved, whether it has been reviewed before, and how long it has been in the queue.</li>
<li>A reviewer will take on the highest priority theme. They review the ticket, which includes a link to the ZIP file, or a link to a diff file if the theme has been previously submitted.</li>
<li>In reviewing the theme against the guidelines, the reviewer looks for the following things:
<ul>
<li>code quality,</li>
<li>theme files,</li>
<li>front-end tests,</li>
<li>theme unit test data.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>If the theme passes the review criteria, then the ticket is closed and resolved as “Approved.”</li>
<li>If the theme doesn’t pass, the reviewer posts comments on the ticket, explaining the issues and what is required and perhaps making some recommendations.</li>
</ol>
<p>The longest theme reviews take around two to three hours, the whole way through. If there are major issues, the review will be stopped early, and the reviewer will note the issues for the developer to address.</p>
<p>Currently, about 70 to 80 people can close tickets. Around 10 people have reviewed more than 50 or 100 tickets. This means that participation is wide but shallow. The goal is to not leave a ticket in the queue for longer than a few days. On average, 10 tickets are submitted per day.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>A major challenge for the theme review team is the sheer volume of submissions, making reviews take longer than they would like. There are also occasional challenges to the review guidelines, although that has lessened in the past two years.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Hopefully people have seen the benefits that the improved theme review guidelines have brought to the directory and overall code themes, so we don’t get a whole lot of challenges on the theme review guidelines themselves.&#8221;</p>
<p>We constantly have to review them as WordPress changes. Each release cycle, we have to look at them, find out what needs to change and understand how the various changes to core will impact themes to make sure we incorporate those.</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>The first place to start is the <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/themes">Make WordPress Themes</a> blog, which is becoming the hub of activity for the theme review team. You’ll find a link to the <a title="theme-reviewers Info Page" href="http://lists.wordpress.org/mailman/listinfo/theme-reviewers">reviewers mailing list</a>, where a lot of the communication happens.</p>
<p>If you’re just starting out, you won’t have trac privileges to close tickets, so you’ll need to request a ticket to be assigned to you. To do this, post a comment on the “<a title="WordPress › Trac Ticket Request Queue «  Make WordPress Themes" href="http://make.wordpress.org/themes/about/trac-ticket-request-queue/">Trac Ticket Request Queue</a>” page with your trac user name, and then one of the admins will assign the next ticket to you. Once you’ve done a few, you’ll get review privileges and be able to do it on your own.</p>
<p>You may also want to get involved in discussions about guidelines:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;We always welcome more people to contribute by reviewing themes, submitting themes and taking part in the discussion. The more developers we have participating in discussion about the guidelines and the process, it can only make it better.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>Plugin Directory</h3>
<p>The plugin directory team is a relatively small group that is responsible for WordPress’ <a title="What You Need To Know About WordPress 3.5" href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/">Plugin Directory</a>. Its current rep is Scott Rielly.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/scott.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="scott reilly" alt="scott reilly" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/scott.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>Scott Reilly helps to secure and monitor WordPress’ plugin directory. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149374784/in/pool-wpcs2012/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<p>The team does the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Processes all incoming plugin submissions. There could be more than 40 submissions in a day. Each plugin is reviewed for guideline violations and coding best practices. If there is a problem with the plugin and it isn’t malicious, the team works with the author to fix the issue.</li>
<li>Deals with support requests sent to <code>plugins@wordpress.org</code>.</li>
<li>Monitors and curates the plugin directory, including looking for guideline violations and security exploits.</li>
<li>Monitors the security-exploit database and announcements for anything relating to plugins.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>The biggest challenge facing the team, says Scott, is not having enough time in the day.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Given the volume of newly submitted plugins each day, the constant updates by plugin developers and the support emails, it’s a constant effort to stay on top of everything &mdash; particularly because we’ll all just volunteers to the team. But we’ve been working to remedy this with enhanced admin tools and, eventually, additional team members.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Another challenge is that spammers always try to game the system. The plugin directory is a target for people who want to inject spam into the websites of WordPress users. “In many ways, it’s an arms race,” says Scott. “They keep trying new stuff, and we keep shutting them down once we become aware of it”</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>The first way to help out with the plugin directory is to check out plugins and evaluate code. If you find any guideline violations or malicious code, send an email <a href="mailto:plugins@wordspress.org">plugins@wordpress.org</a>. Include the name of the plugin and a link to its page, as well as a list of the issues. The team will get in touch with the plugin’s author and get the issues fixed.</p>
<p>The team isn’t currently set up to accept many new people in an official capacity, Scott says:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Part of it is getting internal tools and documentation organized in order to facilitate a larger team, and part of it is that we need to be selective of candidates since full membership grants capabilities that require adequate vetting.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>But the team is on the lookout for new members. Recently, <a title="Pippins Plugins" href="http://pippinsplugins.com/">Pippin Williamson</a> was brought on board. The team keeps an eye out for potential team members amongst WordPress contributors who have demonstrated their ability through “code, competence and trustworthiness.” If you want to be invited to join the plugin directory team, help out across the community, showing off your technical expertise. Anyone who wants to get involved with reviewing plugins will need a deep knowledge of WordPress, of PHP and its best practices and of the <a title=" WordPress Plugins" href="http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/about/guidelines/">plugin guidelines</a>. Security expertise and the ability to understand other developers’ code are also desired. “Not just to understand what it does and what it’s supposed to do, but also how it may be wayward or exploitable in its implementation.”</p>
<h3>Documentation</h3>
<p>Often, when people think about WordPress documentation, the first thing they think of is the Codex. While the Codex is the cornerstone of WordPress documentation, it’s one element of a wider drive towards improving documentation. I’m currently the acting rep for documentation, which means that I’m responsible for reporting back to the community on the week’s activities.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/siobhan.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="siobhan" alt="siobhan mckeown" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/siobhan.jpg" width="250" /></a><br /><em>Me, telling people they should use fewer words. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/themitcho/8177693175/in/pool-wpcs2012/">Michael Yoshitaka Erlewine</a>)</em></p>
<p>As with getting involved in any aspect of WordPress, contributing to documentation will improve your WordPress skills, not to mention your technical writing skills. It’s also a great way to give back to the community. Currently, there are a few ways to get involved:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Codex</strong><br />
The Codex always needs updating to maintain it as a useful resource for users. There’s always a flurry of activity around a new WordPress release as the Codex is updated to reflect any changes. Anyone can edit the Codex; all you need is a WordPress.org account. Lorelle VanFossen has listed <a href="http://wpdocsteam.wordpress.com/">all of the tasks</a> in the Codex that currently need completing.</li>
<li><strong>Handbooks</strong><br />
The handbooks are a collection of guides that teach people how to contribute to WordPress. There will also be handbooks for theme development and plugin development. This project will be active over the coming year.</li>
</ul>
<p>We are also discussing the possibility of conducting a review of the inline help tabs, and looking at other ways that we can generally be helpful with documentation.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>A major challenge for the documentation team is to keep everything updated. WordPress has a fast release cycle, so the docs team has to be quick to stay on top of updating the Codex. Another challenge is that the Codex itself is such a huge resource. Keeping abreast of what needs to be done can be hard. A lot of functions lack practical examples, which people would find very useful for learning.</p>
<p>Also, sometimes the problem is that people don’t realize they can edit the Codex &mdash; you can, and you definitely should!</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>The easiest way to help out with documentation is to go to the Codex and log in with your WordPress.org user name. Once you’re logged in, you’ll see an “Edit” link at the top of the right sidebar. Click that button and you’re editing the Codex!</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/codex.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="no replieds" alt="a screenshot of the Views menu on the codex sidebar. The edit button has a red arrow pointing to it" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/codex.jpg" /></a><br />
<em>Editing the Codex is easy &mdash; go try it!</em></p>
<p>Even fixing a typo improves the documentation. If you’re using the Codex and you see an issue, fix it. If you have had to go elsewhere to find a solution, add that solution to the Codex so that others will benefit from it.</p>
<p>You could also stop by the <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/docs">Make WordPress Documentation</a> blog, where you can say hello and get involved with the docs team. There is currently a major push to get the handbooks together, but you’ll find other projects that you can get involved with on the blog. We also have a weekly chat with the support team. This takes place on Thursdays at 9:00 pm UTC in the freenode IRC channel #wordpress-sfd.</p>
<h3>Events</h3>
<p>WordCamps and meetups are events at which WordPress users can get together to share knowledge, learn and socialize. One of the current reps for the Events blog is Andrea Middleton. She works on the WordCamp program, reviewing applications and providing a point of contact for organizing teams. The events contributor group consists of people who have organized WordCamps and meetups.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/events.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="events" alt="WordPress people" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/events.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>Events organizers have to deal with a lot of people standing around, staring at stuff. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/89591031@N06/8149193905/in/pool-wpcs2012/">konsobe</a>)</em></p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>Organizing an event has many challenges &mdash; you’ve got to get good speakers who will engage the audience, find sponsors and a venue, sort out catering, arrange AV, manage a budget, organize a team of volunteers. You’ve got to get a lot of details right in order to organize a successful event. Once you’ve been through the baptism of fire, you’ll be an experienced event organizer, which is a great time to get involved with the events contributor group.</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>Having experience as an organizer of meetups or any volunteer-run event is a great asset if you want to get involved with the events group. Having good accounting and communication skills also helps. As Andrea says:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;I think anyone looking to get involved with an ongoing open-source project, from whatever area of contribution, should come bearing humility, tolerance, patience, respect and a healthy sense of humor. We’re a meritocracy, and we value civil discourse.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>If you want to organize a WordCamp but don’t have a local community, start with a meetup. These will get people out of their house and talking about WordPress. WordCamps are most successful in regions that have vibrant WordPress communities. WordCamps are great, but they are just once a year &mdash; meetups happen every month and, as Andrea points out, they “sometimes have a more persistent effect on people’s lives and how they interact with WordPress.”</p>
<p>To get involved with the events group, <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/events/">stop by the blog and say hi</a>.</p>
<h3>Accessibility</h3>
<p>The accessibility group was created to support core developers with issues regarding accessibility. Its rep is currently Mel Pedley. I asked Mel about the motivation for creating the group:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Because a11y [accessibility] isn’t a binary subject but one based on experience, best practice, judgement and balance, the core devs were being hit with conflicting opinions that just caused even more confusion. They needed one point of contact with regard to tackling a11y problems &mdash; hence, the group.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The group comprises technical developers and assistive-technology users. The group looks at issues and figure out solutions, passing answers back to the core developers.</p>
<p>The team is in the process of expanding to cover themes and plugins, and one day it would like to cover everything that falls under WordPress.org.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>Mel identified three major challenges facing the accessibility group. First:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Wrangling any group of a11y experts is always a challenge. Put four of them in a room and you’ll get five opinions. :-) It’s also quite slow, in my experience, to create real change. Things tend to change <em>very</em> slowly. So, keeping momentum is a major issue. I hope that we can address this by throwing a wider net &mdash; publishing best practice support documents and getting involved in outlying a11y projects &mdash; like Joseph O’Connor’s “Cites” project, which involves teams in cities across the world each developing an accessible theme.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Secondly, the teams needs to get users with a greater range of assistive technology involved. There are screen reader users, but Mel is keen to get VR, braille and switch users involved, as well as dyslexics, so that there is a pan-disability user group. Successful accessibility is all about getting the right mix of people.</p>
<p>The third challenge is to convince the large community that accessibility doesn’t mean boring design or ugly UIs. You can have beautiful, graphically rich and accessible designs. Mel has been involved in <a href="http://accessites.org/">Accessites.org</a> to prove this point, and she wants to showcase what was learned there on WordPress.</p>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>To get involved, start following the <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/accessibility/">Make WordPress Accessibility/</a> blog. You can also get in touch with Mel. The group is happy to hear from anyone interested in promoting accessibility and making WordPress more accessible.</p>
<p>There are two distinct streams for getting involved:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Users</strong><br />
This includes anyone who uses assistive technologies to access the Web. The group would value your feedback on existing issues and solutions.</li>
<li><strong>Technical</strong><br />
This is any WordPress developer. You can translate users’ needs into practical solutions.</li>
</ul>
<p>And a note to any WordPress developers:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;If you want to develop more accessible themes or plugins but aren’t sure where to start or how to tackle a particular problem, we’re here to help.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>Community</h3>
<p>The community builders group was set up after the WordPress Community Summit to focus on outreach, mentorship programs and contributor engagement. The group’s current reps are Jane Wells and Andrea Rennick. Some of the things that the community group will be tackling are mentorship programs, college outreach, diversity, school programs, WordPress.org improvements, and finding new contributors at events.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/andrea.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="andrea rondeau" alt="Andrea Rennick" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/andrea.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>Andrea likes hugging people. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrea_r/8144790885/in/pool-wpcs2012">Andrea Rennick</a>)</em></p>
<p>I asked Andrea what the group will be doing:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Mostly it involves finding new members in the community who want to contribute and directing them to where they need to go. It also means answering a lot of questions. This requires a broad understanding of how each of the current groups works and what each group entails.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>I asked Andrea about what challenges she thinks the group will face:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;At the minute, there’s no one spot where people can go to with their questions about getting involved with WordPress. Also, there are issues around dissemination, which really needs to be improved. The new <a href="http://make.wordpress.org/updates/">Make WordPress.org Updates</a> blog is an example of attempts to improve communication. Reps will post weekly updates so that everyone stays informed of what’s going on across the groups.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>But those aren’t the only challenges:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Other sticky spots I can see being a challenge are things that are present in any large group of passionate people; things can be misinterpreted, feelings are hurt, tempers flare, and sometimes someone is needed to help smooth things over.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>Because the group is currently being formed, there are plenty of opportunities to get involved. People of any skill level are needed &mdash; even if your limit is installing WordPress and navigating the admin area, you still have enough skill to help others. Stop by the <a title="Hello World! «  Make.WordPress.Org Community" href="http://make.wordpress.org/community/2012/11/16/hello-world/">Make WordPress Community</a> blog, leave your name in the comments, and say how you would like to help out.</p>
<h3>BuddyPress and bbPress</h3>
<p><a href="http://buddypress.org/">BuddyPress</a> and <a href="http://bbpress.org/">bbPress</a> are the younger siblings of WordPress. If you get excited about social networking, communities and forums, they could be the places to get your feet wet. BuddyPress is “social networking in a box.” You can use it to build a <a title="BuddyPress: One Plugin, Five Communities" href="http://wp.smashingmagazine.com/2012/09/26/buddypress-one-plugin-five-communities/">community around WordPress</a>. bbPress is a forum plugin for WordPress.</p>
<p>The lead developer of BuddyPress and bbPress is John James Jacoby (aka JJJ or J-Trip). JJJ manages the overall direction of the project, gets more contributors involved and helps out with development. The role he focuses on the most is building an active contributor community so that everyone can make the most of their unique skills and abilities.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/jjj.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-78211" title="jjj" alt="John James Jacoby" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/jjj.jpg" width="500" /></a><br /><em>JJJ leads the BuddyPress and bbPress projects. (Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/andrea_r/8144790885/in/pool-wpcs2012">Andrea Rennick</a>)</em></p>
<p>BuddyPress and bbPress are like microcosms of WordPress itself, with contributors needed in many of the same areas, just on a smaller scale. There are a lot of ways to get involved with the plugins: refactoring code, helping in the support forums, developing new features and functionality, working on user experience and design, helping with the codices, and writing plugins.</p>
<h4>Challenges</h4>
<p>The biggest challenge facing bbPress has been maintaining momentum. There isn’t always a lot of focus on it, and other distractions come up for developers. This is frustrating for JJJ because people assume that the project is dead when it is still active.</p>
<p>The biggest challenge with BuddyPress is that the code has changed so much since it was launched. Its direction has changed, and the code has been adapted. This means that a bunch of code is hanging around that they want to get rid of but can’t because doing so would break everyone’s installation.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;I like the house to be presentable when I have visitors come over. And when I know the house is not very clean, even though people might not really see it, we feel like we can do a better job with it. That might just be me. But for the project as a whole, because we have so much code, our release cycles are not as quick as we’d like them to be. We always have to fix a bunch of things, or we linger in beta for too long, or we don’t get to beta fast enough.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h4>Get Involved</h4>
<p>The easiest way to get involved is to help out in the BuddyPress and bbPress support forums.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Having someone’s experience of the forums be a rewarding, fun thing is the easiest way to be helpful. If you think you know anything, you probably know more than somebody else, and sharing that knowledge goes a long way for someone who’s looking for help.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Help is also needed on both of the codices. As JJJ points out, this often feels like a thankless job because writing and formatting take so much time. But it’s a really useful place to get involved, especially because so few people are doing it.</p>
<p>If you’re interested in getting involved with development, join #buddypress-dev on Wednesdays at 19:00 UTC, or #bbpress on Wednesdays at 21:00 UTC. Contributors are always hanging around outside those hours.</p>
<h3>What’s In It For You?</h3>
<p>I asked all of my interviewees about what contributors get out of being involved in WordPress. There were commonalities across all of their responses: the joy of being part of a community, the thrill of creating something used by millions of people across the world, the rate at which you learn, and the pleasure of being involved in democratizing publishing. While the responses were varied, Mark Jaquith’s response sums them all up:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;I consider it part of my continuing education. I mean, tech is such a fast-moving industry that if you stand back and, say, just focus on the planning board and aren’t involved in the process and the technologies and the new skills, you’ll be left behind in a few months. It’s just part of the upkeep for me &mdash; that’s number one.&#8221;</p>
<p>Number two is because I enjoy it. I enjoy making things. I enjoy working on software that’s used by tens of millions of people. It’s a fairly powerful and rewarding feeling. And the other thing is that it raises your status inside the community, which is helpful, because it’s a very tight-knit community, and a lot of your business links are going to come from the community. A lot of your potential partners on ventures and projects are going to come from within the community. And by contributing and staying close to that tight knit group, you keep those connections alive.</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>Tips For Getting Involved</h3>
<p>Now that you’re excited about contributing to WordPress, and you’ve found a contributor group that fits, here are some tips:</p>
<ul>
<li>Before diving in, do a bit or research and see how the group operates and what’s currently on the agenda. This will help you figure out where you fit in and whether your ideas have been discussed before. Reading though the P2s will usually suffice.</li>
<li>Stop by the P2 for the group you’re interested in and say “Hi.”</li>
<li>If you’re not sure what to get involved with, stop by the #wordpress-contribute IRC chatroom on freenode. Some people should be around to help you get started.</li>
<li>Read through the P2, mailing lists or trac. Check that your ideas haven’t been proposed before, and if they have, see what the reasons were for refusing them.</li>
<li>Go to WordCamps and Meetups! My involvement in WordPress has increased massively since I started meeting people in person.</li>
<li>Reach out to people on Twitter or, if they publicize their address, via email.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Some Final Advice</h3>
<p>A few pieces of advice didn’t fit neatly anywhere else in this article but are too valuable to be discarded. First of all, Matt has some words on starting out with contributing to WordPress:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Remember that everyone who’s involved at WordPress started where the people who are reading this article are today, including myself. It looks big and scary. The first time someone said to me “You should patch that and put a diff on SourceForge,” I was like, “I don’t know what half the words in that sentence mean.” I had to figure out patches, I had to figure out what a diff is, I has to figure out what SourceForge is. We all started there. You’ve just got to dive in.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>And Mika has some words on the value of every WordPress contributor.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;Don’t ever feel that just because you don’t know how to code like Nacin and Otto that you’re not just as valuable as they are. Because without us, too, WordPress would fall apart. A healthy community is healthy on all levels, and everybody does know that.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<h3>Contributor Information</h3>
<h4>Make WordPress Blogs</h4>
<p>Here are the discussion blogs where the different groups carry on discussion and post updates:</p>
<ul>
<li><a title="Make WordPress.org" href="http://make.wordpress.org/">Master List</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/updates/">Updates</a><br />
regular updates from the reps of every team</li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/core">Core</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/support">Support</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/plugins">Plugins</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/themes">Themes</a><br />
including Theme Review</li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/ui">UI</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/mobile">Mobile</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/polyglots">Polyglots</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/docs">Documentation</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/community">Community</a></li>
<li><a href="http://make.wordpress.org/meta">Changes to WordPress.org</a></li>
</ul>
<h4>Chat Schedule</h4>
<p>WordPress has a number of rooms on the freenode IRC channel. This is where the weekly chats take place. Remember that the chats are for getting things done, not just for saying hi, but they are a great time to find out how things work. People also usually hang out in the chat rooms throughout the day, which tends to be a better time to introduce yourself. Don’t be upset if people don’t respond &mdash; there are time-zone differences to take into account, and many WordPress people leave IRC on throughout the day, even if they’re not at their computer.</p>
<p>If you’re confused, the <a title="IRC « WordPress Codex" href="http://codex.wordpress.org/IRC">Codex has some information on IRC</a></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Tuesday</strong>: UI<br />
19:00 UTC in #wordpress-ui</li>
<li><strong>Wednesday</strong>: Mobile<br />
16:00 UTC in #wordpress-mobile</li>
<li><strong>Wednesday</strong>: BuddyPress<br />
19:00 UTC in #buddypress-dev</li>
<li><strong>Wednesday</strong>: bbPress<br />
20:00 UTC in #bbpress</li>
<li><strong>Wednesday</strong>: Core<br />
21:00 UTC in #wordpress-dev</li>
<li><strong>Thursday</strong>: Support and docs<br />
21:00 UTC in #wordpress-sfd</li>
</ul>
<p>If you want help getting started, don’t forget that you can stop by #wordpress-contribute, where people are on hand to help.</p>
<p><em>(al) (il)</em></p>
<hr />
<p><small>© Siobhan McKeown for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/how-to-contribute-to-wordpress/">Sharing Your Experiences: How To Contribute To WordPress</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/10/how-to-contribute-to-wordpress/feed/atom/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="" length="" type="" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Brave New World: Designing For A Maturing Android</title>
		<link>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/09/designing-for-a-maturing-android/</link>
		<comments>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/09/designing-for-a-maturing-android/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 09 May 2013 12:20:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>newsfeed</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Smashing Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://mgmt.smashingmagazine.com/?p=161547</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><table width="650"><tr><td width="650">
<div><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0"><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" border="0" alt=""></a></div>
</td>
</tr></table><p>Android is huge: 480 million people currently use Android devices, and 1 million new devices are activated daily. This means that every three weeks, the number of people who activate new Android devices <strong>is equal to the entire population of Australia</strong>. (<a href="http://www.nielsen.com/us/en/newswire/2012/two-thirds-of-new-mobile-buyers-now-opting-for-smartphones.html">Recent studies by Nielsen</a> show that more Android devices are on the market than iOS devices.)</p>
<p>Popular apps that become available on Android experience huge growth. For example, <a href="http://www.theverge.com/2012/4/13/2946602/instagram-40-million-users">Instagram grew by 10 million users</a> with the launch of its Android app &#8212; in just 10 days.</p>
<p><img alt="Looking at some of Android's problems." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/1.jpg" width="500" height="387"></p>
<p>Despite this unprecedented expansion of the platform, the majority of Android apps are&#8230; well, not great. Fewer quality apps are in <a href="https://play.google.com/store">Google Play</a> than in the <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/us/browse/">iTunes Store</a>. Part of the reason for this is that Android has been going through puberty&#160;in the past few years. It was disorganized and erratic, and many designers avoided it &#8212; even <a href="http://adroitalien.hubpages.com/hub/10-Things-I-Hate-About-Android-Smart-Phones">hated it</a> &#8212; and naturally gravitated towards iOS.</p>
<p>Some of Android&#8217;s problems no longer exist, and others have been blown out of proportion. For the ones that do exist, we&#8217;ll provide guidance on how to deal with them and how to start designing your first great Android app.</p>
<h3>Symptoms Of Puberty</h3>
<p>Many Android apps underperformed because the platform wasn&#8217;t mature enough to allow great apps to emerge. Though a powerful laboratory &#8212; it offered manufacturers and developers the freedom and openness to create whatever they wanted &#8212; not many wanted to work in a sandbox environment every day. But that sandbox has since coalesced into a foundation for great design.</p>
<p><img alt="Android's systems of puperty." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/2.jpg" width="402" height="600"></p>
<p>The points below are what you might remember about Android &#8212; and possibly what curbed your desire to give it a try &#8212; but these issues have also been eliminated or improved. If your concerns appear in this list, then the next section will demonstrate how they&#8217;ve been resolved with Android&#8217;s maturation and how you can design a better app as a result.</p>
<h4>Lack of Consistency in Google&#8217;s Own Apps</h4>
<p>Not long ago, almost all of Google&#8217;s own Android apps looked different from each other.</p>
<p><img alt="Action bar at the top of the screen design pattern." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/1st_image.png" width="500" height="600"><img alt="Action bar design pattern in redesigned gallery." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/2nd_image.png" width="500" height="460"><br /><em>Google took more than a year to start following its own advice. The action bar design pattern was <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M1ZBjlCRfz0">presented in 2010</a>&#160;but wasn&#8217;t implemented until October 2011, with Android OS 4.0.</em></p>
<h4>Lack of a User-Centric Design Culture in the Android Community</h4>
<p>Google&#8217;s failure to set an example for other developers (because of its own inconsistencies) and the lack of consistent design guidelines and patterns contributed to another bigger problem: poor user experience. Good design starts with people; it leverages technology to help users accomplish their goals. Google wasn&#8217;t communicating this to developers clearly enough (<a href="http://developer.apple.com/library/ios/#DOCUMENTATION/UserExperience/Conceptual/MobileHIG/AppDesign/AppDesign.html%23//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40006556-CH19-SW1">unlike Apple</a>).</p>
<h4>Dramatically Inconsistent Experience Between Devices and OS Versions</h4>
<p>Manufacturers often customize the system&#8217;s UI and hardware buttons. This contributed to fragmentation, made testing and quality control much harder and made consistency in app design nearly impossible.</p>
<p><img alt="Hardware buttons in different orders." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/hardware-buttons.jpg" width="500" height="600"><br /><em>Manufacturers used to put hardware buttons in different orders. Switching between devices was a pain.</em></p>
<p>Properly testing apps in the changing and fast-growing market was difficult for developers. Thus, a majority of apps didn&#8217;t function as they should have or were poorly designed.</p>
<p>Those apps are still there, but yours doesn&#8217;t have to be one of them. Android has since improved, enabling you to create a better and more consistent experience for your users.</p>
<h3>Android Has Matured</h3>
<p>The Android user experience today is more robust than ever before, making it easier for app designers and developers to deliver great apps. While some of the earlier problems still exist, most have become more manageable &#8212; and many more have been solved altogether.</p>
<p>One fundamental problem remains, however: there aren&#8217;t enough great apps. But with an improved and mature Android platform, designers and developers can solve this problem. All we have to do is give Android another chance.</p>
<p><img alt="Android has matured." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/3.jpg" width="485" height="600"></p>
<p>The areas below are what the mature Android has to offer.</p>
<h4>Better App Discovery</h4>
<p>Previously, the discovery process was limited to searching by keyword and then trying out all of the results. The new Google Play store offers better discovery through featured apps and staff picks.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/market-lg.jpg"><img alt="The new Google Play store offers more ways to discover cool new apps." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/market.jpg" width="500" height="310"></a><br /><em>The new Google Play store offers more ways to discover cool new apps than its predecessor, Android Market.</em></p>
<h4>Proper Android Design Guidelines</h4>
<p>Until recently, no direction was provided for the basic elements that every app requires. Google has since created <a href="http://developer.android.com/design/index.html">design guidelines</a>, which remove the burden of small design decisions from app designers and developers. We can finally focus on the core value of the apps we&#8217;re creating and ensure a consistent experience across devices.</p>
<p><img alt="Example of a grid and a 48 density-independent pixel (DP) rhythm." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/metrics_forms.jpg" width="500" height="353"><br /><em>Example of a grid and a 48 density-independent pixel (DP) rhythm, taken from the &#8220;<a href="http://developer.android.com/design/style/metrics-grids.html">Metrics and Grids</a>&#8221; section of the guidelines.</em></p>
<h4>Menu and Search Hardware Buttons Are Gone</h4>
<p>Google has started removing hardware buttons from its devices, uniting the hardware and software and making Android devices more elegant and easier to use.</p>
<p><img alt="Nexus 4 is an instance of Google&#8217;s new approach to hardware buttons." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/nexus-menu4.png" width="500" height="400"><br /><em>The Nexus 4 is an instance of Google&#8217;s new approach to hardware buttons. They are always there, always in the same order. And gone are the search and menu buttons.</em></p>
<p>A variety of Android device types still exist (for example, LG still produces devices with Android 4.0 and hard menu buttons), yet this diversity is one of the main reasons why Android apps are able to excel.</p>
<h3>Fragmentation Isn&#8217;t All Bad</h3>
<p>Fragmentation may be the biggest remaining challenge facing designers and developers, and it&#8217;s built into Android&#8217;s DNA &#8212; a permanent part of the Android experience. This diversity offers designers an opportunity to reach an unprecedented number of people globally.</p>
<p>Learning to work within this fragmentation will make you a better designer or developer overall, with broader knowledge and an improved skill set. Given the rewards, the challenge is worthwhile to pursue. And to succeed in this pursuit, here are a few things to keep in mind when creating your Android app.</p>
<p><img alt="Fragmentation isn&#8217;t all bad." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/challenge.jpg" width="500" height="353"></p>
<h3>Tips For Creating A Successful Android App</h3>
<h4>Get to Know Android</h4>
<p>To understand Android, you should learn how to use it and get to know its users. The best way to do this is by buying several devices from different manufacturers, with different screen sizes and maybe even OS versions. This will help you not only to understand user diversity but also to test your app.</p>
<p>To choose the best devices for your app, check the latest&#160;<a href="http://developer.android.com/about/dashboards/index.html">statistics from Google</a>&#160;and&#160;<a href="http://www.android.com/devices/">select a device</a>&#160;with your desired specifications. Independent studies, such as <a href="http://opensignal.com/reports/fragmentation.php?">OpenSignal&#8217;s August 2012 report</a>, can also help you select devices.</p>
<p>Something to keep in mind is that&#160;Android updates are controlled by service providers and, as a result, usually arrive earlier on devices that are created in collaboration with Google, such as the Nexus series. Picking up the&#160;<a href="http://www.google.com/nexus/">latest Nexus devices</a>&#160;will <strong>keep you on the cutting edge of platform releases</strong>. You can save money by buying a used device, but make sure it runs the version of Android that you need before purchasing it (many old devices are no longer updated).</p>
<p>Talk to your Android-using friends about how they use their devices and what they are happy and unhappy about. That will help you get to know the environment and bring you into the culture.</p>
<h4>Follow the Guidelines</h4>
<p>Following the <a href="http://developer.android.com/design/index.html">guidelines</a>&#160;will help you create an app that feels native to any device. But that&#8217;s just one of many reasons why following them is worthwhile. They can also help you achieve the following:</p>
<ul><li>Create an app fit for virtually any device,</li>
<li>Make the app feel true to Android,</li>
<li>Provide a UI that is familiar to users,</li>
<li>Make the app easier to develop and support,</li>
<li>Increase the app&#8217;s chances of being featured in Google Play.</li>
</ul><p>Keeping Android navigation patterns in mind and using elements that are native to the platform will also help you create a consistent experience across devices.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/contacts-iphone-android.png"><img alt="When bringing an iPhone design (left) to Android (right), use elements that are native to the platform." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/contacts-iphone-android.png" width="500" height="397"></a><br /><em>When bringing an iPhone design (left) to Android (right), use elements that are native to the platform: this table view is styled for Android; the buttons for searching and adding contacts are moved to the split action bar at the bottom; and switching between data views is done through the <a href="http://developer.android.com/design/patterns/actionbar.html#organization">view control</a>.</em></p>
<p>Custom apps are more difficult not only to support, but <a href="http://mobile.smashingmagazine.com/2009/07/21/iphone-apps-design-mistakes-overblown-visuals/">also to design</a>&#160;when ensuring operability across devices. New Android apps look great thanks to the new design guidelines; they are also very different from apps created before Android 4.0.</p>
<h4>Understand Android&#8217;s Look and Feel</h4>
<p>Google has invested&#160;a <a href="http://www.theverge.com/2013/1/24/3904134/google-redesign-how-larry-page-engineered-beautiful-revolution#ooid=1iOG5vODr8k-SiE4XkfhRhojCWYBPRHE">lot of effort</a> in&#160;bringing a consistent visual experience to all of its products, including Android. Android 4.0 introduced its own style: simple, plain, clean &#8212; more about function than form.</p>
<p>Although this provides great freedom in styling, you still have to consider the subtlety of Android&#8217;s visual style: saying more with less. <strong>Simply copying the styles and elements from an iOS app might not work.</strong> And releasing a new app with old styles or with elements that look like they belong on another platform could make users react negatively &#8212; which&#160;<a href="http://www.androiduipatterns.com/2012/11/bad-outdated-ux-will-be-rejected-by.html">happened to Microsoft</a>.</p>
<p>Browsing&#160;<a href="http://androidniceties.tumblr.com/">Android Niceties</a>&#160;is a great way to grasp Android&#8217;s style and to find inspiration.</p>
<p><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.google.android.googlequicksearchbox&#38;hl=en"><img alt="Google&#8217;s Search app is a great instance of Android&#8217;s look and feel." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/googlenow.jpg" width="381" height="600"></a><br /><em>Google&#8217;s <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.google.android.googlequicksearchbox&#38;hl=en">Search</a> app is a great instance of Android&#8217;s look and feel.</em></p>
<p>A good way to distinguish your app is through its icon.&#160;App icons for Android can take any shape or form. Users love great-looking icons and will gladly put your app on their home screen even if they don&#8217;t use it often. For tips on designing your icon, read the &#8220;<a href="http://developer.android.com/design/style/iconography.html">Iconography</a>&#8221; section in the guidelines.</p>
<p><img alt="App icons for Android can take any shape and form you want." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/icons.jpg" width="500" height="90"><br /><em><a href="http://developer.android.com/design/style/iconography.html#launcher">App icons</a>&#160;for Android can take any shape and form you want.</em></p>
<h4>Build for Different Hardware Types</h4>
<p>When designing your app, ensure that&#160;it will run properly on most devices. Keep in mind not only different screen sizes and aspect ratios, but also screens with low brightness or poor contrast and color, as well as slow, weak hardware.</p>
<p>For example, less-expensive devices might have smaller displays with lower contrast, so text that appears big enough on new devices with large screens might appear illegible there. Low contrast&#160;of text&#160;and&#160;visual elements might compromise the user experience as well.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/screen-sizes-lg.jpg"><img alt="Designs created according to the guidelines will easily scale to fit virtually any screen." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/screen-sizes.jpg" width="500" height="491"></a><br /><em>Designs created according to the guidelines will easily scale to fit virtually any screen.</em></p>
<p>A few more things to keep in mind:</p>
<ul><li>Use contrasting colors for text and elements. For example, don&#8217;t use white on gray for important elements; they&#8217;ll just blend together on bad displays.</li>
<li>Check your design on several devices with different brightness settings (low, high, auto) and in different lighting conditions.</li>
<li>Even when using standard sizes, make sure your text and UI elements appear big enough on small screens (i.e. screens with a DPI lower than 240). You might want to adjust these elements specifically for small devices.</li>
</ul><p>For a great example of designing for diversity, read&#160;Sebastiaan de With describe the process of <a href="http://dewith.com/2012/an-android-design-process/">creating the Alarm app</a>.</p>
<h4>Use Density-Independent Pixels to Define Layout</h4>
<p>Part of providing a consistent experience is ensuring that UI elements stay roughly the same size across Android devices with varying pixels per inch (PPI). This doesn&#8217;t have to be a laborious task of calculating the number of pixels a button or font should contain in order to look great on a particular screen size. You can make the device do the work for you.</p>
<p><img alt="The recommended size for buttons in the action bar is 48 DP." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/density.png" width="600" height="246"><br /><em>The recommended size for buttons in the action bar is 48 DP, which will result in different pixel sizes on different screens, but you don&#8217;t have to worry about that.</em></p>
<p>By defining sizes with density-independent pixels (DPs), you ensure that elements will appear at about the same physical size on any screen. Text will remain readable, and buttons will be comfortable to tap on any Android device, regardless of screen size or DPI. (See the section &#8220;<a href="http://developer.android.com/training/multiscreen/screendensities.html#TaskUseDP">Use Density-Independent Pixels</a>&#8221; in the guidelines for more.)</p>
<p><img alt="In our practice, giving developers guidelines on sizes of elements and fonts has proven useful." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/image01.jpg" width="320" height="480"><br /><em>In our practice, giving developers guidelines on sizes of elements and fonts has proven useful.</em></p>
<h4>6. Create Assets for All Densities</h4>
<p><a href="http://developer.android.com/training/multiscreen/screendensities.html#TaskProvideAltBmp">Four sets of assets</a>&#160;are required&#160;to accommodate all Android devices and to make the interface crisp: low density (LDPI), medium density (MDPI), high density (HDPI) and extra-high density (XHDPI). Start with a 640 &#215; 960 screen for XHDPI assets, and then scale them down for other densities.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/densities-pixel.jpg"><img alt="Start with XHDPI, and then scale down to other densities. Compare the actual sizes of these assets." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/densities-phones.jpg" width="500" height="565"></a><br /><em>Start with XHDPI, and then scale down to other densities. <a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/densities-pixel.jpg">Compare the actual sizes of these assets.</a></em></p>
<p>MDPI and XHDPI resolutions are exactly the same as the iPhone&#8217;s regular and Retina screens. So, if you have an iPhone design, you can use it to style the Android counterparts, or you could even test your designs on iPhone or&#160;iPod&#160;screens. <strong>But don&#8217;t forget about Android&#8217;s unique look and feel.</strong></p>
<p>An XXHDPI bucket has been added to support the next generation of mobile devices, those with approximately 480 DPI screens. Although no such devices exist yet, the XXHDPI bucket&#160;is&#160;used today for launcher icons on XHDPI 10-inch tablets, such as the Nexus 10. (Because these devices are so large, the launcher icons are scaled up using the XHDPI assets.) To accommodate the next generation of screens, all you&#8217;ll need to do is scale your HDPI assets up by 200%.</p>
<h4>Consider Different Versions Of The OS</h4>
<p>Many Android devices will never be updated to the latest OS; it takes a couple of years for new versions to dominate the market. But users with newer devices won&#8217;t be pleased with apps whose looks or controls are outdated (as demonstrated&#160;by Microsoft&#8217;s Outlook&#160;app, mentioned earlier). So, deliver the most up to date experience possible. If you intend for the app to run on older platforms, create a separate version of the app for those devices.</p>
<h4>Expand Your App With Widgets and Live Wallpapers</h4>
<p>Take advantage of Android&#8217;s engaging features, such as&#160;<a href="http://developer.android.com/design/patterns/widgets.html">widgets</a>, live wallpapers and&#160;notifications. Widgets enable users to receive updates without running the app, and notifications are improving with each version of Android. Google is providing great support for designers and developers on&#160;<a href="http://developer.android.com/design/patterns/notifications.html">how to notify users</a>.</p>
<p>Widgets are a convenient way to peek into an app without opening it. This enables you to focus a user&#8217;s attention on a small portion of information, which would then expand within the app.</p>
<p><img alt="Widgets may have buttons and scrollable areas. Think of them as advanced app icons." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/image13.jpg" width="500" height="600"><br /><em>Widgets may have buttons and scrollable areas. Think of them as advanced app icons.</em></p>
<p><img alt="Gmail&#8217;s widget offers a sneak peek into the mailbox and enables users to compose mail right from the home screen." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/widgets.jpg" width="500" height="260"><br /><em>Gmail&#8217;s widget offers a sneak peek into the mailbox and enables users to compose mail right from the home screen. Chrome&#8217;s grid-view widget displays favorites or history.</em></p>
<p>Android users love to customize their devices and make them personal, and these items give them greater flexibility to do so.</p>
<h4>Properly Test on Devices You Support</h4>
<p>One of the most common reasons for negative reviews in the Play store is an app not functioning as promised. Target your design to the most popular devices, and release only for the ones you have tested; otherwise, you&#8217;ll end up with bad reviews from people frustrated by your app not working properly.</p>
<p>The highly successful Dead Space game receives&#160;<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.ea.deadspace_row&#38;feature=apps_topselling_paid#?t=W251bGwsMSwyLG51bGwsImNvbS5lYS5kZWFkc3BhY2Vfcm93Il0.">most of its one-star reviews</a>&#160;because the game doesn&#8217;t run on certain devices.</p>
<h4>Design for Tablets, Too</h4>
<p>Although several great Android tablets are on the market, they are not as popular as competitors such as the iPad. But if your goal is to build a truly universal Android app, then you need to consider tablets as well. The guidelines advise designers to use&#160;<a href="http://developer.android.com/design/patterns/multi-pane-layouts.html">multi-pane layouts</a>&#160;for tablet UIs and to build their interface using fragments.</p>
<p>Tablets use the same graphical assets as phones, but consider the context in which tablets are used. For instance, people usually hold tablets further away from their eyes than phones and, thus, are less precise in their tapping. So, the UI will require larger fonts, bigger buttons and more white space around elements.</p>
<p>Don&#8217;t forget to run your app through the&#160;&#8220;<a href="http://developer.android.com/distribute/googleplay/quality/tablet.html">Tablet App Quality Checklist</a>&#8221;&#160;as well.</p>
<h3>Give Android A Chance</h3>
<p>Designing for Android might be challenging in the beginning &#8212; it&#8217;s not as simple as it looks &#8212; but by following these 10 steps, you&#8217;ll have a head start on delivering a fantastic user experience and building a truly great app.</p>
<p>Give Android a chance. Designing for this newly matured platform is an interesting and educational process, and you&#8217;ll deliver a great-looking app while obtaining a new set of skills. You might find the experience to be very rewarding.</p>
<p><strong>Update:</strong> While we were writing this article, case study has been <a href="http://www.theverge.com/2013/4/16/4205000/talking-heads-how-a-late-night-hack-turned-into-facebooks-next-big-thing">published by The Verge about&#160;the Facebook Home</a>&#160;application &#8212; next big thing for Facebook. But this isn&#8217;t&#160;about Facebook anymore. Thought this particular application is quite controversial, with limited device support and experience far from perfect,&#160;Fb&#160;designers have proven that with enough effort 100% of your ideas can be implemented and delivered on Android with no compromise.&#160;They have revealed a great opportunity and may even have marked the beginning of a new trend of creating&#160;greater presence on Android.</p>
<h4>Examples of Great Android Apps for Inspiration</h4>
<ul><li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.verge.android">The Verge</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.doubleTwist.alarmClock">doubleTwist Alarm</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.skype.raider">Skype</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.evernote">Evernote</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.joelapenna.foursquared">Foursquare</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.tumblr">Tumblr</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.nytimes.android&#38;hl=en">New York Times</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.path">Path</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.endomondo.android">Endomondo</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.expedia.bookings">Expedia</a></li>
</ul><p><em>(al) (ea)</em></p>
<hr /><p><small>&#169; A. Komarov, N. Yermolayev for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p> <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/09/designing-for-a-maturing-android/">Continue reading <span class="meta-nav">&#8594;</span></a></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/09/designing-for-a-maturing-android/">Brave New World: Designing For A Maturing Android</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table width="650">
<tr>
<td width="650">
<div style="width:650px;"><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0" /><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" border="0" alt="" /></a></div>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>Android is huge: 480 million people currently use Android devices, and 1 million new devices are activated daily. This means that every three weeks, the number of people who activate new Android devices <strong>is equal to the entire population of Australia</strong>. (<a href="http://www.nielsen.com/us/en/newswire/2012/two-thirds-of-new-mobile-buyers-now-opting-for-smartphones.html">Recent studies by Nielsen</a> show that more Android devices are on the market than iOS devices.)</p>
<p>Popular apps that become available on Android experience huge growth. For example, <a href="http://www.theverge.com/2012/4/13/2946602/instagram-40-million-users">Instagram grew by 10 million users</a> with the launch of its Android app — in just 10 days.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134052" alt="Looking at some of Android's problems." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/1.jpg" width="500" height="387" /></p>
<p>Despite this unprecedented expansion of the platform, the majority of Android apps are… well, not great. Fewer quality apps are in <a href="https://play.google.com/store">Google Play</a> than in the <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/us/browse/">iTunes Store</a>. Part of the reason for this is that Android has been going through puberty in the past few years. It was disorganized and erratic, and many designers avoided it — even <a href="http://adroitalien.hubpages.com/hub/10-Things-I-Hate-About-Android-Smart-Phones">hated it</a> — and naturally gravitated towards iOS.</p>
<p>Some of Android’s problems no longer exist, and others have been blown out of proportion. For the ones that do exist, we’ll provide guidance on how to deal with them and how to start designing your first great Android app.</p>
<h3>Symptoms Of Puberty</h3>
<p>Many Android apps underperformed because the platform wasn’t mature enough to allow great apps to emerge. Though a powerful laboratory — it offered manufacturers and developers the freedom and openness to create whatever they wanted — not many wanted to work in a sandbox environment every day. But that sandbox has since coalesced into a foundation for great design.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134054" alt="Android's systems of puperty." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/2.jpg" width="402" height="600" /></p>
<p>The points below are what you might remember about Android — and possibly what curbed your desire to give it a try — but these issues have also been eliminated or improved. If your concerns appear in this list, then the next section will demonstrate how they’ve been resolved with Android’s maturation and how you can design a better app as a result.</p>
<h4>Lack of Consistency in Google’s Own Apps</h4>
<p>Not long ago, almost all of Google’s own Android apps looked different from each other.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134049" alt="Action bar at the top of the screen design pattern." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/1st_image.png" width="500" height="600" /> <img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134050" alt="Action bar design pattern in redesigned gallery." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/2nd_image.png" width="500" height="460" /><br /><em>Google took more than a year to start following its own advice. The action bar design pattern was <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M1ZBjlCRfz0">presented in 2010</a> but wasn’t implemented until October 2011, with Android OS 4.0.</em></p>
<h4>Lack of a User-Centric Design Culture in the Android Community</h4>
<p>Google’s failure to set an example for other developers (because of its own inconsistencies) and the lack of consistent design guidelines and patterns contributed to another bigger problem: poor user experience. Good design starts with people; it leverages technology to help users accomplish their goals. Google wasn’t communicating this to developers clearly enough (<a href="http://developer.apple.com/library/ios/#DOCUMENTATION/UserExperience/Conceptual/MobileHIG/AppDesign/AppDesign.html%23//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40006556-CH19-SW1">unlike Apple</a>).</p>
<h4>Dramatically Inconsistent Experience Between Devices and OS Versions</h4>
<p>Manufacturers often customize the system’s UI and hardware buttons. This contributed to fragmentation, made testing and quality control much harder and made consistency in app design nearly impossible.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133924" alt="Hardware buttons in different orders." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/hardware-buttons.jpg" width="500" height="600" /><br /><em>Manufacturers used to put hardware buttons in different orders. Switching between devices was a pain.</em></p>
<p>Properly testing apps in the changing and fast-growing market was difficult for developers. Thus, a majority of apps didn’t function as they should have or were poorly designed.</p>
<p>Those apps are still there, but yours doesn’t have to be one of them. Android has since improved, enabling you to create a better and more consistent experience for your users.</p>
<h3>Android Has Matured</h3>
<p>The Android user experience today is more robust than ever before, making it easier for app designers and developers to deliver great apps. While some of the earlier problems still exist, most have become more manageable — and many more have been solved altogether.</p>
<p>One fundamental problem remains, however: there aren’t enough great apps. But with an improved and mature Android platform, designers and developers can solve this problem. All we have to do is give Android another chance.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134053" alt="Android has matured." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/3.jpg" width="485" height="600" /></p>
<p>The areas below are what the mature Android has to offer.</p>
<h4>Better App Discovery</h4>
<p>Previously, the discovery process was limited to searching by keyword and then trying out all of the results. The new Google Play store offers better discovery through featured apps and staff picks.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/market-lg.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133925" alt="The new Google Play store offers more ways to discover cool new apps." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/market.jpg" width="500" height="310" /></a><br /><em>The new Google Play store offers more ways to discover cool new apps than its predecessor, Android Market.</em></p>
<h4>Proper Android Design Guidelines</h4>
<p>Until recently, no direction was provided for the basic elements that every app requires. Google has since created <a href="http://developer.android.com/design/index.html">design guidelines</a>, which remove the burden of small design decisions from app designers and developers. We can finally focus on the core value of the apps we’re creating and ensure a consistent experience across devices.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133931" alt="Example of a grid and a 48 density-independent pixel (DP) rhythm." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/metrics_forms.jpg" width="500" height="353" /><br /><em>Example of a grid and a 48 density-independent pixel (DP) rhythm, taken from the “<a href="http://developer.android.com/design/style/metrics-grids.html">Metrics and Grids</a>” section of the guidelines.</em></p>
<h4>Menu and Search Hardware Buttons Are Gone</h4>
<p>Google has started removing hardware buttons from its devices, uniting the hardware and software and making Android devices more elegant and easier to use.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134036" alt="Nexus 4 is an instance of Google’s new approach to hardware buttons." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/nexus-menu4.png" width="500" height="400" /><br /><em>The Nexus 4 is an instance of Google’s new approach to hardware buttons. They are always there, always in the same order. And gone are the search and menu buttons.</em></p>
<p>A variety of Android device types still exist (for example, LG still produces devices with Android 4.0 and hard menu buttons), yet this diversity is one of the main reasons why Android apps are able to excel.</p>
<h3>Fragmentation Isn’t All Bad</h3>
<p>Fragmentation may be the biggest remaining challenge facing designers and developers, and it’s built into Android’s DNA — a permanent part of the Android experience. This diversity offers designers an opportunity to reach an unprecedented number of people globally.</p>
<p>Learning to work within this fragmentation will make you a better designer or developer overall, with broader knowledge and an improved skill set. Given the rewards, the challenge is worthwhile to pursue. And to succeed in this pursuit, here are a few things to keep in mind when creating your Android app.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134082" alt="Fragmentation isn’t all bad." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/challenge.jpg" width="500" height="353" /></p>
<h3>Tips For Creating A Successful Android App</h3>
<h4>Get to Know Android</h4>
<p>To understand Android, you should learn how to use it and get to know its users. The best way to do this is by buying several devices from different manufacturers, with different screen sizes and maybe even OS versions. This will help you not only to understand user diversity but also to test your app.</p>
<p>To choose the best devices for your app, check the latest <a href="http://developer.android.com/about/dashboards/index.html">statistics from Google</a> and <a href="http://www.android.com/devices/">select a device</a> with your desired specifications. Independent studies, such as <a href="http://opensignal.com/reports/fragmentation.php?">OpenSignal’s August 2012 report</a>, can also help you select devices.</p>
<p>Something to keep in mind is that Android updates are controlled by service providers and, as a result, usually arrive earlier on devices that are created in collaboration with Google, such as the Nexus series. Picking up the <a href="http://www.google.com/nexus/">latest Nexus devices</a> will <strong>keep you on the cutting edge of platform releases</strong>. You can save money by buying a used device, but make sure it runs the version of Android that you need before purchasing it (many old devices are no longer updated).</p>
<p>Talk to your Android-using friends about how they use their devices and what they are happy and unhappy about. That will help you get to know the environment and bring you into the culture.</p>
<h4>Follow the Guidelines</h4>
<p>Following the <a href="http://developer.android.com/design/index.html">guidelines</a> will help you create an app that feels native to any device. But that’s just one of many reasons why following them is worthwhile. They can also help you achieve the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Create an app fit for virtually any device,</li>
<li>Make the app feel true to Android,</li>
<li>Provide a UI that is familiar to users,</li>
<li>Make the app easier to develop and support,</li>
<li>Increase the app’s chances of being featured in Google Play.</li>
</ul>
<p>Keeping Android navigation patterns in mind and using elements that are native to the platform will also help you create a consistent experience across devices.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/contacts-iphone-android.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-135607" alt="When bringing an iPhone design (left) to Android (right), use elements that are native to the platform." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/contacts-iphone-android.png" width="500" height="397" /></a><br /><em>When bringing an iPhone design (left) to Android (right), use elements that are native to the platform: this table view is styled for Android; the buttons for searching and adding contacts are moved to the split action bar at the bottom; and switching between data views is done through the <a href="http://developer.android.com/design/patterns/actionbar.html#organization">view control</a>.</em></p>
<p>Custom apps are more difficult not only to support, but <a href="http://mobile.smashingmagazine.com/2009/07/21/iphone-apps-design-mistakes-overblown-visuals/">also to design</a> when ensuring operability across devices. New Android apps look great thanks to the new design guidelines; they are also very different from apps created before Android 4.0.</p>
<h4>Understand Android’s Look and Feel</h4>
<p>Google has invested a <a href="http://www.theverge.com/2013/1/24/3904134/google-redesign-how-larry-page-engineered-beautiful-revolution#ooid=1iOG5vODr8k-SiE4XkfhRhojCWYBPRHE">lot of effort</a> in bringing a consistent visual experience to all of its products, including Android. Android 4.0 introduced its own style: simple, plain, clean — more about function than form.</p>
<p>Although this provides great freedom in styling, you still have to consider the subtlety of Android’s visual style: saying more with less. <strong>Simply copying the styles and elements from an iOS app might not work.</strong> And releasing a new app with old styles or with elements that look like they belong on another platform could make users react negatively — which <a href="http://www.androiduipatterns.com/2012/11/bad-outdated-ux-will-be-rejected-by.html">happened to Microsoft</a>.</p>
<p>Browsing <a href="http://androidniceties.tumblr.com/">Android Niceties</a> is a great way to grasp Android’s style and to find inspiration.</p>
<p><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.google.android.googlequicksearchbox&amp;hl=en"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134021" alt="Google’s Search app is a great instance of Android’s look and feel." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/googlenow.jpg" width="381" height="600" /></a><br /><em>Google’s <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.google.android.googlequicksearchbox&amp;hl=en">Search</a> app is a great instance of Android’s look and feel.</em></p>
<p>A good way to distinguish your app is through its icon. App icons for Android can take any shape or form. Users love great-looking icons and will gladly put your app on their home screen even if they don’t use it often. For tips on designing your icon, read the “<a href="http://developer.android.com/design/style/iconography.html">Iconography</a>” section in the guidelines.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134086" alt="App icons for Android can take any shape and form you want." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/icons.jpg" width="500" height="90" /><br /><em><a href="http://developer.android.com/design/style/iconography.html#launcher">App icons</a> for Android can take any shape and form you want.</em></p>
<h4>Build for Different Hardware Types</h4>
<p>When designing your app, ensure that it will run properly on most devices. Keep in mind not only different screen sizes and aspect ratios, but also screens with low brightness or poor contrast and color, as well as slow, weak hardware.</p>
<p>For example, less-expensive devices might have smaller displays with lower contrast, so text that appears big enough on new devices with large screens might appear illegible there. Low contrast of text and visual elements might compromise the user experience as well.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/screen-sizes-lg.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133933" alt="Designs created according to the guidelines will easily scale to fit virtually any screen." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/screen-sizes.jpg" width="500" height="491" /></a><br /><em>Designs created according to the guidelines will easily scale to fit virtually any screen.</em></p>
<p>A few more things to keep in mind:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use contrasting colors for text and elements. For example, don’t use white on gray for important elements; they’ll just blend together on bad displays.</li>
<li>Check your design on several devices with different brightness settings (low, high, auto) and in different lighting conditions.</li>
<li>Even when using standard sizes, make sure your text and UI elements appear big enough on small screens (i.e. screens with a DPI lower than 240). You might want to adjust these elements specifically for small devices.</li>
</ul>
<p>For a great example of designing for diversity, read Sebastiaan de With describe the process of <a href="http://dewith.com/2012/an-android-design-process/">creating the Alarm app</a>.</p>
<h4>Use Density-Independent Pixels to Define Layout</h4>
<p>Part of providing a consistent experience is ensuring that UI elements stay roughly the same size across Android devices with varying pixels per inch (PPI). This doesn’t have to be a laborious task of calculating the number of pixels a button or font should contain in order to look great on a particular screen size. You can make the device do the work for you.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134083" alt="The recommended size for buttons in the action bar is 48 DP." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/density.png" width="600" height="246" /><br /><em>The recommended size for buttons in the action bar is 48 DP, which will result in different pixel sizes on different screens, but you don’t have to worry about that.</em></p>
<p>By defining sizes with density-independent pixels (DPs), you ensure that elements will appear at about the same physical size on any screen. Text will remain readable, and buttons will be comfortable to tap on any Android device, regardless of screen size or DPI. (See the section “<a href="http://developer.android.com/training/multiscreen/screendensities.html#TaskUseDP">Use Density-Independent Pixels</a>” in the guidelines for more.)</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134505" alt="In our practice, giving developers guidelines on sizes of elements and fonts has proven useful." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/image01.jpg" width="320" height="480" /><br /><em>In our practice, giving developers guidelines on sizes of elements and fonts has proven useful.</em></p>
<h4>6. Create Assets for All Densities</h4>
<p><a href="http://developer.android.com/training/multiscreen/screendensities.html#TaskProvideAltBmp">Four sets of assets</a> are required to accommodate all Android devices and to make the interface crisp: low density (LDPI), medium density (MDPI), high density (HDPI) and extra-high density (XHDPI). Start with a 640 × 960 screen for XHDPI assets, and then scale them down for other densities.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/densities-pixel.jpg"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134084" alt="Start with XHDPI, and then scale down to other densities. Compare the actual sizes of these assets." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/densities-phones.jpg" width="500" height="565" /></a><br /><em>Start with XHDPI, and then scale down to other densities. <a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/densities-pixel.jpg">Compare the actual sizes of these assets.</a></em></p>
<p>MDPI and XHDPI resolutions are exactly the same as the iPhone’s regular and Retina screens. So, if you have an iPhone design, you can use it to style the Android counterparts, or you could even test your designs on iPhone or iPod screens. <strong>But don’t forget about Android’s unique look and feel.</strong></p>
<p>An XXHDPI bucket has been added to support the next generation of mobile devices, those with approximately 480 DPI screens. Although no such devices exist yet, the XXHDPI bucket is used today for launcher icons on XHDPI 10-inch tablets, such as the Nexus 10. (Because these devices are so large, the launcher icons are scaled up using the XHDPI assets.) To accommodate the next generation of screens, all you’ll need to do is scale your HDPI assets up by 200%.</p>
<h4>Consider Different Versions Of The OS</h4>
<p>Many Android devices will never be updated to the latest OS; it takes a couple of years for new versions to dominate the market. But users with newer devices won’t be pleased with apps whose looks or controls are outdated (as demonstrated by Microsoft’s Outlook app, mentioned earlier). So, deliver the most up to date experience possible. If you intend for the app to run on older platforms, create a separate version of the app for those devices.</p>
<h4>Expand Your App With Widgets and Live Wallpapers</h4>
<p>Take advantage of Android’s engaging features, such as <a href="http://developer.android.com/design/patterns/widgets.html">widgets</a>, live wallpapers and notifications. Widgets enable users to receive updates without running the app, and notifications are improving with each version of Android. Google is providing great support for designers and developers on <a href="http://developer.android.com/design/patterns/notifications.html">how to notify users</a>.</p>
<p>Widgets are a convenient way to peek into an app without opening it. This enables you to focus a user’s attention on a small portion of information, which would then expand within the app.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-134506" alt="Widgets may have buttons and scrollable areas. Think of them as advanced app icons." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/image13.jpg" width="500" height="600" /><br /><em>Widgets may have buttons and scrollable areas. Think of them as advanced app icons.</em></p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133935" alt="Gmail’s widget offers a sneak peek into the mailbox and enables users to compose mail right from the home screen." src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/widgets.jpg" width="500" height="260" /><br /><em>Gmail’s widget offers a sneak peek into the mailbox and enables users to compose mail right from the home screen. Chrome’s grid-view widget displays favorites or history.</em></p>
<p>Android users love to customize their devices and make them personal, and these items give them greater flexibility to do so.</p>
<h4>Properly Test on Devices You Support</h4>
<p>One of the most common reasons for negative reviews in the Play store is an app not functioning as promised. Target your design to the most popular devices, and release only for the ones you have tested; otherwise, you’ll end up with bad reviews from people frustrated by your app not working properly.</p>
<p>The highly successful Dead Space game receives <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.ea.deadspace_row&amp;feature=apps_topselling_paid#?t=W251bGwsMSwyLG51bGwsImNvbS5lYS5kZWFkc3BhY2Vfcm93Il0.">most of its one-star reviews</a> because the game doesn’t run on certain devices.</p>
<h4>Design for Tablets, Too</h4>
<p>Although several great Android tablets are on the market, they are not as popular as competitors such as the iPad. But if your goal is to build a truly universal Android app, then you need to consider tablets as well. The guidelines advise designers to use <a href="http://developer.android.com/design/patterns/multi-pane-layouts.html">multi-pane layouts</a> for tablet UIs and to build their interface using fragments.</p>
<p>Tablets use the same graphical assets as phones, but consider the context in which tablets are used. For instance, people usually hold tablets further away from their eyes than phones and, thus, are less precise in their tapping. So, the UI will require larger fonts, bigger buttons and more white space around elements.</p>
<p>Don’t forget to run your app through the “<a href="http://developer.android.com/distribute/googleplay/quality/tablet.html">Tablet App Quality Checklist</a>” as well.</p>
<h3>Give Android A Chance</h3>
<p>Designing for Android might be challenging in the beginning — it’s not as simple as it looks — but by following these 10 steps, you’ll have a head start on delivering a fantastic user experience and building a truly great app.</p>
<p>Give Android a chance. Designing for this newly matured platform is an interesting and educational process, and you’ll deliver a great-looking app while obtaining a new set of skills. You might find the experience to be very rewarding.</p>
<p><strong>Update:</strong> While we were writing this article, case study has been <a href="http://www.theverge.com/2013/4/16/4205000/talking-heads-how-a-late-night-hack-turned-into-facebooks-next-big-thing">published by The Verge about the Facebook Home</a> application — next big thing for Facebook. But this isn&#8217;t about Facebook anymore. Thought this particular application is quite controversial, with limited device support and experience far from perfect, Fb designers have proven that with enough effort 100% of your ideas can be implemented and delivered on Android with no compromise. They have revealed a great opportunity and may even have marked the beginning of a new trend of creating greater presence on Android.</p>
<h4>Examples of Great Android Apps for Inspiration</h4>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.verge.android">The Verge</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.doubleTwist.alarmClock">doubleTwist Alarm</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.skype.raider">Skype</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.evernote">Evernote</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.joelapenna.foursquared">Foursquare</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.tumblr">Tumblr</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.nytimes.android&amp;hl=en">New York Times</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.path">Path</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.endomondo.android">Endomondo</a></li>
<li><a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.expedia.bookings">Expedia</a></li>
</ul>
<p><em>(al) (ea)</em></p>
<hr />
<p><small>© A. Komarov, N. Yermolayev for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/09/designing-for-a-maturing-android/">Brave New World: Designing For A Maturing Android</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/09/designing-for-a-maturing-android/feed/atom/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="" length="" type="" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Psst! Smashing Magazine Is Hiring! We&#8217;re Looking For A Senior Editor</title>
		<link>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/08/senior-editor-wanted/</link>
		<comments>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/08/senior-editor-wanted/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 08 May 2013 11:23:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>newsfeed</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Smashing Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://mgmt.smashingmagazine.com/?p=161226</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><table width="650"><tr><td width="650">
<div><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0"><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" border="0" alt=""></a></div>
</td>
</tr></table><p>Editorial work at Smashing Magazine is a difficult, challenging process. It requires patience, focus and thoroughness. Our readers have high expectations, and our authors expect sophisticated editorial guidance. That&#8217;s what we are known for, and that&#8217;s where we could use your help. <strong>We&#8217;re looking for a hard-working editor with technical experience</strong> to support and complement our team.</p>
<p>Such an editor can&#8217;t be found on any of the innumerable job boards out there. Because the position is one of the most important to our publication, we are looking for <em>the</em> best editor from our community &#8212; someone who truly understands Smashing Magazine and what it stands for. We would never otherwise publish a job opening on our front page &#8212; in this case, we made an exception.</p>
<h4>Where? Freiburg, Germany.</h4>
<p>We&#8217;d love to welcome you onto our team in <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freiburg_im_Breisgau">Freiburg</a>, Germany (<a href="http://maps.google.de/maps?f=q&#38;source=s_q&#38;hl=en&#38;geocode=&#38;q=Freiburg+im+Breisgau&#38;sll=49.231477,7.005812&#38;sspn=0.011322,0.027874&#38;ie=UTF8&#38;hq=&#38;hnear=Freiburg+im+Breisgau,+Baden-W%C3%BCrttemberg&#38;ll=47.998214,7.85309&#38;spn=0.005801,0.013937&#38;t=h&#38;z=17&#38;iwloc=A">Google map</a>). In addition to enjoying the beauty of this student city, with its medieval city center, lovely vineyards and proximity to the Black Forest, you&#8217;ll also have France and the Swiss Alps just around the corner. Of course, you&#8217;ll also enjoy the playful spirit and open-mindedness of Smashing Magazine&#8217;s international team members, who like to work as hard as they party.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/bjoern-f/6119628776/in/photostream/"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/freiburg-opt.jpg" width="500" height="344" alt="Freiburg"></a><br /><em>(Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/bjoern-f/6119628776/in/photostream/">Bj&#246;rn Freiberg</a>)</em></p>
<h4>Your Responsibilities</h4>
<p>We prefer that our team members focus on a few important tasks and do them well. Here are some of the tasks and responsibilities you will have:</p>
<ul><li>Continually acquire and communicate with authors, in accordance with <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2012/09/05/look-inside-smashing-magazine-6th-anniversary/">our editorial process</a> and <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/publishing-policy/">publishing policy</a>.</li>
<li>Plan, edit, perform quality control on and publish articles on Smashing Magazine.</li>
<li>Shape and contribute to the editorial direction of the magazine.</li>
<li>Refine the content strategies for existing and future content.</li>
</ul><h4>What We&#8217;re Looking For</h4>
<p>We are looking for professionals who know <em>exactly</em> what they&#8217;re doing. Here&#8217;s what we expect from you:</p>
<ul><li>A strong sense of craftsmanship in your work &#8212; whether in writing, editing, communication or simple HTML.</li>
<li>Be curious to experiment and get creative with new forms of content and with design- and coding-related topics.</li>
<li>Know and understand what it takes to make high-quality content for the Web.</li>
<li>Be familiar with the Web design community and the industry in general.</li>
<li>Be willing to challenge authors to leave their comfort zone, and make every article stand out from the crowd by being interesting, engaging, appealing &#8212; perhaps even extraordinary.</li>
<li>Have excellent written and verbal communication skills in English. We&#8217;d love for you to have solid experience in copywriting as well, but that&#8217;s not necessary.</li>
<li>Knowledge of Web design is necessary, both technical and non-technical, but we don&#8217;t expect you to be a ninja in all of it &#8212; a jack of all trades is just fine!</li>
</ul><p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/10/wanted.jpg" width="500" height="302" alt="Web Designer Wanted" title="Web Designer Wanted"></p>
<h4>How to Apply</h4>
<p>Interested? Fantastic! Please send your cover letter, r&#233;sum&#233;, work samples and URLs of relevant websites to me, Vitaly Friedman, at the following email address:</p>
<p><strong>vitaly [at] smashingmagazine.com</strong></p>
<p>We have a lot of exciting ideas for the magazine &#8212; we just need people who we would love to work with and who we can trust to make these ideas a reality. With your help, we can make this magazine even better and richer than it has ever been.</p>
<p>We look forward to your application.</p>
<p><em>(al)</em></p>
<hr /><p><small>&#169; Vitaly Friedman for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p> <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/08/senior-editor-wanted/">Continue reading <span class="meta-nav">&#8594;</span></a></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/08/senior-editor-wanted/">Psst! Smashing Magazine Is Hiring! We&rsquo;re Looking For A Senior Editor</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table width="650">
<tr>
<td width="650">
<div style="width:650px;"><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0" /><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" border="0" alt="" /></a></div>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>Editorial work at Smashing Magazine is a difficult, challenging process. It requires patience, focus and thoroughness. Our readers have high expectations, and our authors expect sophisticated editorial guidance. That’s what we are known for, and that’s where we could use your help. <strong>We’re looking for a hard-working editor with technical experience</strong> to support and complement our team.</p>
<p>Such an editor can’t be found on any of the innumerable job boards out there. Because the position is one of the most important to our publication, we are looking for <em>the</em> best editor from our community &mdash; someone who truly understands Smashing Magazine and what it stands for. We would never otherwise publish a job opening on our front page &mdash; in this case, we made an exception.</p>
<h4>Where? Freiburg, Germany.</h4>
<p>We’d love to welcome you onto our team in <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freiburg_im_Breisgau">Freiburg</a>, Germany (<a href="http://maps.google.de/maps?f=q&#038;source=s_q&%23038;hl=en&%23038;geocode=&%23038;q=Freiburg+im+Breisgau&%23038;sll=49.231477,7.005812&%23038;sspn=0.011322,0.027874&%23038;ie=UTF8&%23038;hq=&%23038;hnear=Freiburg+im+Breisgau,+Baden-W%C3%BCrttemberg&%23038;ll=47.998214,7.85309&%23038;spn=0.005801,0.013937&%23038;t=h&%23038;z=17&%23038;iwloc=A">Google map</a>). In addition to enjoying the beauty of this student city, with its medieval city center, lovely vineyards and proximity to the Black Forest, you’ll also have France and the Swiss Alps just around the corner. Of course, you’ll also enjoy the playful spirit and open-mindedness of Smashing Magazine’s international team members, who like to work as hard as they party.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/bjoern-f/6119628776/in/photostream/"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/freiburg-opt.jpg" width="500" height="344" alt="Freiburg" /></a><br />
<em>(Image: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/bjoern-f/6119628776/in/photostream/">Björn Freiberg</a>)</em></p>
<h4>Your Responsibilities</h4>
<p>We prefer that our team members focus on a few important tasks and do them well. Here are some of the tasks and responsibilities you will have:</p>
<ul>
<li>Continually acquire and communicate with authors, in accordance with <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2012/09/05/look-inside-smashing-magazine-6th-anniversary/">our editorial process</a> and <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/publishing-policy/">publishing policy</a>.</li>
<li>Plan, edit, perform quality control on and publish articles on Smashing Magazine.</li>
<li>Shape and contribute to the editorial direction of the magazine.</li>
<li>Refine the content strategies for existing and future content.</li>
</ul>
<h4>What We’re Looking For</h4>
<p>We are looking for professionals who know <em>exactly</em> what they’re doing. Here’s what we expect from you:</p>
<ul>
<li>A strong sense of craftsmanship in your work &mdash; whether in writing, editing, communication or simple HTML.</li>
<li>Be curious to experiment and get creative with new forms of content and with design- and coding-related topics.</li>
<li>Know and understand what it takes to make high-quality content for the Web.</li>
<li>Be familiar with the Web design community and the industry in general.</li>
<li>Be willing to challenge authors to leave their comfort zone, and make every article stand out from the crowd by being interesting, engaging, appealing &mdash; perhaps even extraordinary.</li>
<li>Have excellent written and verbal communication skills in English. We’d love for you to have solid experience in copywriting as well, but that’s not necessary.</li>
<li>Knowledge of Web design is necessary, both technical and non-technical, but we don’t expect you to be a ninja in all of it &mdash; a jack of all trades is just fine!</li>
</ul>
<p><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/10/wanted.jpg" width="500" height="302" alt="Web Designer Wanted" title="Web Designer Wanted" /></a></p>
<h4>How to Apply</h4>
<p>Interested? Fantastic! Please send your cover letter, résumé, work samples and URLs of relevant websites to me, Vitaly Friedman, at the following email address:</p>
<p><strong>vitaly [at] smashingmagazine.com</strong></p>
<p>We have a lot of exciting ideas for the magazine &mdash; we just need people who we would love to work with and who we can trust to make these ideas a reality. With your help, we can make this magazine even better and richer than it has ever been.</p>
<p>We look forward to your application.</p>
<p><em>(al)</em></p>
<hr />
<p><small>© Vitaly Friedman for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/08/senior-editor-wanted/">Psst! Smashing Magazine Is Hiring! We&rsquo;re Looking For A Senior Editor</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/08/senior-editor-wanted/feed/atom/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="" length="" type="" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Smashing Editor&#8217;s Choice: A Free eBook</title>
		<link>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/smashing-editors-choice-free-ebook/</link>
		<comments>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/smashing-editors-choice-free-ebook/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2013 13:51:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>newsfeed</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Smashing Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[books]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Freebies]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[resources]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.smashingmagazine.com/?p=161354</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><table width="650"><tr><td width="650">
<div><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0"><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" border="0" alt=""></a></div>
</td>
</tr></table><p>Nearly half a year ago, we introduced our eBook subscription model, also known as the <a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/smashing-library-complete.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&#38;pk_kwd=Library%20Links">Smashing Library</a>. We knew we were onto something good, realizing that the Smashing Library was the next step in offering quality content &#8212; at a price you&#8217;ll still be able to afford all of the coffee you need to stay up long enough to read the entire library and, of course, the free eBooks.</p>
<p><a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/smashing-library-complete.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&#38;pk_kwd=Library%20Links"><img alt="The Smashing Library Subscription" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/Smashing-Library-Logo1.png"></a><br /><em>A subscription to the <a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/smashing-library-complete.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&#38;pk_kwd=Library%20Links">Smashing Library</a> is only $99 a year.</em></p>
<p>A subscription to the Smashing Library grants you unlimited access to <a href="http://catalog.smashinglibrary.com/pdf/Smashing-Library-Catalog.pdf?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&#38;pk_kwd=Library%20Catalog%20Downloads">all of the previously published Smashing eBooks</a>, as well as a guaranteed 24 new eBooks throughout the year. This includes all digital versions of the Smashing Book series, including the <a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/the-mobile-book-deluxe-bundle.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&#38;pk_kwd=Mobile%20Bundle">The Mobile Book</a> and the upcoming <a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/the-smashing-book-4-print-ebooks.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&#38;pk_kwd=SB4%20Print%20Bundle">Smashing Book #4</a>.</p>
<p>And our library is getting <em>even more</em> smashing. We didn&#8217;t want to limit the library to just our own content, so we are now including a growing number of industry-related eBooks. These books are by authors who aren&#8217;t necessarily affiliated with Smashing Magazine but who produce great content. In addition to <strong>saving more than half off the regular bundle prices</strong>, as a subscriber to the Smashing Library, you will get the opportunity to vote on what we publish next and what new eBook downloads will be automatically available in your Smashing Shop dashboard.</p>
<p><a href="http://catalog.smashinglibrary.com/pdf/Smashing-Library-Catalog.pdf?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&#38;pk_kwd=Library%20Catalog%20Downloads"><img alt="The Smashing Library Catalog Download" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/Smashing-Library-Catalog-Dummy.png"></a><br /><em>Download the &#8220;<a href="http://catalog.smashinglibrary.com/pdf/Smashing-Library-Catalog.pdf?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&#38;pk_kwd=Library%20Catalog%20Downloads">Smashing Library Catalog</a>&#8221; (PDF, 2.8 MB) and get started today!</em></p>
<h4>The Smashing Editor&#8217;s Choice</h4>
<p>To give you a taste of what to expect from the eBooks in the Smashing Library, we are happy to present you with <em>The Smashing Editor&#8217;s Choice: A Smashing Library Treat</em> &#8212; <strong>a free eBook that contains a wide range of topics</strong>, including new coding techniques, user experience strategies, responsive design and mobile solutions by some incredibly prolific and knowledgeable authors. Well-known names such as Lea Verou, Christian Heilmann and Dmitry Fadeyev have contributed fascinating chapters on various subjects.</p>
<p><a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/smashing-library-complete.html"><img alt="The Smashing Free eBook Download" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/Smashing-Editors-Choice-free-eBook-Cover-iPad-3D-500px.png"></a><br /><em>Sign up below to receive your free copy of The Smashing Editor&#8217;s Choice.</em></p>
<p><em>The Smashing Editor&#8217;s Choice</em> eBook is only a sample of the kind of quality Smashing eBooks that are available in the library. We select only the best articles, wrap them in a user-friendly layout, and make them <strong>available in the three most common formats</strong>, PDF, EPUB and Kindle. And because we don&#8217;t want to impede your use of the eBooks, they&#8217;re all DRM-free.</p>
<p>If you like this eBook, then you&#8217;ll <em>love</em> the Smashing Library. Just fill in your email address below, and you will receive access to a download link to your free eBook copy of <em>The Smashing Editor&#8217;s Choice</em>, as well as our bi-weekly <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/the-smashing-newsletter/">Smashing Newsletter</a>, which is full of useful tricks, techniques and tweaks.</p>
<!-- deleted style tag -->
<p><!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form --></p>
<div>
<label for="mce-EMAIL">Get a link to the free eBook via email:</label><br /><div></div>

</div>
<p><!--End mc_embed_signup--></p>
<h4>What Subscribers Think of the Smashing Library</h4>
<p>Coming up with the subscription library model took meticulous planning and careful editorial work. Adding eBooks on a monthly basis and keeping up with industry trends take passion. Luckily, we have a lot of that. From the beginning, we had a feeling that the library would be popular, and with the surprisingly positive launch, you proved us right:</p>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;A perfect resource for a full-service Web-dev company. I own and operate a Web development company. This <strong>provides a vast store of wisdom</strong> for daily operations across the board.&#8221;<br />
&#8211; <em>Taylor Black</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;Unbelievable bargain! <strong>This is indeed a great offer</strong> if you&#8217;re thinking about purchasing several books and if you want to keep up with current developments. Very curious about what&#8217;s yet to come this year!&#8221;<br />
&#8211; <em>Joachim</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;<strong>The best magazine is up with the best books</strong>. I recently received &#8220;The Mobile Book.&#8221; That was awesome, and I hope this will be 38X awesome. Worth reading!&#8221;<br />
&#8211; <em>Erik Royall</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;Great books, nice offer! I already own Smashing Book #3 and was thinking about buying the mobile/coding bundle when I stumbled upon this offer. <strong>Been reading (almost) nonstop ever since</strong>, loving it so far! Thanks, Smashing!&#8221;<br />
&#8211; <em>Bernd</em></p></blockquote>
<p>We try to make the Smashing Library worthwhile by adding new content regularly and by giving you, the subscriber, the choice of what we publish next. All downloads, eBook polls and news are accessible through your personal Smashing Shop dashboard. Have a look at what the library looks like when you&#8217;re logged in:</p>
<p><a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/smashing-library-complete.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&#38;pk_kwd=Library%20Links"><img title="Smashing Library Impression" alt="Inside the Smashing Library" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/smashing-shop-dashboard1.png" width="500"></a><br /><em>A preview of the Smashing Shop dashboard.</em></p>
<p>Thank you all for your support over the years, everyone! You&#8217;ve been truly smashing!</p>
<p><em>(al) (il)</em></p>
<hr /><p><small>&#169; The Smashing Editorial for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p> <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/smashing-editors-choice-free-ebook/">Continue reading <span class="meta-nav">&#8594;</span></a></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/smashing-editors-choice-free-ebook/">The Smashing Editor&rsquo;s Choice: A Free eBook</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table width="650">
<tr>
<td width="650">
<div style="width:650px;"><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0" /><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" border="0" alt="" /></a></div>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>Nearly half a year ago, we introduced our eBook subscription model, also known as the <a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/smashing-library-complete.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&amp;pk_kwd=Library%20Links">Smashing Library</a>. We knew we were onto something good, realizing that the Smashing Library was the next step in offering quality content — at a price you’ll still be able to afford all of the coffee you need to stay up long enough to read the entire library and, of course, the free eBooks.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/smashing-library-complete.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&amp;pk_kwd=Library%20Links"><img alt="The Smashing Library Subscription" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/Smashing-Library-Logo1.png" /></a><br />
<em>A subscription to the <a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/smashing-library-complete.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&amp;pk_kwd=Library%20Links">Smashing Library</a> is only $99 a year.</em></p>
<p>A subscription to the Smashing Library grants you unlimited access to <a href="http://catalog.smashinglibrary.com/pdf/Smashing-Library-Catalog.pdf?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&amp;pk_kwd=Library%20Catalog%20Downloads">all of the previously published Smashing eBooks</a>, as well as a guaranteed 24 new eBooks throughout the year. This includes all digital versions of the Smashing Book series, including the <a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/the-mobile-book-deluxe-bundle.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&amp;pk_kwd=Mobile%20Bundle">The Mobile Book</a> and the upcoming <a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/the-smashing-book-4-print-ebooks.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&amp;pk_kwd=SB4%20Print%20Bundle">Smashing Book #4</a>.</p>
<p>And our library is getting <em>even more</em> smashing. We didn’t want to limit the library to just our own content, so we are now including a growing number of industry-related eBooks. These books are by authors who aren’t necessarily affiliated with Smashing Magazine but who produce great content. In addition to <strong>saving more than half off the regular bundle prices</strong>, as a subscriber to the Smashing Library, you will get the opportunity to vote on what we publish next and what new eBook downloads will be automatically available in your Smashing Shop dashboard.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><a href="http://catalog.smashinglibrary.com/pdf/Smashing-Library-Catalog.pdf?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&amp;pk_kwd=Library%20Catalog%20Downloads"><img alt="The Smashing Library Catalog Download" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/Smashing-Library-Catalog-Dummy.png" /></a><br />
<em>Download the “<a href="http://catalog.smashinglibrary.com/pdf/Smashing-Library-Catalog.pdf?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&amp;pk_kwd=Library%20Catalog%20Downloads">Smashing Library Catalog</a>” (PDF, 2.8 MB) and get started today!</em></p>
<h4>The Smashing Editor’s Choice</h4>
<p>To give you a taste of what to expect from the eBooks in the Smashing Library, we are happy to present you with <em>The Smashing Editor’s Choice: A Smashing Library Treat</em> — <strong>a free eBook that contains a wide range of topics</strong>, including new coding techniques, user experience strategies, responsive design and mobile solutions by some incredibly prolific and knowledgeable authors. Well-known names such as Lea Verou, Christian Heilmann and Dmitry Fadeyev have contributed fascinating chapters on various subjects.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/smashing-library-complete.html"><img alt="The Smashing Free eBook Download" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/Smashing-Editors-Choice-free-eBook-Cover-iPad-3D-500px.png" /></a><br />
<em>Sign up below to receive your free copy of The Smashing Editor’s Choice.</em></p>
<p><em>The Smashing Editor’s Choice</em> eBook is only a sample of the kind of quality Smashing eBooks that are available in the library. We select only the best articles, wrap them in a user-friendly layout, and make them <strong>available in the three most common formats</strong>, PDF, EPUB and Kindle. And because we don’t want to impede your use of the eBooks, they’re all DRM-free.</p>
<p>If you like this eBook, then you’ll <em>love</em> the Smashing Library. Just fill in your email address below, and you will receive access to a download link to your free eBook copy of <em>The Smashing Editor’s Choice</em>, as well as our bi-weekly <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/the-smashing-newsletter/">Smashing Newsletter</a>, which is full of useful tricks, techniques and tweaks.</p>
<!-- deleted style tag -->
<p><!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form --></p>
<div id="mc_embed_signup" style="margin-bottom: 3em; max-width: 500px;">
<form class="validate" id="mc-embedded-subscribe-form" action="http://smashingmagazine.us1.list-manage2.com/subscribe/post?u=16b832d9ad4b28edf261f34df&amp;id=9586f4cea5" method="post" name="mc-embedded-subscribe-form" novalidate=""><label id="email-heading" for="mce-EMAIL">Get a link to the free eBook via email:</label><br />
<input class="email" id="mce-EMAIL" type="email" name="EMAIL" placeholder="email address" required="" value="" /></p>
<div class="clear"><input class="button" id="mc-embedded-subscribe" type="submit" name="subscribe" value="Get the free eBook!" /></div>
</form>
</div>
<p><!--End mc_embed_signup--></p>
<h4>What Subscribers Think of the Smashing Library</h4>
<p>Coming up with the subscription library model took meticulous planning and careful editorial work. Adding eBooks on a monthly basis and keeping up with industry trends take passion. Luckily, we have a lot of that. From the beginning, we had a feeling that the library would be popular, and with the surprisingly positive launch, you proved us right:</p>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;A perfect resource for a full-service Web-dev company. I own and operate a Web development company. This <strong>provides a vast store of wisdom</strong> for daily operations across the board.&#8221;<br />
– <em>Taylor Black</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;Unbelievable bargain! <strong>This is indeed a great offer</strong> if you&#8217;re thinking about purchasing several books and if you want to keep up with current developments. Very curious about what’s yet to come this year!&#8221;<br />
– <em>Joachim</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;<strong>The best magazine is up with the best books</strong>. I recently received “The Mobile Book.” That was awesome, and I hope this will be 38X awesome. Worth reading!&#8221;<br />
– <em>Erik Royall</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p>&#8220;Great books, nice offer! I already own Smashing Book #3 and was thinking about buying the mobile/coding bundle when I stumbled upon this offer. <strong>Been reading (almost) nonstop ever since</strong>, loving it so far! Thanks, Smashing!&#8221;<br />
– <em>Bernd</em></p></blockquote>
<p>We try to make the Smashing Library worthwhile by adding new content regularly and by giving you, the subscriber, the choice of what we publish next. All downloads, eBook polls and news are accessible through your personal Smashing Shop dashboard. Have a look at what the library looks like when you’re logged in:</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><a href="https://shop.smashingmagazine.com/smashing-library-complete.html?pk_campaign=Free%20eBook&amp;pk_kwd=Library%20Links"><img title="Smashing Library Impression" alt="Inside the Smashing Library" src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/smashing-shop-dashboard1.png" width="500" /></a><br />
<em>A preview of the Smashing Shop dashboard.</em></p>
<p>Thank you all for your support over the years, everyone! You&#8217;ve been truly smashing!</p>
<p><em>(al) (il)</em></p>
<hr />
<p><small>© The Smashing Editorial for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/smashing-editors-choice-free-ebook/">The Smashing Editor&rsquo;s Choice: A Free eBook</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/smashing-editors-choice-free-ebook/feed/atom/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="" length="" type="" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Whiteboards, Visions And Banned Words: How To Help A Real-Life Knight Achieve His Goals</title>
		<link>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/how-to-help-a-real-life-knight-achieve-his-goals/</link>
		<comments>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/how-to-help-a-real-life-knight-achieve-his-goals/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2013 10:44:16 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>newsfeed</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Smashing Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://mgmt.smashingmagazine.com/?p=161460</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><table width="650"><tr><td width="650">
<div><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0"><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=1" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=2" border="0" alt=""></a>&#160;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" target="_blank"><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#38;collection=smashing-rss&#38;position=3" border="0" alt=""></a></div>
</td>
</tr></table><p>This article is about design consultancy. It&#8217;s about wrangling that client who uses empty sentences like, &#8220;We want a snappy, simple experience,&#8221; or, &#8220;It should be on brand and should really pop.&#8221; It&#8217;s about commanding the room and setting a vision before moving on to wireframes and pixels.</p>
<p>While I&#8217;ll talk in terms of consultation, these ideas can be applied to the design phase of any new project.</p>
<h3>Banned Words</h3>
<p>I start every consultation with this list on the whiteboard:</p>
<ul><li>Clean</li>
<li>Simple</li>
<li>Fast</li>
<li>Snappy</li>
<li>Some</li>
<li>Most</li>
<li>Nice</li>
</ul><p>These words are banned. If anyone in the room says any of these words, it means we&#8217;ve lost our focus or forgotten that we&#8217;re in the room to solve problems. We stop, reframe the conversation, then move on.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/whiteboard.jpg"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/whiteboard_small.jpg" width="500" alt="A whiteboard"></a><br /><em>Any whiteboard is a weapon if you hold it right.</em></p>
<p>Here are three steps I take to ensure that the words above are never uttered in the first place.</p>
<h3>1. Set A Vision</h3>
<p>The design process can get derailed right at the start by focusing on questions like, &#8220;What&#8217;s the best thing about our product?&#8221; or, &#8220;What differentiates our service from the competition?&#8221;</p>
<h4>Why This Is a Bad Idea</h4>
<ul><li>Real users have families, jobs and tax bills and are quite possibly <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r2CbbBLVaPk">drunk</a> when they first experience your brand. Put bluntly, people don&#8217;t care about your product &#8212; yet.</li>
<li>Real people experience your idea on their terms, not yours.</li>
<li>Dumb mass marketing doesn&#8217;t work anymore; we&#8217;ve raised a generation of marketing-proofed humans. (Thanks, Coke.)</li>
</ul><p>Instead, let your audience define the project by explaining their needs to a friend, remembering that your brand is not what you say it is. Your brand is what <strong>people tell their friends</strong> it is.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;As a ____, I need to ____, so that I can ____.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Let&#8217;s assume we&#8217;re selling ACME Dragon-Slayer Swords. Our audience might say:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;As a white knight, I need to slay the dragon, so that I can save the princess.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/knight.jpg"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/knight_small.jpg" width="500" alt="The knight"></a><br /><em>Your brand is not what you say it is, but what your audience says it is.</em></p>
<p>This is useful because it describes our audience&#8217;s impetus and why it&#8217;s important to them. However, our user is not yet textured, nor specific enough. We can do better.</p>
<h3>2. Narrow It Down</h3>
<p>Let&#8217;s start with some experiential texture:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;As an inexperienced knight, I need to slay my first dragon so that I can prove my worth to the father of the princess.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Better. We&#8217;ve textured our knight, with corresponding depth to his reasoning. Experiment with different textures &#8212; such as technical nouns, age, income and geography.</p>
<p>It&#8217;s easy to get lost in our idea and forget how it applies to the larger stage, so let&#8217;s delve further in time, before and after our idea:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;As an inexperienced knight on my first quest, I need to impress the king, so that I might marry his daughter and live happily ever after.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>In doing this, we&#8217;re taking our user from his real-world impetus, through our brand and back into real life again. We&#8217;ve realized that the dragon-slaying itself wouldn&#8217;t actually help a real knight achieve their goals. Might we consider selling ACME Dragon-Slayer Swords by how impressive they are to kings?</p>
<p><strong>Describe the brand from multiple viewpoints.</strong> For example, our princess may find dragon-slaying presumptuous. If we discover that she&#8217;s a more interesting audience, then put her center stage instead.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/princess.jpg"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/princess_small.jpg" width="500" alt="The princess holding a sword"></a><br /><em>Dragon-slaying princesses are DIY champions.</em></p>
<h3>3. Stick To Your Vision</h3>
<p>Once a scope is defined, remaining within its constraints is important. Thinking back to our banned words, let&#8217;s look at the scope-destroyers:</p>
<ul><li>Some</li>
<li>Most</li>
<li>Nice</li>
</ul><p>The sentence, &#8220;It would be nice if some users could X&#8221; is almost as dangerous as, &#8220;Most of the time our users will Y.&#8221; This kind of thinking frays the edges of a good idea until it&#8217;s unrecognizable.</p>
<p>That way madness lies. Remove all but <em>undebatable</em> assumptions:</p>
<ul><li>Narrow down &#8220;some users&#8221; until you can say &#8220;every user.&#8221;</li>
<li>If the client says &#8220;most times,&#8221; remove fuzzy options until they can say &#8220;all of the time.&#8221;</li>
<li>Don&#8217;t waste time on &#8220;it would be nice&#8221; issues if you can fix a &#8220;we absolutely must&#8221; problem.</li>
</ul><p>For example, earlier we defined our knight as inexperienced.</p>
<p>If anyone starts talking about experienced knights, we&#8217;d ask them to <strong>rephrase in terms of our defined audience</strong>. If we get sidetracked by knights who don&#8217;t want to impress kings, we&#8217;d jot that down on a &#8220;nice to have&#8221; list and forget about it entirely.</p>
<h3>In The Real World</h3>
<p>Here are some practical examples from real-world projects that I&#8217;ve led:</p>
<ul><li><a href="http://clarity.io/">Clarity.io</a><br />
&#8220;As a young adult, I want to donate to charity with my Facebook account so that I can share my charitable identity with friends.&#8221;</li>
<li><a href="http://fitzroygsd.com/">The Fitzroy Academy of Getting Shit Done</a><br />
&#8220;I&#8217;ve lost faith in university education. I want an intense, condensed way to skill up and be industry-ready so that I can get out into the workforce soon.&#8221;</li>
<li><a href="http://oursay.org/">OurSay</a><br />
&#8220;Australian citizens need direct access to people in power so that they can have an impact on their political system.&#8221;</li>
<li><a href="http://promobay.org/">The Promo Bay</a><br />
&#8220;The Pirate Bay needs a way to centralize and sift through artists so that it can decide who to promote on the home page of The Pirate Bay.&#8221;</li>
</ul><p>While we&#8217;re thinking &#8220;real world,&#8221; let&#8217;s look at the consultation session itself.</p>
<h4>Sleight of Hand</h4>
<p>When performing, stage magicians use props and well-practiced patter to better engage the audience. As a consultant, the magic lies in your command of design, while some nuanced expression can transform a banal experience into an engaging one.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/magician.jpg"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/magician_small.jpg" width="500" alt="A magician with a bunny coming out of a tablet"></a><br /><em>One tablet makes you bigger, one tablet makes you smaller.</em></p>
<h4>Practically Speaking</h4>
<ul><li>Keep the vision written at the top of the whiteboard at all times. If anyone gets sidetracked, point at it meaningfully until they quiet down.</li>
<li>If you feel you personally don&#8217;t have the authority to command the room, explain the consultative process up front. People sometimes prefer to trust a well-explained process, especially if they&#8217;re older or smarter than you.</li>
<li>If a client uses terms like &#8220;drop-down&#8221; or &#8220;radio button,&#8221; ask them to rephrase without using those words. It&#8217;s also a good excuse to assert that the consultation is not about pixels and wireframes.</li>
<li>Build a personal library of <strong>real-world metaphors that explain UX situations</strong>. For example, a website that logs you back in without asking is a lot like an automatic door. An HTML prototype is like a car without the engine. Physical examples ground people in reality.</li>
<li>Your whiteboard marker is a conductor&#8217;s baton. This <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amygdala#Emotional_learning">lizard-brain reaction</a> harkens back to teachers in grade school. Note on the board something that a person says that you agree with, and people will suddenly speak on your terms just so you write down what they say.</li>
<li>Once a vision is established, ask every person in the room whether they agree with it. Put a big tick next to it for each person, in turn. It&#8217;s now set in stone, and you can use it as the &#8220;bad guy&#8221; to settle disputes later.</li>
<li>Pacing is one of the most important parts of consultation. Set time limits, and don&#8217;t be afraid to say, &#8220;OK, back to the process.&#8221; Consider having a clock in the room.</li>
<li>Use a banned word, then catch yourself and apologize profusely. It proves you are beholden to the same rules as the client.</li>
</ul><p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/whiteboard_checked.jpg"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/whiteboard_checked_small.jpg" width="500" alt="A whiteboard, complete"></a><br /><em>Always remember to keep your audience&#8217;s impetus in mind.</em></p>
<h3>Further Reading And Experience</h3>
<p>I&#8217;ve straddled the shoulders of two giants in writing this.</p>
<h4>Reading</h4>
<ul><li>The &#8220;As a ____, I need to ____, so that I can ____&#8221; technique is a simplification of a <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Behavior-driven_development#Behavioral_specifications">behaviour-driven development</a> tool. See <a href="http://www.slideshare.net/brynary/story-driven-development">Bryan Helmkamp&#8217;s practical example</a> over on SlideShare.</li>
<li>I highly recommend watching the &#8220;<a href="http://scottberkun.com/2011/feedback-without-frustration-video/">Feedback Without Frustration</a>&#8221; video and accompanying article, &#8220;<a href="http://scottberkun.com/essays/23-how-to-run-a-design-critique/">How to Run a Design Critique</a>,&#8221; by Scott Berkun.</li>
<li>It may be old school, but a solid understanding of &#8220;<a href="http://hcibib.org/tcuid/chap-4.html#4-1">Cognitive Walkthroughs</a>&#8221; in <em>Task-Centered User Interface Design</em> is a good reference point for sticking to a vision.</li>
<li>The &#8220;your brand is what your users tell their friends&#8221; idea comes from <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brand_tribalism">brand tribalism</a>, another &#8217;90s idea recently popularized by Seth Godin. See <a href="http://www.ted.com/talks/seth_godin_on_the_tribes_we_lead.html">his TED talk</a> on the subject.</li>
</ul><h4>Experience</h4>
<p>You needn&#8217;t score a top-dollar client to learn how to deliver solid consultation services. We use these same techniques at work for all of our internal projects.</p>
<p>Try starting your next design sans-Photoshop. Instead, run a two-hour consultation with a coworker. Try again later with a really annoying person who hates your designs. Mixed experiences will help you find your own method in the madness.</p>
<p>Charm is a learned skill.</p>
<h3>In Conclusion, re. Applicability</h3>
<p>This style of consultation isn&#8217;t so great for fixing large broken systems. It&#8217;s better for new projects, with a small audience. It also works for small, distinct portions of a larger problem.</p>
<p>Extending the vision should happen after launch and testing, once you&#8217;ve won everyone&#8217;s heart.</p>
<p>Or:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;As the design lead of a new project, I need some consultative tricks to keep my clients in line and to craft a concise vision.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p><em>(al) (ea)</em></p>
<hr /><p><small>&#169; Will Dayble for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p> <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/how-to-help-a-real-life-knight-achieve-his-goals/">Continue reading <span class="meta-nav">&#8594;</span></a></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/how-to-help-a-real-life-knight-achieve-his-goals/">Whiteboards, Visions And Banned Words: How To Help A Real-Life Knight Achieve His Goals</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<table width="650">
<tr>
<td width="650">
<div style="width:650px;"><img src="http://statisches.auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/advertisement.gif" alt="" border="0" /><br /><a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=1" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=2" border="0" alt="" /></a>&nbsp;<a href="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=target&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" ><img src="http://auslieferung.commindo-media-ressourcen.de/random.php?mode=image&#038;collection=smashing-rss&%23038;position=3" border="0" alt="" /></a></div>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>This article is about design consultancy. It&#8217;s about wrangling that client who uses empty sentences like, “We want a snappy, simple experience,” or, “It should be on brand and should really pop.” It’s about commanding the room and setting a vision before moving on to wireframes and pixels.</p>
<p>While I’ll talk in terms of consultation, these ideas can be applied to the design phase of any new project.</p>
<h3>Banned Words</h3>
<p>I start every consultation with this list on the whiteboard:</p>
<ul>
<li>Clean</li>
<li>Simple</li>
<li>Fast</li>
<li>Snappy</li>
<li>Some</li>
<li>Most</li>
<li>Nice</li>
</ul>
<p>These words are banned. If anyone in the room says any of these words, it means we’ve lost our focus or forgotten that we’re in the room to solve problems. We stop, reframe the conversation, then move on.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/whiteboard.jpg"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/whiteboard_small.jpg" width="500" alt="A whiteboard" /></a><br />
<em>Any whiteboard is a weapon if you hold it right.</em></p>
<p>Here are three steps I take to ensure that the words above are never uttered in the first place.</p>
<h3>1. Set A Vision</h3>
<p>The design process can get derailed right at the start by focusing on questions like, “What’s the best thing about our product?” or, “What differentiates our service from the competition?”</p>
<h4>Why This Is a Bad Idea</h4>
<ul>
<li>Real users have families, jobs and tax bills and are quite possibly <a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r2CbbBLVaPk">drunk</a> when they first experience your brand. Put bluntly, people don’t care about your product &mdash; yet.</li>
<li>Real people experience your idea on their terms, not yours.</li>
<li>Dumb mass marketing doesn’t work anymore; we’ve raised a generation of marketing-proofed humans. (Thanks, Coke.)</li>
</ul>
<p>Instead, let your audience define the project by explaining their needs to a friend, remembering that your brand is not what you say it is. Your brand is what <strong>people tell their friends</strong> it is.</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;As a ____, I need to ____, so that I can ____.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Let’s assume we’re selling ACME Dragon-Slayer Swords. Our audience might say:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;As a white knight, I need to slay the dragon, so that I can save the princess.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/knight.jpg"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/knight_small.jpg" width="500" alt="The knight" /></a><br /><em>Your brand is not what you say it is, but what your audience says it is.</em></p>
<p>This is useful because it describes our audience’s impetus and why it’s important to them. However, our user is not yet textured, nor specific enough. We can do better.</p>
<h3>2. Narrow It Down</h3>
<p>Let’s start with some experiential texture:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;As an inexperienced knight, I need to slay my first dragon so that I can prove my worth to the father of the princess.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>Better. We’ve textured our knight, with corresponding depth to his reasoning. Experiment with different textures &mdash; such as technical nouns, age, income and geography.</p>
<p>It’s easy to get lost in our idea and forget how it applies to the larger stage, so let’s delve further in time, before and after our idea:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;As an inexperienced knight on my first quest, I need to impress the king, so that I might marry his daughter and live happily ever after.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p>In doing this, we’re taking our user from his real-world impetus, through our brand and back into real life again. We’ve realized that the dragon-slaying itself wouldn’t actually help a real knight achieve their goals. Might we consider selling ACME Dragon-Slayer Swords by how impressive they are to kings?</p>
<p><strong>Describe the brand from multiple viewpoints.</strong> For example, our princess may find dragon-slaying presumptuous. If we discover that she’s a more interesting audience, then put her center stage instead.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/princess.jpg"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/princess_small.jpg" width="500" alt="The princess holding a sword" /></a><br />
<em>Dragon-slaying princesses are DIY champions.</em></p>
<h3>3. Stick To Your Vision</h3>
<p>Once a scope is defined, remaining within its constraints is important. Thinking back to our banned words, let’s look at the scope-destroyers:</p>
<ul>
<li>Some</li>
<li>Most</li>
<li>Nice</li>
</ul>
<p>The sentence, “It would be nice if some users could X” is almost as dangerous as, “Most of the time our users will Y.” This kind of thinking frays the edges of a good idea until it’s unrecognizable.</p>
<p>That way madness lies. Remove all but <em>undebatable</em> assumptions:</p>
<ul>
<li>Narrow down “some users” until you can say “every user.”</li>
<li>If the client says “most times,” remove fuzzy options until they can say “all of the time.”</li>
<li>Don’t waste time on “it would be nice” issues if you can fix a “we absolutely must” problem.</li>
</ul>
<p>For example, earlier we defined our knight as inexperienced.</p>
<p>If anyone starts talking about experienced knights, we’d ask them to <strong>rephrase in terms of our defined audience</strong>. If we get sidetracked by knights who don’t want to impress kings, we’d jot that down on a “nice to have” list and forget about it entirely.</p>
<h3>In The Real World</h3>
<p>Here are some practical examples from real-world projects that I’ve led:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://clarity.io/">Clarity.io</a><br />
“As a young adult, I want to donate to charity with my Facebook account so that I can share my charitable identity with friends.”</li>
<li><a href="http://fitzroygsd.com/">The Fitzroy Academy of Getting Shit Done</a><br />
“I’ve lost faith in university education. I want an intense, condensed way to skill up and be industry-ready so that I can get out into the workforce soon.”</li>
<li><a href="http://oursay.org/">OurSay</a><br />
“Australian citizens need direct access to people in power so that they can have an impact on their political system.”</li>
<li><a href="http://promobay.org/">The Promo Bay</a><br />
“The Pirate Bay needs a way to centralize and sift through artists so that it can decide who to promote on the home page of The Pirate Bay.”</li>
</ul>
<p>While we’re thinking “real world,” let’s look at the consultation session itself.</p>
<h4>Sleight of Hand</h4>
<p>When performing, stage magicians use props and well-practiced patter to better engage the audience. As a consultant, the magic lies in your command of design, while some nuanced expression can transform a banal experience into an engaging one.</p>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/magician.jpg"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/magician_small.jpg" width="500" alt="A magician with a bunny coming out of a tablet" /></a><br />
<em>One tablet makes you bigger, one tablet makes you smaller.</em></p>
<h4>Practically Speaking</h4>
<ul>
<li>Keep the vision written at the top of the whiteboard at all times. If anyone gets sidetracked, point at it meaningfully until they quiet down.</li>
<li>If you feel you personally don’t have the authority to command the room, explain the consultative process up front. People sometimes prefer to trust a well-explained process, especially if they’re older or smarter than you.</li>
<li>If a client uses terms like “drop-down” or “radio button,” ask them to rephrase without using those words. It’s also a good excuse to assert that the consultation is not about pixels and wireframes.</li>
<li>Build a personal library of <strong>real-world metaphors that explain UX situations</strong>. For example, a website that logs you back in without asking is a lot like an automatic door. An HTML prototype is like a car without the engine. Physical examples ground people in reality.</li>
<li>Your whiteboard marker is a conductor’s baton. This <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amygdala#Emotional_learning">lizard-brain reaction</a> harkens back to teachers in grade school. Note on the board something that a person says that you agree with, and people will suddenly speak on your terms just so you write down what they say.</li>
<li>Once a vision is established, ask every person in the room whether they agree with it. Put a big tick next to it for each person, in turn. It’s now set in stone, and you can use it as the “bad guy” to settle disputes later.</li>
<li>Pacing is one of the most important parts of consultation. Set time limits, and don’t be afraid to say, “OK, back to the process.” Consider having a clock in the room.</li>
<li>Use a banned word, then catch yourself and apologize profusely. It proves you are beholden to the same rules as the client.</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/whiteboard_checked.jpg"><img src="http://media.smashingmagazine.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/whiteboard_checked_small.jpg" width="500" alt="A whiteboard, complete" /></a><br /><em>Always remember to keep your audience&#8217;s impetus in mind.</em></p>
<h3>Further Reading And Experience</h3>
<p>I’ve straddled the shoulders of two giants in writing this.</p>
<h4>Reading</h4>
<ul>
<li>The “As a ____, I need to ____, so that I can ____” technique is a simplification of a <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Behavior-driven_development#Behavioral_specifications">behaviour-driven development</a> tool. See <a href="http://www.slideshare.net/brynary/story-driven-development">Bryan Helmkamp’s practical example</a> over on SlideShare.</li>
<li>I highly recommend watching the “<a href="http://scottberkun.com/2011/feedback-without-frustration-video/">Feedback Without Frustration</a>” video and accompanying article, “<a href="http://scottberkun.com/essays/23-how-to-run-a-design-critique/">How to Run a Design Critique</a>,” by Scott Berkun.</li>
<li>It may be old school, but a solid understanding of “<a href="http://hcibib.org/tcuid/chap-4.html#4-1">Cognitive Walkthroughs</a>” in <em>Task-Centered User Interface Design</em> is a good reference point for sticking to a vision.</li>
<li>The “your brand is what your users tell their friends” idea comes from <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brand_tribalism">brand tribalism</a>, another ’90s idea recently popularized by Seth Godin. See <a href="http://www.ted.com/talks/seth_godin_on_the_tribes_we_lead.html">his TED talk</a> on the subject.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Experience</h4>
<p>You needn’t score a top-dollar client to learn how to deliver solid consultation services. We use these same techniques at work for all of our internal projects.</p>
<p>Try starting your next design sans-Photoshop. Instead, run a two-hour consultation with a coworker. Try again later with a really annoying person who hates your designs. Mixed experiences will help you find your own method in the madness.</p>
<p>Charm is a learned skill.</p>
<h3>In Conclusion, re. Applicability</h3>
<p>This style of consultation isn’t so great for fixing large broken systems. It’s better for new projects, with a small audience. It also works for small, distinct portions of a larger problem.</p>
<p>Extending the vision should happen after launch and testing, once you’ve won everyone’s heart.</p>
<p>Or:</p>
<blockquote>
<p>&#8220;As the design lead of a new project, I need some consultative tricks to keep my clients in line and to craft a concise vision.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>
<p><em>(al) (ea)</em></p>
<hr />
<p><small>© Will Dayble for <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/">Smashing Magazine</a>, 2013.</small></p><p>The post <a href="http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/how-to-help-a-real-life-knight-achieve-his-goals/">Whiteboards, Visions And Banned Words: How To Help A Real-Life Knight Achieve His Goals</a> appeared first on <a href="http://www.nebraskadigital.com">Nebraska Digital</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.smashingmagazine.com/2013/05/07/how-to-help-a-real-life-knight-achieve-his-goals/feed/atom/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="" length="" type="" />
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

<!-- Performance optimized by W3 Total Cache. Learn more: http://www.w3-edge.com/wordpress-plugins/

Minified using disk: basic
Page Caching using disk: enhanced
Database Caching 4/99 queries in 0.148 seconds using disk: basic
Object Caching 2779/2983 objects using disk: basic

 Served from: www.nebraskadigital.com @ 2013-05-20 12:45:34 by W3 Total Cache -->